8RT Repair 2017
8RT Repair 2017
(S. N. 912001—916999)
Dealer Predelivery Information Form satisfaction, there are certain predelivery services that
must be performed by the dealer. These services are
The John Deere Predelivery Form, when properly filled listed on the predelivery form with the tractor.
out and signed by dealer, verifies predelivery and delivery
services were satisfactorily performed. Perform all services listed and check each job off as it is
completed. Fill form out completely and sign it.
Because of the shipping factors involved, plus extra
finishing touches necessary to promote customer
OURX113,0000002 -19-18APR01-1/1
PN=2
Contents
Section 10—General Information Group 10—Hydraulic Trailer Brakes
Group 05A—Safety
Group 05B—General References Section 60B—Steering
Group 05—Steering Column
Section 20—Engine Group 10—Steering Valves
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation Group 15—Steering Pump
Group 05—Engine Repair Group 20—Steering Motor
Section 60A—Brakes
Group 05—Service Brakes
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Section 10
General Information
Contents
Page
Page
Group 05A—Safety
Recognize Safety Information .....................10-05A-1 Transport Tractor Safely ............................10-05A-16
Understand Signal Words............................10-05A-1 Practice Safe Maintenance........................10-05A-17
Follow Safety Instructions............................10-05A-1 Use Proper Tools .......................................10-05A-17
Wear Protective Clothing.............................10-05A-2 Construct Dealer-Made Tools
Handle Starting Fluid Safely ........................10-05A-2 Safely.....................................................10-05A-18
In Case of Fire .............................................10-05A-2 Replace Safety Signs ................................10-05A-18
Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Install All Guards .......................................10-05A-18
Refueling .................................................10-05A-3 Live With Safety.........................................10-05A-19
Service Machines Safely .............................10-05A-3
Stay Clear of Rotating Drivelines.................10-05A-3 Group 05B—General References
Handle Fluids Safely—Avoid List of References........................................10-05B-1
Fires.........................................................10-05A-4 Trademarks .................................................10-05B-2
Prevent Battery Explosions .........................10-05A-4 Sealants and Adhesives
Prepare for Emergencies.............................10-05A-4 Cross-Reference Chart............................10-05B-4
Remove Paint Before Welding or Metric Bolt and Screw Torque
Heating ....................................................10-05A-5 Values ......................................................10-05B-6
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque
Fluid Lines ...............................................10-05A-5 Values ......................................................10-05B-7
Avoid Hot Exhaust .......................................10-05A-5 Face Seal Fittings Assembly
Clean Exhaust Filter Safely .........................10-05A-6 and Installation—All Pressure
Prevent Acid Burns......................................10-05A-7 Applications .............................................10-05B-8
Handle Agricultural Chemicals Metric Face Seal And O-ring
Safely.......................................................10-05A-8 Stud End Fitting Torque
Clean Vehicle of Hazardous Chart—Standard Pressures ....................10-05B-9
Pesticides ................................................10-05A-8 Metric Face Seal and O-ring Stud
Handling Batteries Safely ............................10-05A-9 End Fitting Torque Chart—High
Avoid Harmful Asbestos Dust....................10-05A-10 Pressure Applications............................10-05B-10
Decommissioning — Proper SAE Face Seal and O-ring
Recycling and Disposal of Fluids Stud End Fitting Torque
and Components ...................................10-05A-10 Chart—Standard Pressures .................. 10-05B-11
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ....................... 10-05A-11 SAE Face Seal and O-ring Stud
Wait Before Opening End Fitting Torque Chart—High
High-Pressure Fuel System................... 10-05A-11 Pressure Applications............................10-05B-12
Service Accumulator Systems Four Bolt Flange Fittings Assembly
Safely..................................................... 10-05A-11 and Installation—All Pressure
Protect Against High Pressure Applications ...........................................10-05B-13
Spray .....................................................10-05A-12 SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw
Service Cooling System Safely .................10-05A-12 Torque Values—Standard
Prevent Machine Runaway........................10-05A-12 Pressure Applications............................10-05B-13
Keep ROPS Installed Properly ..................10-05A-13 SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw
Use Seat Belt Properly ..............................10-05A-13 Torque Values—High Pressure
Park Machine Safely..................................10-05A-13 Applications ...........................................10-05B-14
Support Machine Properly .........................10-05A-14 External Hexagon Port Plug Torque
Work in Clean Area ...................................10-05A-14 Chart......................................................10-05B-14
Work In Ventilated Area.............................10-05A-14 Prevent Hydraulic System
Illuminate Work Area Safely ......................10-05A-15 Contamination .......................................10-05B-15
Use Proper Lifting Equipment....................10-05A-15 Check Oil Lines and Fittings......................10-05B-15
Instructional Seat.......................................10-05A-15 Basic Electrical Component
Passenger Seat .........................................10-05A-16 Handling / Precautions For
Use Steps and Handholds Vehicles Equipped With
Correctly ................................................10-05A-16 Computer Controlled Systems...............10-05B-16
PN=1
Contents
Page
PN=2
Group 05A
Safety
Recognize Safety Information
This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol
on your machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential
for personal injury.
Follow recommended precautions and safe operating
T81389 —UN—28JUN13
practices.
DX,ALERT -19-29SEP98-1/1
TS187 —19—30SEP88
death or serious injury.
CAUTION; The signal word CAUTION indicates a
hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury. CAUTION may also be used
to alert against unsafe practices associated with events
which could lead to personal injury.
A signal word—DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION—is precautions are listed on CAUTION safety signs.
used with the safety-alert symbol. DANGER identifies CAUTION also calls attention to safety messages in this
the most serious hazards. DANGER or WARNING manual.
safety signs are located near specific hazards. General
DX,SIGNAL -19-05OCT16-1/1
TS201 —UN—15APR13
available from your John Deere dealer.
There can be additional safety information contained on
parts and components sourced from suppliers that is not
reproduced in this operator's manual.
Learn how to operate the machine and how to use controls
properly. Do not let anyone operate without instruction.
Keep your machine in proper working condition.
If you do not understand any part of this manual and need
Unauthorized modifications to the machine may impair the
assistance, contact your John Deere dealer.
function and/or safety and affect machine life.
DX,READ -19-16JUN09-1/1
PN=7
Safety
TS206 —UN—15APR13
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as
earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or
uncomfortable loud noises.
Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of
the operator. Do not wear radio or music headphones
while operating machine.
DX,WEAR -19-10SEP90-1/1
TS1356 —UN—18MAR92
pressurized can, keep the cap on the container, and store
in a cool, protected location.
Do not incinerate or puncture a starting fluid container.
Do not use starting fluid on an engine equipped with glow
plugs or an air intake heater.
DX,FIRE3 -19-14MAR14-1/1
In Case of Fire
CAUTION: Avoid personal injury.
TS227 —UN—15APR13
machine immediately and move safely away from the fire.
Do not return to the machine! The number one priority
is safety.
Call the fire department. A portable fire extinguisher can
put out a small fire or contain it until the fire department
arrives; but portable extinguishers have limitations.
Always put the safety of the operator and bystanders first.
If attempting to extinguish a fire, keep your back to the 1. Pull the pin. Hold the extinguisher with the nozzle
wind with an unobstructed escape path so you can move pointing away from you, and release the locking
away quickly if the fire cannot be extinguished. mechanism.
Read the fire extinguisher instructions and become familiar 2. Aim low. Point the extinguisher at the base of the fire.
with their location, parts, and operation before a fire starts.
Local fire departments or fire equipment distributors may 3. Squeeze the lever slowly and evenly.
offer fire extinguisher training and recommendations.
4. Sweep the nozzle from side-to-side.
If your extinguisher does not have instructions, follow
these general guidelines:
DX,FIRE4 -19-22AUG13-1/1
PN=8
Safety
RG22142 —UN—17MAR14
dissipating additive. However, there are many factors that
can reduce the effectiveness of the additive over time.
Static charges can build up in ULSD fuel while it is flowing
through fuel delivery systems. Static electricity discharge
when combustible vapors are present could result in a
fire or explosion.
Therefore, it is important to ensure that the entire system
used to refuel your machine (fuel supply tank, transfer
pump, transfer hose, nozzle, and others) is properly
grounded and bonded. Consult with your fuel or fuel
system supplier to ensure that the delivery system is in
compliance with fueling standards for proper grounding
RG21992 —UN—21AUG13
and bonding practices.
DX,FUEL,STATIC,ELEC -19-12JUL13-1/1
TS228 —UN—23AUG88
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical
shorts and entanglement in moving parts.
DX,LOOSE -19-04JUN90-1/1
DX,ROTATING -19-18AUG09-1/1
PN=9
Safety
TS227 —UN—15APR13
Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn
spontaneously.
DX,FLAME -19-29SEP98-1/1
TS204 —UN—15APR13
Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm
battery to 16°C (60°F).
DX,SPARKS -19-03MAR93-1/1
TS291 —UN—15APR13
DX,FIRE2 -19-03MAR93-1/1
PN=10
Safety
TS220 —UN—15APR13
• Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area
to be affected by heating. If paint cannot be removed,
wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
• If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
• If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with
soap and water before welding. Remove solvent or
paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic
fumes and dust away.
before welding or heating.
Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
will take place.
DX,PAINT -19-24JUL02-1/1
TS953 —UN—15MAY90
burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
DX,TORCH -19-10DEC04-1/1
DX,EXHAUST -19-20AUG09-1/1
PN=11
Safety
TS227 —UN—15APR13
Keep machine away from people, animals, or structures
which may be susceptible to harm or damage from hot
exhaust gases or components. Avoid potential fire or
explosion hazards from flammable materials and vapors
near the exhaust. Keep exhaust outlet away from people
and anything that can melt, burn, or explode.
Closely monitor machine and surrounding area for
smoldering debris during and after exhaust filter cleaning.
Adding fuel while an engine is running can create a fire
or explosion hazard. Always stop engine before refueling
machine and clean up any spilled fuel.
TS271 —UN—23AUG88
Always make sure that engine is stopped while hauling
machine on a truck or trailer.
Contact with exhaust components while still hot can result
in serious personal injury.
Avoid contact with these components until cooled to safe
temperatures.
If service procedure requires engine to be running:
• Only engage power-driven parts required by service
procedure
• Ensure that other people are clear of operator station
and machine
TS1693 —UN—09DEC09
Keep hands, feet, and clothing away from power-driven
parts.
Always disable movement (neutral), set the parking brake
or mechanism and disconnect power to attachments or
tools before leaving the operator’s station.
Shut off engine and remove key (if equipped) before
leaving the machine unattended.
TS1695 —UN—07DEC09
DX,EXHAUST,FILTER -19-12JAN11-1/1
PN=12
Safety
TS203 —UN—23AUG88
exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
DX,POISON -19-21APR93-1/1
PN=13
Safety
TS220 —UN—15APR13
legal use of agricultural chemicals.
Reduce risk of exposure and injury:
• Wear appropriate personal protective equipment as
recommended by the manufacturer. In the absence
of manufacturer's instructions, follow these general
guidelines:
- Chemicals labeled 'Danger': Most toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, respirator, gloves, and skin
protection.
- Chemicals labeled 'Warning': Less toxic. Generally
require use of goggles, gloves, and skin protections.
A34471 —UN—11OCT88
- Chemicals labeled 'Caution': Least toxic. Generally
require use of gloves and skin protection.
• Avoid inhaling vapor, aerosol or dust.
• Always have soap, water, and towel available when
working with chemicals. If chemical contacts skin,
hands, or face, wash immediately with soap and water.
If chemical gets into eyes, flush immediately with water.
• Wash hands and face after using chemicals and before
eating, drinking, smoking, or urination.
• Do not smoke or eat while applying chemicals. • Store chemicals in a secure, locked area away from
human or livestock food. Keep children away.
• After handling chemicals, always bathe or shower and
• Always dispose of containers properly. Triple rinse
change clothes. Wash clothing before wearing again.
empty containers and puncture or crush containers and
• Seek medical attention immediately if illness occurs
dispose of properly.
during or shortly after use of chemicals.
• Keep chemicals in original containers. Do not transfer
chemicals to unmarked containers or to containers used
for food or drink.
DX,WW,CHEM01 -19-24AUG10-1/1
PN=14
Safety
TS204 —UN—15APR13
Always remove grounded (-) battery clamp first and
replace grounded clamp last.
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous and strong
enough to burn skin, eat holes in clothing, and cause
blindness if splashed into eyes.
Avoid hazards by:
• Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area
• Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves
• Avoiding use of air pressure to clean batteries
• Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added
• Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte
• Using correct battery booster or charger procedure.
If acid is spilled on skin or in eyes:
1. Flush skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush eyes with water for 15—30 minutes. Get
medical attention immediately.
If acid is swallowed:
1. Do not induce vomiting.
2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not
exceed 2 L (2 qt.).
3. Get medical attention immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related
TS203 —UN—23AUG88
accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.
DX,WW,BATTERIES -19-02DEC10-1/1
PN=15
Safety
TS220 —UN—15APR13
clutch plates, and some gaskets. The asbestos used in
these components is usually found in a resin or sealed in
some way. Normal handling is not hazardous as long as
airborne dust containing asbestos is not generated.
Avoid creating dust. Never use compressed air for
cleaning. Avoid brushing or grinding material containing
asbestos. When servicing, wear an approved respirator.
A special vacuum cleaner is recommended to clean Keep bystanders away from the area.
asbestos. If not available, apply a mist of oil or water on
the material containing asbestos.
DX,DUST -19-15MAR91-1/1
TS1133 —UN—15APR13
• Use appropriate tools and personal protective
equipment such as clothing, gloves, face shields or
glasses, during the removal or handling of objects and
materials.
• Follow instructions for specialized components.
• Release stored energy by lowering suspended machine
elements, relaxing springs, disconnecting the battery
or other electrical power, and releasing pressure in
hydraulic components, accumulators, and other similar filters; batteries; and, other substances or parts.
systems. Burning of flammable fluids or components in other than
• Minimize exposure to components which may have specially designed incinerators may be prohibited by law
residue from agricultural chemicals, such as fertilizers and could result in exposure to harmful fumes or ashes.
and pesticides. Handle and dispose of these • Service and dispose of air conditioning systems
components appropriately. appropriately. Government regulations may require
• Carefully drain engines, fuel tanks, radiators, hydraulic a certified service center to recover and recycle air
cylinders, reservoirs, and lines before recycling conditioning refrigerants which could damage the
components. Use leak-proof containers when draining atmosphere if allowed to escape.
fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers. • Evaluate recycling options for tires, metal, plastic,
• Do not pour waste fluids onto the ground, down a drain, glass, rubber, and electronic components which may be
or into any water source. recyclable, in part or completely.
• Observe all national, state, and local laws, regulations, • Contact your local environmental or recycling center, or
or ordinances governing the handling or disposal of your John Deere dealer for information on the proper
waste fluids (example: oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid); way to recycle or dispose of waste.
DX,DRAIN -19-01JUN15-1/1
PN=16
Safety
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
Replace worn or damaged hose assemblies immediately
with John Deere approved replacement parts.
Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin
causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all
connections before applying pressure.
with this type of injury should reference a knowledgeable
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands medical source. Such information is available in
and body from high-pressure fluids. English from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A., by calling 1-800-822-8262 or +1
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid 309-748-5636.
injected into the skin must be surgically removed within
a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar
DX,FLUID -19-12OCT11-1/1
TS1343 —UN—18MAR92
high-pressure fuel pump and nozzles on engines with
High-Pressure Common Rail (HPCR) fuel system, confirm
that the fuel pressure is relieved.
DX,WW,HPCR2 -19-09SEP14-1/1
DX,WW,ACCLA -19-15APR03-1/1
PN=17
Safety
TS1343 —UN—18MAR92
pressure spray injected into the skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene may result.
Doctors unfamiliar with this type of injury should reference
a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is
available from Deere & Company Medical Department in
Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
DX,SPRAY -19-16APR92-1/1
TS281 —UN—15APR13
DX,WW,COOLING -19-19AUG09-1/1
TS177 —UN—11JAN89
engine only from operator’s seat, with transmission in
neutral or park.
DX,BYPAS1 -19-29SEP98-1/1
PN=18
Safety
TS212 —UN—23AUG88
The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS
is subjected to structural damage, is involved in an
overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding,
bending, drilling, or cutting. A damaged ROPS should be
replaced, not reused.
The seat is part of the ROPS safety zone. Replace only
with John Deere seat approved for your tractor.
Any alteration of the ROPS must be approved by the
manufacturer.
DX,ROPS3 -19-12OCT11-1/1
TS1729 —UN—24MAY13
• Hold the latch and pull the seat belt across the body.
• Insert the latch into the buckle. Listen for a click.
• Tug on the seat belt latch to make sure that the belt
is securely fastened.
• Snug the seat belt across the hips.
Replace entire seat belt if mounting hardware, buckle,
belt, or retractor show signs of damage.
discoloration, or abrasion. Replace only with replacement
Inspect seat belt and mounting hardware at least
parts approved for your machine. See your John Deere
once a year. Look for signs of loose hardware or belt
dealer.
damage, such as cuts, fraying, extreme or unusual wear,
LN71218,000085C -19-24MAR14-1/1
DX,PARK -19-04JUN90-1/1
PN=19
Safety
TS229 —UN—23AUG88
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles,
or props that may crumble under continuous load. Do not
work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack.
Follow recommended procedures in this manual.
When implements or attachments are used with a
machine, always follow safety precautions listed in the
implement or attachment operator's manual.
DX,LOWER -19-24FEB00-1/1
T6642EJ —UN—18OCT88
• Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt
shortcuts.
DX,CLEAN -19-04JUN90-1/1
TS220 —UN—15APR13
doors and get outside air into the area.
DX,AIR -19-17FEB99-1/1
PN=20
Safety
TS223 —UN—23AUG88
DX,LIGHT -19-04JUN90-1/1
TS226 —UN—23AUG88
DX,LIFT -19-04JUN90-1/1
Instructional Seat
The instructional seat, if so equipped, has been provided
only for training operators or diagnosing machine
problems.
TS1730 —UN—24MAY13
DX,SEAT,NA -19-22AUG13-1/1
PN=21
Safety
Passenger Seat
The passenger seat is intended only for transport of a
passenger in on-road operations (that is, transport from
farm to field).
If it is necessary to transport a passenger, the passenger
TS1730 —UN—24MAY13
seat is the only means of transport of a passenger
condoned by John Deere.
LN71218,0000865 -19-24MAR14-1/1
T133468 —UN—15APR13
off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps, handholds, and
handrails.
Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present
slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease
or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or
dismount a moving machine.
DX,WW,MOUNT -19-12OCT11-1/1
RXA0103709 —UN—01JUL09
Before transporting the tractor on a low-loader truck or
flatbed rail wagon, make sure that the hood is secured
over the tractor engine and that doors, roof hatch (if
equipped) and windows are properly closed.
Never tow a tractor at a speed greater than 10 km/h (6
mph). An operator must steer and brake the tractor under
tow.
DX,WW,TRANSPORT -19-19AUG09-1/1
PN=22
Safety
TS218 —UN—23AUG88
welding on machine.
Falling while cleaning or working at height can cause
serious injury. Use a ladder or platform to easily reach
each location. Use sturdy and secure footholds and
handholds.
DX,SERV -19-28FEB17-1/1
TS779 —UN—08NOV89
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct
size tools. DO NOT use U.S. measurement tools on
metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping
wrenches.
Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.
DX,REPAIR -19-17FEB99-1/1
PN=23
Safety
LX1016749 —UN—01JUL97
Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment
and experience to perform the job.
DX,SAFE,TOOLS -19-10OCT97-1/1
TS201 —UN—15APR13
DX,SIGNS1 -19-04JUN90-1/1
TS677 —UN—21SEP89
Wear close-fitting clothes. Stop the engine and be sure
fans, belts, pulleys, and drives are stopped before making
adjustments, connections, or cleaning near fans and their
drive components.
DX,GUARDS -19-18AUG09-1/1
PN=24
Safety
TS231 —19—07OCT88
DX,LIVE -19-25SEP92-1/1
PN=25
Safety
PN=26
Group 05B
General References
List of References SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw Torque Values—High
Below is a list of all items within this group. Pressure Applications
Metric Bolt and Screw Torque Values Check Oil Lines and Fittings
Unified Inch Bolt and Screw Torque Values Basic Electrical Component Handling / Precautions For
Vehicles Equipped With Computer Controlled Systems
Face Seal Fittings Assembly and Installation—All
Pressure Applications Identify Zinc-Flake Coated Fasteners
Metric Face Seal And O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque Use Torque Wrench Adapter
Chart—Standard Pressures Servicing and Connecting Snap to Connect STC™ Fittings
Metric Face Seal and O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque Use Special Wrench
Chart—High Pressure Applications
Install Hydraulic Fittings
SAE Face Seal and O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque
Chart—Standard Pressures Glossary of Terms
SAE Face Seal and O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque Aftertreatment Indicators Overview
Chart—High Pressure Applications
Changing Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Dosing Unit Filter
Four Bolt Flange Fittings Assembly and Installation—All
Pressure Applications Cleaning Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank
PN=27
General References
Trademarks
Trademarks
AccuDepth™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ACS™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ActiveSeat™ Trademark of Deere and Company
AMBLYGON™ Trademark of Kluber Lubrication
AMP™ Trademark of Tyco Electronics
AMPSEAL 16™ Trademark of Tyco Electronics
AutoLoad™ Trademark of Deere and Company
AutoPowr™ Trademark of Deere and Company
AutoPowr™/IVT™ Trademark of Deere and Company
AutoQuad™ II Trademark of Deere and Company
AutoQuad™ PLUS Trademark of Deere and Company
AutoTrac™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Avdel™ Trademark of Avdel UK Limited
Bio Hy-Guard™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Break-In™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Break-In PLUS™ Trademark of Deere and Company
CINCH™ Trademark of Cinch Inc.
ClimaTrak™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ComfortCommand™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ComfortGard™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ComfortGard Deluxe™ Trademark of Deere and Company
CommandARM™ Trademark of Deere and Company
CommandCenter™ Trademark of Deere and Company
CommandQuad™ Trademark of Deere and Company
CommandView™ Trademark of Deere and Company
COOL-GUARD™ II Trademark of Deere and Company
CoolScan™ Trademark of Deere and Company
CPC™ Trademark of AMP Incorporated
Deere™ Trademark of Deere and Company
DEUTSCH™ Trademark of Deutsch Company
DURABUILT™ Trademark of Camoplast Inc.
Efficiency Manager™ Trademark of Deere and Company
FieldCruise™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Field Doc™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Field Office™ Trademark of Deere and Company
GreenStar™ Trademark of Deere and Company
HY-GARD™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ILS™ Trademark of Deere and Company
iPhone® Trademark of Apple, Inc.
iPod® Trademark of Apple, Inc.
iPod Touch® Trademark of Apple, Inc.
iTEC™ Trademark of Deere and Company
iTEC™ Pro Trademark of Deere and Company
IVT™ Trademark of Deere and Company
IVT Selector™ Trademark of Deere and Company
JDLink™ Trademark of Deere and Company
JDOffice™ Trademark of Deere and Company
John Deere™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Loctite™ Trademark of Henkel Corporation
MATE-N-LOC™ Trademark of AMP Incorporated
PN=28
General References
Trademarks
METRIMATE™ Trademark of AMP Incorporated
METRI-PACK™ Trademark of Delphi Packard Electric Systems
Molex™ Trademark of Molex Incorporated
NEVER-SEEZ™ Trademark of Bostik-Findley Inc.
Oilscan™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Parallel Tracking™ Trademark of Deere and Company
PLUS-50™ II Trademark of Deere and Company
PowrQuad™ Trademark of Deere and Company
PowrQuad™ PLUS Trademark of Deere and Company
PowerTech™ Trademark of Deere and Company
PowerTech™ Plus Trademark of Deere and Company
Power Zero™ Trademark of Deere and Company
QUICK METAL™ Trademark of Henkel Corporation
QuickTatch™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Row-Trak™ Trademark of Deere and Company
ServiceADVISOR™ Trademark of Deere and Company
SERVICEGARD™ Trademark of Deere and Company
StarFire™ Trademark of Deere and Company
StarFire™ iTC Trademark of Deere and Company
STC™ Trademark of Eaton Corporation
StellarSupport™ Trademark of Deere and Company
SUMITOMO™ Trademark of Sumitomo Corporation
TEFLON™ Trademark of DuPont Co.
TIA™ Trademark of Deere and Company
TLS™ Trademark of Deere and Company
TLS™ Plus Trademark of Deere and Company
TouchSet™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Tractor-Implement Automation™ Trademark of Deere and Company
Tyco™ Trademark of Tyco Electronics
Vari-Cool™ Trademark of Deere and Company
WEATHER PACK™ Trademark of Packard Electric
YAZAKI™ Trademark of Yazaki Corporation
LN71218,0000870 -19-03MAR16-2/2
PN=29
General References
Bonding
Gasketing
Priming
Retaining
PN=30
General References
PN=31
General References
Bolt or Screw Class 4.8 Class 8.8 or 9.8 Class 10.9 Class 12.9
Size Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb Lubricateda Dryb
N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.
M6 4.7 42 6 53 8.9 79 11.3 100 13 115 16.5 146 15.5 137 19.5 172
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
M8 11.5 102 14.5 128 22 194 27.5 243 32 23.5 40 29.5 37 27.5 47 35
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
M10 23 204 29 21 43 32 55 40 63 46 80 59 75 55 95 70
N·m lb.-ft.
M12 40 29.5 50 37 75 55 95 70 110 80 140 105 130 95 165 120
M14 63 46 80 59 120 88 150 110 175 130 220 165 205 150 260 190
M16 100 74 125 92 190 140 240 175 275 200 350 255 320 235 400 300
M18 135 100 170 125 265 195 330 245 375 275 475 350 440 325 560 410
M20 190 140 245 180 375 275 475 350 530 390 675 500 625 460 790 580
M22 265 195 330 245 510 375 650 480 725 535 920 680 850 625 1080 800
M24 330 245 425 315 650 480 820 600 920 680 1150 850 1080 800 1350 1000
M27 490 360 625 460 950 700 1200 885 1350 1000 1700 1250 1580 1160 2000 1475
M30 660 490 850 625 1290 950 1630 1200 1850 1350 2300 1700 2140 1580 2700 2000
M33 900 665 1150 850 1750 1300 2200 1625 2500 1850 3150 2325 2900 2150 3700 2730
M36 1150 850 1450 1075 2250 1650 2850 2100 3200 2350 4050 3000 3750 2770 4750 3500
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of Shear bolts are designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always
the bolt or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or replace shear bolts with identical property class. Replace fasteners with
tightening procedure is given for a specific application. For stainless steel the same or higher property class. If higher property class fasteners are
fasteners or for nuts on U-bolts, see the tightening instructions for the used, tighten these to the strength of the original. Make sure fastener
specific application. Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel type lock nuts threads are clean and that you properly start thread engagement. When
by turning the nut to the dry torque shown in the chart, unless different possible, lubricate plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts,
instructions are given for the specific application. wheel bolts or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or M20
and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.
b
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or M6 to M18 fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ2 -19-12JAN11-1/1
PN=32
General References
Bolt or Screw SAE Grade 1 SAE Grade 2a SAE Grade 5, 5.1 or 5.2 SAE Grade 8 or 8.2
Size Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc Lubricatedb Dryc
N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in. N·m lb.-in.
1/4 3.7 33 4.7 42 6 53 7.5 66 9.5 84 12 106 13.5 120 17 150
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
5/16 7.7 68 9.8 86 12 106 15.5 137 19.5 172 25 221 28 20.5 35 26
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
3/8 13.5 120 17.5 155 22 194 27 240 35 26 44 32.5 49 36 63 46
N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft. N·m lb.-ft.
7/16 22 194 28 20.5 35 26 44 32.5 56 41 70 52 80 59 100 74
N·m lb.-ft.
1/2 34 25 42 31 53 39 67 49 85 63 110 80 120 88 155 115
9/16 48 35.5 60 45 76 56 95 70 125 92 155 115 175 130 220 165
5/8 67 49 85 63 105 77 135 100 170 125 215 160 240 175 305 225
3/4 120 88 150 110 190 140 240 175 300 220 380 280 425 315 540 400
7/8 190 140 240 175 190 140 240 175 490 360 615 455 690 510 870 640
1 285 210 360 265 285 210 360 265 730 540 920 680 1030 760 1300 960
1-1/8 400 300 510 375 400 300 510 375 910 670 1150 850 1450 1075 1850 1350
1-1/4 570 420 725 535 570 420 725 535 1280 945 1630 1200 2050 1500 2600 1920
1-3/8 750 550 950 700 750 550 950 700 1700 1250 2140 1580 2700 2000 3400 2500
1-1/2 990 730 1250 930 990 730 1250 930 2250 1650 2850 2100 3600 2650 4550 3350
Torque values listed are for general use only, based on the strength of the bolt Replace fasteners with the same or higher grade. If higher
or screw. DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening grade fasteners are used, tighten these to the strength of the
procedure is given for a specific application. For plastic insert or crimped steel original. Make sure fastener threads are clean and that you
type lock nuts, for stainless steel fasteners, or for nuts on U-bolts, see the properly start thread engagement. When possible, lubricate
tightening instructions for the specific application. Shear bolts are designed to fail plain or zinc plated fasteners other than lock nuts, wheel bolts
under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade. or wheel nuts, unless different instructions are given for the
specific application.
a
Grade 2 applies for hex cap screws (not hex bolts) up to 6 in. (152 mm) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws over 6
in. (152 mm) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
b
“Lubricated” means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, fasteners with phosphate and oil coatings, or 7/8 in.
and larger fasteners with JDM F13C, F13F or F13J zinc flake coating.
c
“Dry” means plain or zinc plated without any lubrication, or 1/4 to 3/4 in. fasteners with JDM F13B, F13E or F13H zinc flake coating.
DX,TORQ1 -19-12JAN11-1/1
PN=33
General References
PN=34
General References
Metric Face Seal And O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—Standard Pressures
N79757 —UN—13FEB08
I B E
G C F
G
F
A D
A—Straight Stud and Tube Nut C—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube E—Port Plug I— Jam Nut
B—Bulkhead Union and Nut F— Stud End
Bulkhead Jam Nut D—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow G—Tube Nut
H—Swivel Nut
Metric Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—Standard Pressure-Below 27.6 MPA (4,000 PSI)
Nominal Tube OD O-ring Face Seal/ Bulkhead Jam Nut O-ring Straight, Adjustable, and External Port
Hose ID Tube Swivel Nut TorqueA Plug Stud EndsA
Met- Inch Tube OD Thread Swivel Tube Jam Jam Nut Thread Size Straight Adj Steel Alu-
ric Size Nut Nut/Swivel Nut Torque Hex Lock Nut or minum
Tube Hex Nut Torque Hex SizeB Hex Gray Iron or
OD Size Size Size Torque Brass
Torq-
ueC
mm Da- in mm in mm N·m lb·ft mm N·m lb·ft mm mm mm N· lb·ft N· lb·
sh m m ft
Size
4 -2 0.12 3.18 — — — — — — — M8 X 1 12 12 8 6 5 4
5
5 -3 0.18 4.76 — — — — — — — M10 X 1 14 14 15 11 10 7
8
6 -4 0.25 6.35 9/16-18 17 16 12 22 32 24 M12 X 1.5 17 17 25 18 17 12
0
8 -5 0.31 7.92 — — — — — — — M14 X 1.5 19 19 40 30 27 20
2
10 -6 0.37 9.53 11/16-16 22 24 18 27 42 31 M16 X 1.5 22 22 45 33 30 22
5
12 -8 0.50 12.70 13/16-16 24 50 37 30 93 69 M18 X 1.5 24 24 50 37 33 25
0
16 -10 0.62 15.88 1-14 30 69 51 36 118 87 M22 X 1.5 27 27 69 51 46 34
5
20 -12 0.75 19.05 1-3/16-12 36 102 75 41 175 129 M27 X 2 32 32 10 74 67 49
0 0
22 -14 0.87 22.23 1-3/16-12 36 102 75 41 175 129 M30 X 2 36 36 13 96 87 64
5 0
25 -16 1.00 25.40 1-7/16-12 41 142 105 46 247 182 M33 X 2 41 41 16 118 10 79
0 0 7
28 — — — — — — — — — — M38 x 2 46 46 17 130 11 87
6 7
32 -20 1.25 31.75 1-11/16-12 50 190 140 50 328 242 M42 X 2 50 50 21 155 14 10
0 0 0 3
38 -24 1.50 38.10 2-12 60 217 160 60 374 276 M48 X 2 55 55 26 192 17 12
0 0 3 8
50 -32 2.00 50.80 — — — — — — — M60 X 2 65 65 31 232 21 15
0 5 0 5
A
Tolerance is +15%, minus 20% of mean tightening torque unless otherwise specified.
B
The straight hex wrench sizes listed apply to connectors only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
C
These torques were established using steel plated connectors in aluminum and brass.
LN71218,0000E11 -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=35
General References
Metric Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure Applications
N79757 —UN—13FEB08
I B E
G C F
G
F
A D
A—Stud Straight and Tube Nut C—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube E—Port Plug I— Lock Nut
B—Bulkhead Union and Nut F— Stud End
Bulkhead Lock Nut D—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow G—Tube Nut
H—Swivel Nut
Metric Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure-Above 27.6 MPA (4,000
PSI), Working Pressure-41.3 MPA (6,000 PSI)
Nominal Tube OD O-ring Face Seal/ Bulkhead Jam Nut O-Ring Straight, Adjustable, and External
Hose ID Tube Swivel Nut TorqueA Port Plug Stud EndsA
Met- Inch Tube OD Thread Size Swivel Tube Jam Jam Nut Thread Size Straight Adj Steel
ric Nut Hex Nut/Swivel Nut Hex Torque Hex SizeB Lock Nut or
Tube Size Nut Torque Size Hex Size Gray Iron
OD Torque
mm Da- in mm in mm N·m lb·ft mm N·m lb·ft mm mm mm N· lb·ft
sh m
Siz-
e
4 -2 0.125 3.18 — — — — — — — M8 X 1 12 12 8 6
5 -3 0.188 4.76 — — — — — — — M10 X 1 14 14 15 11
6 -4 0.250 6.35 9/16-18 17 24 18 22 32 24 M12 X 1.5 17 17 35 26
8 -5 0.312 7.92 — — — — — — — M14 X 1.5 19 19 45 33
10 -6 0.375 9.53 11/16-16 22 37 27 27 42 31 M16 X 1.5 22 22 55 41
12 -8 0.500 12.70 13/16-16 24 63 46 30 93 69 M18 X 1.5 24 24 70 52
16 -10 0.625 15.88 1-14 30 103 76 36 118 87 M22 X 1.5 27 27 100 74
20 -12 0.750 19.05 1-3/16-12 36 152 112 41 175 129 M27 X 2 32 32 170 125
22 -14 0.875 22.23 1-3/16-12 36 152 112 41 175 129 M30 X 2 36 36 215 159
25 -16 1.000 25.40 1-7/16-12 41 214 158 46 247 182 M33 X 2 41 41 260 192
28 — — — — — — — — — — M38 x 2 46 46 320 236
32 -20 1.250 31.75 1-11/16-12 — 286 211 50 328 242 M42 X 2 50 50 360 266
38 -24 1.500 38.10 2-12 — 326 240 60 374 276 M48 X 2 55 55 420 310
A
Tolerance is +15%, minus 20% of mean tightening torque unless otherwise specified.
B
The straight hex wrench sizes listed apply to connectors only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
LN71218,0000E12 -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=36
General References
SAE Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—Standard Pressures
N79757 —UN—13FEB08
I B E
G C F
G
F
A D
A—Stud Straight and Tube Nut C—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube E—Port Plug I— Lock Nut
B—Bulkhead Union and Nut F— Stud End
Bulkhead Lock Nut D—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow G—Tube Nut
H—Swivel Nut
SAE Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—Standard Pressure-Below 27.6 MPA (4,000 PSI)
Nominal Tube OD O-ring Face Seal/ Bulkhead Jam O-ring Straight, Adjustable, and External Port Plug Stud EndsA
Hose ID Tube Swivel Nut Nut TorqueA
Metric Inch Tube OD Thread Swivel Tube Nut Jam Jam Thread Straight Adj Steel Aluminum
Tube Size Nut Hex Swivel Nut Nut Size Hex Lock or or
OD Size Nut Hex Torque SizeB Nut Gray Iron Brass
Torque Size Hex Torque TorqueC
Size
mm Da- in mm in in N· lb·ft N· lb· in in in N·m lb·ft N·m lb·ft
sh m m ft
Size
5 -3 0.188 4.78 — — — — — — — 3/8-24 5/8 9/16 12 9 8 6
6 -4 0.250 6.35 9/16-18 11/16 16 12 13/16 32 24 7/16-20 5/8 5/8 16 12 11 8
8 -5 0.312 7.92 — — — — — — — 1/2-20 3/4 11/16 24 18 16 12
10 -6 0.375 9.53 11/16-16 13/16 24 18 1 42 31 9/16-18 3/4 3/4 37 27 25 18
12 -8 0.500 12.70 13/16-16 15/16 50 37 1-1/8 93 69 3/4-16 7/8 15/16 50 37 33 25
16 -10 0.625 15.88 1-14 1-1/8 69 51 1-5/1 11 87 7/8-14 1-1/16 1-1/16 69 51 46 34
6 8
20 -12 0.750 19.05 1-3/16-12 1-3/8 10 75 1-1/2 17 12 1-1/16-12 1-1/4 1-3/8 102 75 68 50
2 5 9
22 -14 0.875 22.23 1-3/16-12 — 10 75 — 17 12 1-3/16-12 1-3/8 1-1/2 122 90 81 60
2 5 9
25 -16 1.000 25.40 1-7/16-12 1-5/8 14 105 1-3/4 24 18 1-5/16-12 1-1/2 1-5/8 142 105 95 70
2 7 2
32 -20 1.25 31.75 1-11/16-1 1-7/8 19 140 2 32 24 1-5/8-12 1-3/4 1-7/8 190 140 127 93
2 0 8 2
38 -24 1.50 38.10 2-12 2-1/4 21 160 2-3/8 37 27 1-7/8-12 2-1/8 2-1/8 217 160 145 107
7 4 6
50.8 -32 2.000 50.80 — — — — — — — 2-1/2-12 2-3/4 2-3/4 311 229 207 153
A
Tolerance is +15%, minus 20% of mean tightening torque unless otherwise specified.
B
The straight hex wrench sizes listed apply to connectors only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
C
These torques were established using steel plated connectors in aluminum and brass.
LN71218,0000E13 -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=37
General References
SAE Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure Applications
N79757 —UN—13FEB08
I B E
G C F
G
F
A D
A—Stud Straight and Tube Nut C—90° Swivel Elbow and Tube E—Port Plug I— Lock Nut
B—Bulkhead Union and Nut F— Stud End
Bulkhead Lock Nut D—90° Adjustable Stud Elbow G—Tube Nut
H—Swivel Nut
SAE Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure - Above 27.6 MPA (4,000
PSI), Working Pressure-41.3 MPA (6,000 PSI)
Nominal Tube OD O-ring Face Seal/ Bulkhead Jam Nut O-ring Straight, Adjustable, and External Port
Hose ID Tube Swivel Nut TorqueA Plug Stud EndsA
Met- Inch Tube OD Thread Size Swivel Tube Jam Jam Nut Thread Straight Adj Steel
ric Nut Hex Nut/Swivel Nut Hex Torque Size Hex SizeB Lock or
Tube Size Nut Torque Size Nut Gray Iron
OD Hex Torque
Size
mm D- in mm in in N·m lb·ft N·m lb·ft in in in N·m lb·ft
ash
Siz-
e
5 -3 0.188 4.78 — — — — — — — 3/8-24 5/8 9/16 18 13
6 -4 0.250 6.35 9/16-18 11/16 24 18 13/16 32 24 7/16-20 5/8 5/8 24 18
8 -5 0.312 7.92 — — — — — — — 1/2-20 3/4 11/16 30 22
10 -6 0.375 9.53 11/16-16 13/16 37 27 1 42 31 9/16-18 3/4 3/4 37 27
12 -8 0.500 12.70 13/16-16 15/16 63 46 1-1/8 93 69 3/4-16 7/8 15/16 75 55
16 -10 0.625 15.88 1-14 1-1/8 103 76 1-5/16 118 87 7/8-14 1-1/16 1-1/16 103 76
20 -12 0.750 19.05 1-3/16-12 1-3/8 152 112 1-1/2 175 129 1-1/16-12 1-1/4 1-3/8 177 131
22 -14 0.875 22.23 1-3/16-12 — 152 112 — 175 129 1-3/16-12 1-3/8 1-1/2 231 170
25 -16 1.000 25.40 1-7/16-12 1-5/8 214 158 1-3/4 247 182 1-5/16-12 1-1/2 1-5/8 270 199
32 -20 1.25 31.75 1-11/16-12 1-7/8 286 211 2 328 242 1-5/8-12 1-3/4 1-7/8 286 211
38 -24 1.50 38.10 2-12 2-1/4 326 240 2-3/8 374 276 1-7/8-12 2-1/8 2-1/8 326 240
A
Tolerance is +15%, minus 20% of mean tightening torque unless otherwise specified.
B
The straight hex wrench sizes listed apply to connectors only and may not be the same as the corresponding plug of the same thread size.
LN71218,0000E14 -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=38
General References
SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw Torque Values—Standard Pressure Applications
H70423 —UN—30NOV01
SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw Torque Values—27,600 KPA (4,000 PSI) Pressure Applications
Torque
Newton Meters Foot Pounds
Nominal Flange Size Screw Sizea,b Min Max Min Max
1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20 31 15 23
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 28 54 21 40
1 3/8-16 UNC 37 54 27 40
1-1/4 7/16-14 UNC 47 85 35 63
1-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 62 131 46 97
2 1/2-13 UNC 73 131 54 97
2-1/2 1/2-13 UNC 107 131 79 97
3 5/8-11 UNC 187 264 138 195
3-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
4 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
5 5/8-11 UNC 158 264 117 195
a
JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware.
b
[Link] Lock washers are permissible but not recommended.
LN71218,0000E16 -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=39
General References
SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw Torque Values—High Pressure Applications
H70423 —UN—30NOV01
SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw Torque Values—41,400 KPA (6,000 PSI) Pressure Applications
Torque
Newton Meters Foot Pounds
Nominal Flange Size Screw Sizea,b Min Max Min Max
1/2 5/16-18 UNC 20 31 15 23
3/4 3/8-16 UNC 34 54 25 40
1 7/16-14 UNC 57 85 42 63
1-1/4 1/2-13 UNC 85 131 63 63
1-1/2 5/8-11 UNC 159 264 117 195
2 3/4-10 UNC 271 468 200 345
a
JDM A17D, SAE Grade 5 or better cap screws with plated hardware.
b
[Link] Lock washers are permissible but not recommended.
LN71218,0000E17 -19-05SEP13-1/1
H70356 —UN—30NOV01
M12 x 1.5 28 N·m (20.6 lb·ft)
M14 x 1.5 39 N·m (28.7 lb·ft)
M16 x 1.5 48 N·m (35.4 lb·ft)
M18 x 1.5 60 N·m (44.2 lb·ft)
M20 x 1.5 60 N·m (44.2 lb·ft)
M22 x 1.5 85 N·m (62.7 lb·ft)
M27 x 2 135 N·m (99.6 lb·ft
M30 x 2 165 N·m (121.7 lb·ft)
M33 x 2 235 N·m (173.3 lb·ft)
M38 x 2 245 N·m (180.7 lb·ft)
M42 x 2 260 N·m (191.8 lb·ft)
M48 x 2 290 N·m (213.9 lb·ft)
M60 x 2 330 N·m (243.4 lb·ft)
a
Port to JDS-G173.1; stud end to JDS-G173.3.
LN71218,0000E18 -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=40
General References
Prevent Hydraulic System Contamination the system, use a tractor or other source that
contains clean oil, free of abrasive materials.
IMPORTANT: Cleanliness is very important Keep couplers clean. Abrasive particles, like
when working on the hydraulic system. sand or metal fragments, can damage seals,
Prevent contamination by assembling the barrels and pistons, causing internal leakage.
cylinders, hoses, couplers, and valves in
a clean area of the shop.
Leave protective caps on the fluid openings until
ready to make the connection. When charging
LN71218,0000E19 -19-05SEP13-1/1
X9811 —UN—23AUG88
all connections before applying pressure. Search
for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands
and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with
this type of injury may call Deere & Company Make sure hoses are not twisted or touching machine
Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, or other parts which are moving. Replace damaged parts.
knowledgeable medical source.
IMPORTANT: Tighten fittings as specified in
Check all oil lines, hoses and fittings regularly for leaks or torque chart.
defects. Make sure all clamps are in position and tight.
LN71218,0000E1A -19-05SEP13-1/2
H58319 —UN—15JUN99
LN71218,0000E1A -19-05SEP13-2/2
PN=41
General References
Basic Electrical Component Handling / Precautions For Vehicles Equipped With Computer
Controlled Systems
Electrical Precautions To Take: This can cause computer system errors from interrupting
a computer program while it is running and electrical
Never disconnect the batteries while the key switch is voltage spikes that are produced can damage electronic
running. Why: This can cause electrical voltage spikes components.
that can damage electronic components.
Do not apply power or ground to any component as a test
Do not connect jumper cables while the key switch is on. unless specifically instructed to do so. Why: Connecting
Why: This can cause electrical voltage spikes that can the wrong voltage to the wrong point of an electronic
damage electronic components. system can cause electronic component failures.
Disconnect batteries prior to recharging (if possible). Why: When welding on the machine, make sure to connect
Electrical loads in the combine can slow the recharging ground lead to the parts being welded. For maximum
process. Battery chargers can cause electrical voltage protection, disconnect all electronic controller connectors
spikes that can damage electronic components. before welding. Why: High currents associated with
Never jump start the machine with a voltage higher than welding can damage wiring harnesses that are involved
the machine is designed to operate on. Why: This can in the ground path. Welding can also cause electrical
damage electronic components. voltage spikes that can damage electronic components.
RXA0073812 —UN—03MAR04
Zinc-Flake Coated cap screws (C) are a dull silver color.
NOTE: Zinc-Flake Coated fasteners are tightened to
lubricated specifications, unless otherwise noted.
(See Torque Value Charts in this group.)
LN71218,0000E1C -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=42
General References
RXA0061214 —UN—19JUN02
head to the center of adapter
Ta
Tw
L
Tw = Ta x
L+A
L+A
A L
RXA0062101 —UN—15AUG02
0
90
Ta
Tw
LN71218,0000E1D -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=43
General References
RXA0075330 —UN—16JUN04
disconnecting fitting may result in personal
injury, damage to equipment or both.
RXA0075327 —UN—12MAY05
1. For disassembly perform the following: Insert
correct JDG1885 STC tool (A) between releasing ring
(B) and fitting.
2. Remove hose or line pulling parallel from connector.
D
NOTE: If retaining ring, backup ring (D) or O-ring (E) C
are damaged, replace all three parts. B
A—JDG658 Wrench
LN71218,0000E1F -19-05SEP13-1/1
PN=44
General References
RW15638A —UN—30JUL98
3. Torque fittings to specification. (See Metric Face Seal
And O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—Standard
Pressures, Metric Face Seal and O-ring Stud End
Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure Applications,
SAE Face Seal and O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque
Chart—Standard Pressures and SAE Face Seal and
O-ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure
Applications in this group.)
A—O-ring
LN71218,0000E20 -19-05SEP13-1/2
RW15637A —UN—30JUL98
NOTE: Tighten cap screws in a diagonal pattern.
PN=45
General References
Glossary of Terms
ABBREVIA-
ITEM TION DESCRIPTION
Accessory ACC Secondary electrical system
AutoQuad-Plus Transmission AQ+ Abbreviation
Automatic Powershift APS Transmission feature
ActiveSeat™ Control Unit ASU Computerized system used to control the ActiveSeat™
Air Conditioning A/C System used conditioning the air in the cab
Air Quality System AQS System used to control conditioned air in the cab
Alternating Current AC Electrical current that reverses its direction at regularly recurring intervals
Armrest Interface Control Unit ACI Armrest control used to control tractor functions
Auto-Temperature Control ATC Automatically controlled air quality system
Battery Bat A device used to furnish electrical current
Brakes BR Abbreviation
Brake Control Unit BRC Computerized system for brake control
Brake Load Sense BRL Reference—Brake load sense
Cab Control Unit CAB Computerized system for controlling cab electronic functions
Controller Area Network CAN A communication system linking on-board electronics
Chassis Control Unit CCU Computerized system for tractor monitoring
Circuit CCT A complete path of an electrical current
Circulation Motor Symbols for circulation motor speeds
O Medium Speed
+ Fastest Speed
Cab Load Center CLC Computerized system for controlling cab electrical functions
Clean Oil Reservoir COR Reservoir used to contain oil for the tractor hydraulic system
ClimaTrak™ Automatically controlled air quality system
Clockwise CW Direction in which the hands of a clock rotate
Cold Cranking Amperes CCA Refers to a battery's capability to perform during cold-weather operation
Component Technical Manual CTM Technical manual developed for the servicing of major components
Counterclockwise CCW Direction opposite the rotation of the hands of a clock
Control Flow (Steering Pressure) CF Reference—Steering pressure control flow
Control Flow DR CFD Reference—Control flow diagnostic receptacle
Corner Post Display CPD Display for system control units
Diagnostic Receptacle DR A connection where hydraulic pressure can be measured
Digital Multimeter DMM An electrical multifunctional measuring device
Direct Current DC Electrical current flowing in one direction only
Displacement Control Valve DCV Controls hydraulic pump stroke
Economy Mode ECO Abbreviation
Senses and communicates to the displacement control valve demand for hydraulic pump
Electronic Displacement Control EDC stroke
Electrohydraulic EH Refers to a hydraulic valve function that is controlled electrically
Electrohydraulic Depth Control EHDC Abbreviation
Electro-hydraulic Option Control Unit EHO Computerized system used to control the independent link suspension axle
Electrohydraulic Selective Control
Valve EH SCV Selective control valve operated with electrical solenoids
Electronic Components Relay ELX Refers to the relay powering most of the electronic components
Engine Control Unit ECU Computerized system used to govern engine speed
Electronically Programmable EPROM Abbreviation
Read-Only Memory
Evacuation Diagnostic Receptacle EVAC Diagnostic receptacle port used for pre-lubrication of the pump drive gears
Excess Flow (SCV/Hitch Flow) EF Reference—SCV/Hitch flow
Excess Flow Load Sense (SCV/Hitch
Flow) EFL Reference—SCV/Hitch load sense
PN=46
General References
ABBREVIA-
ITEM TION DESCRIPTION
Forward-Neutral-Reverse FNR Abbreviation
Forward FWD Refers to direction of movement
Gallons Per Minute gpm Amount of fluid over a period of one minute
GreenStar™ System GSS Part of John Deere Precision Farming Systems
Ground-Driven Pump GDP Pump used to operate steering and brakes during emergency conditions
Global Positioning System GPS Abbreviation
Heating-Ventilating and Air
Conditioning HVAC Abbreviation
High-Intensity Discharge Light HID Abbreviation
High Pressure - Common Rail HPCR Fuel injected engine that utilizes high pressure fuel injection and a common pressure rail
Hitch Control Unit HCU Computerized system used to control hitch functions
Hitch Slip Command HSC System to compensate for traction changes
Housing Hsg Abbreviation
Ignition IGN Control for starting and stopping the tractor
Implement Management System IMS Control for operating equipment
Independent Link Suspension ILS Front axle with an active suspension system that is electrohydraulic controlled
Inside Diameter ID Abbreviation
Instrument Control Unit ICU Computerized system controlling tractor warning functions
International Standards Organization ISO Standards organization
Infinitely Variable Transmission IVT A hydro-mechanical transmission with infinitely variable speeds
Joint Industry Council Organization JIC Standards organization
Lateral Hitch Position LHP Refers to hitch positioning for a row guidance hitch application
Left-Hand LH or L-H Abbreviation
Liquid Crystal Display LCD A technology used for displaying information
Manifold Air Pressure MAP Abbreviation
Mechanical Front Wheel Drive MFWD A mechanically powered front axle
Negative Neg (—) Refers to a part of an electrical circuit
Number No. Abbreviation
ORFS
O-Ring Face Seal ORS A type of seal used in making hydraulic connections
Outside Diameter OD Abbreviation
Perf Mon
Performance Monitor (PrF) Abbreviation
Positive Pos (+) Refers to a part of an electrical circuit
Potentiometer POT A device used to vary electrical voltage
PowerQuad-Plus Transmission PQ+ Abbreviation
Powershift Transmission PST Abbreviation
IVT Transmission Control Unit PTI Computerized system used to control IVT transmission shift functions
Power Take-Off PTO Abbreviation
Powershift Transmission Control Unit PTP Computerized system used to control powershift transmission shift functions
Pressure Control Valve PCV Valve used to control pressure within a system
Pressure Regulating Valve PRV A device used to regulate pressure in a system
Product Identification Number PIN Serial number relating to tractor identification
Pulse-Width-Modulation PWM Method of controlling electrical signals
Pump DR PD Reference—Pump diagnostic receptacle
Pump Load Sense PLD Reference—Pump load sense
Reverse Rev Refers to direction of movement
Revolutions Per Minute rpm Abbreviation
RH or
Right-Hand R-H Abbreviation
Rockshaft RS Abbreviation
Selective Control Option SCo Control unit for selective control valves 4 and 5
PN=47
General References
ABBREVIA-
ITEM TION DESCRIPTION
Computerized system used to control selective control valve functions for selective control
Selective Control Unit SCU valves 1, 2, and 3
Selective Control Valve SCV Device used to control remote hydraulic functions
Steering Control Unit SSU Computerized system controlling tractor steering
Setup Panel SUP Operator control panel used to set selective control valve function
Slow Moving Vehicle SMV Warning sign on the rear of the tractor
Society of Automotive Engineers SAE Engineering Standards Organization
Specification SPEC Abbreviation
Suspended Front Axle SFA Front axle with an active suspension system that is electronically controlled
Tracks Tractor Steering System SST Computerized system controlling tractor steering for tracks tractors
Control Unit
Wheel Tractor Steering System
Control Unit SSU Computerized system controlling tractor steering for wheel tractors equipped with AutoTrac™
Steering Load Sense STL Reference—Steering load sense
Switch SW Abbreviation
Tachometer Tach Abbreviation
TCM Electronic module that corrects for vehicle dynamics such as roll on side-slopes and rough
Terrain Compensation Module terrain
Tail Light TL Abbreviation
Tractor Control Unit - Vehicle TEC Electronic system for communicating between vehicle and implement
Tractor Control Unit - Implement TEI Electronic system for communicating between implement and vehicle
Temperature Temp Abbreviation
Transmission Trans Abbreviation
TouchSet Depth Control TSDC Abbreviation-Same as EHDC
Transient Voltage Protection TVP An electrical device used to protect a circuit from voltage surge
Voltage (Volts) V Abbreviation
Voltage Detector V Det Abbreviation
Vehicle Load Center VLC Computerized system for controlling vehicle electrical functions
Warning Lamp WL Abbreviation
Without W/O Abbreviation
Wide-Open Throttle WOT Full throttle
Two Wheel Drive 2WD Vehicle where only one pair of wheels is powered
LN71218,0000885 -19-24MAR14-3/3
PN=48
General References
PN=49
General References
RG22534 —UN—21MAR13
Reference the Materials Safety Data Sheet
(MSDS) for additional information.
NOTE: DEF dosing unit filter and tank header suction 4. Pull DEF dosing unit filter tool and DEF dosing unit
screen must be replaced together every 1500 hours filter from DEF dosing unit. Discard DEF dosing unit
or 36 months, which ever occurs first. filter and DEF dosing unit filter tool.
5. Clean DEF dosing unit threads and mating surfaces
NOTE: Servicing DEF dosing unit filter may require with distilled water.
removing additional covers or components. See
Access DEF Dosing Unit for location information. 6. Lubricate DEF filter O-rings with clean DEF. Carefully
insert DEF dosing unit filter into DEF dosing unit.
1. Remove DEF dosing unit filter cover (A).
7. Install new DEF dosing unit filter equalizing element
2. Remove and discard DEF dosing unit filter equalizing into DEF dosing unit filter.
element (B).
8. Install DEF dosing unit filter cover and tighten to
NOTE: DEF dosing unit filter tool (C) is supplied specification.
with replacement filter. Specification
DEF Dosing Unit Filter
3. Insert “Black” end of DEF dosing unit filter tool (C) into Cover—Torque..............................................................................23 N·m
DEF dosing unit filter (D) until CLICK is felt or heard (204 lb·in)
indicating DEF dosing unit filter tool is fully engaged.
NOTE: A tool such as a screwdriver can be inserted into
DEF dosing unit filter tool slot to assist removal.
DX,DEF,CHANGE,FILT -19-15AUG17-1/1
PN=50
General References
PN=51
General References
PN=52
Section 20
Engine
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
List of References Remove Engine
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Install Engine
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 20—00
Remove Front Frame
Other Material 20—00
Install Front Frame
Specifications 20—00
LN71218,0000905 -19-31MAR14-1/1
LN71218,000029E -19-09FEB18-1/1
PN=55
Component Removal and Installation
Specifications 20—00
Item Measurement Specification
Oil Pan Torque Turn Cap Screws Torque Turn 50 N·m + 60° Turn
(1—8 and 11—12) (37 lb.-ft.+ 60° Turn)
Oil Pan Torque Turn Cap Screws Torque Turn 60 N·m + 90° Turn
(9—10 and 13—18) (45 lb.-ft.+ 90° Turn)
Oil Pan Torque Turn Cap Torque Turn 20 N·m + 90° Turn
Screws (19—22) (177 lb.-in.+ 90° Turn)
Oil Pan Torque Turn Cap Screws Torque Turn 45 N·m + 90° Turn
(23 and 24) (33 lb.-ft. + 90° Turn)
Engine-to-Transmission Drive Torque 126 N·m
Shaft Cap Screws (92 lb.-ft.)
Front Frame-to-Transmission Cap Torque 430 N·m
Screws (Version “A”) (317 lb·ft)
Front Frame-to-Transmission Cap Torque 430 N·m
Screws (Version “B”) (317 lb·ft)
Front Frame-to-Transmission Cap Torque 430 N·m
Screws (Version “C”) (317 lb·ft)
Front Support-to-Front Frame Torque 490 N·m
Cap Screws 1 (361 lb.-ft.)
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
LN71218,0000307 -19-08MAR18-1/1
Remove Engine
1. Disconnect battery ground cable.
2. Remove hood. (See Remove and Install Hood in
Section 80, Group 05.)
RXA0140461 —UN—28MAR14
3. Remove engine side shields.
4. Drain coolant from engine and radiator. (See Draining,
Flushing, and Refilling Cooling System in Section 30,
Group 20.)
5. Remove starter wiring (A).
6. Remove left rear hood spreader (B).
7. Remove aspirator pipe (C).
8. Disconnect start aid solenoid connector (D) and move
harness to rear of tractor.
RXA0140823 —UN—31MAR14
PN=56
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139861 —UN—07MAR14
14. Disconnect control unit connector (D) from engine.
IMPORTANT: Label and identify all connectors
and sensors for reassembly.
LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-2/11
RXA0139862 —UN—07MAR14
19. For tractors equipped with air trailer brakes,
perform the following:
• Disconnect air compressor clean air supply line (D)
and air compressor oil return line (E).
PN=57
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139863 —UN—07MAR14
Rotation Tool and disconnect drive coupler.
RXA0139864 —UN—07MAR14
LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-4/11
23. Disconnect fuel cooler hoses (A). Plug and cap all
hoses and lines to prevent contamination.
24. Remove top radiator seal (B).
25. Remove line clamp cap screws (C).
26. Disconnect hydraulic oil cooler hoses (D). Plug hoses
and cap lines to prevent contamination.
RXA0140458 —UN—28MAR14
PN=58
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140463 —UN—28MAR14
IMPORTANT: If line bundle must be moved, take
care to NOT take bundle clamps apart or
move lines. Orientation of lines is specific
and should not be disturbed.
LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-6/11
RXA0140462 —UN—28MAR14
LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-7/11
A—Line B—Fitting
RXA0139868 —UN—06MAR14
PN=59
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0118385 —UN—28JUN11
• Attach lower mount of JDG11258 Rear Lifting
Bracket (A) to engine block with M20 cap screws
(B) and tighten.
• Install upright of JDG11258 Rear Lifting Bracket (C)
using cap screws (D) and tighten.
• Install JDG11252 Front Lifting Bracket (E) with front
mounting cap screw (F) and tighten.
RXA0125462 —UN—28MAR12
Continued on next page LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-9/11
PN=60
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0080285 —UN—12MAY05
• Loosen mounting cap screw (A) until slot in
JDG10041 Rear Lifting Bracket (B) can be inserted
under cap screw (A).
• Install positioning cap screw (C) to hold lift bracket
(B) in place and tighten cap screws (A and C).
• Install JDG10042 Front Lifting Bracket (D) with cap
screw (E) and tighten.
Rear Lift Bracket
A—Mounting Cap Screw D—JDG10042 Front Lifting
B—JDG10041 Rear Lifting Bracket
Bracket E—Cap Screw
C—Positioning Cap Screw
RXA0080286 —UN—12MAY05
Rear Lift Bracket
RXA0079093 —UN—02JUN05
Continued on next page LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-10/11
PN=61
Component Removal and Installation
37. Attach JT07336 Lift Sling (A) with chains (B) to lifting
brackets (C) and hoist as shown.
38. Remove engine-to-front frame cap screws (24 total)
and carefully remove engine.
39. Remove engine (D) by lifting rearward and out
right-hand side.
RXA0107104 —UN—05NOV10
LN71218,000029C -19-09FEB18-11/11
Install Engine
1. Install engine noting the following instructions:
• Remove any gasket or oil residue from mating parts.
IMPORTANT: High Performance RTV Blue Silicone
is used on block side of gasket to seal area
created by flywheel housing, front plate,
and timing gear cover.
RXA0115612 —UN—23MAR11
A—High Performance RTV C—Rear of Pan Gasket
Blue Silicone (4 used)
B—Front of Pan Gasket
PN=62
Component Removal and Installation
RW50079 —UN—07JUL94
2. Clean gasket surfaces and install new gasket. Key Quantity Size (mm)
PN=63
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0118400 —UN—28JUN11
Oil Pan Torque
A—Oil Pan Cap Screws (1—8 and B—Oil Pan Cap Screws (9—10 C—Oil Pan Cap Screws (19—22)
11—12) and 13—18) D—Oil Pan Cap Screws (23 and
24)
PN=64
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139869 —UN—06MAR14
Drive Shaft Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................126 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
Tw = Torque setting on torque wrench
Ta = Torque actually being applied to nut or cap screw
L = Length from point of force (center of wrench handle)
to center of head of torque wrench
A = Application distance from center of torque wrench
head to center of adapter which is 95 mm (3.75 in.)
RW50456 —UN—09DEC97
Adapter
RW76341 —UN—09NOV99
LN71218,000029D -19-09FEB18-4/4
PN=65
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0148101 —UN—24APR15
3. Remove front weights, if equipped.
4. Attach chains or straps to front weight support (A),
front support (B), and hoist.
5. Remove deflector shield cap screws (C) and deflector
shield (D).
6. Remove front support cap screws (E).
RXA0148102 —UN—24APR15
RXA0148103 —UN—24APR15
LN71218,000090B -19-24APR15-1/2
A—Front Frame-to-
Transmission Cap Screws
(10 used)
RXA0058630 —UN—16NOV01
LN71218,000090B -19-24APR15-2/2
PN=66
Component Removal and Installation
A—Front Frame-to-
Transmission Cap Screws
RXA0058630 —UN—16NOV01
(10 used)
LN71218,0000308 -19-08MAR18-1/6
RXA0159565 —UN—06SEP17
RXA0159566 —UN—06SEP17
Version “A” Version “B”
RXA0162434 —UN—07MAR18
A—Version “A” C—Version “C”
B—Version “B”
Version "C"
PN=67
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0160891 —UN—06SEP17
Specification
Front Frame-to-
Transmission Cap
Screws (Version
“A”)—Torque................................................................................430 N·m
(317 lb·ft)
1 1
A—M20 x 100 mm (10 used) C—M20 x 70 mm
1 PST Transmissions
B—M20 x 160 mm (9 used)
RXA0160892 —UN—06SEP17
IVT Transmission
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
Continued on next page LN71218,0000308 -19-08MAR18-3/6
PN=68
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0160893 —UN—06SEP17
Specification
Front Frame-to-
Transmission Cap
Screws (Version
“B”)—Torque................................................................................430 N·m
(317 lb·ft)
1 1
A—M20 x 130 mm (6 used) C—M20 x 190 mm (5 used)
1 1 PST Transmissions
B—M20 x 100 mm (4 or 1 used) D—M20 x 160 mm (4 used)
RXA0160894 —UN—06SEP17
IVT Transmission
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
Continued on next page LN71218,0000308 -19-08MAR18-4/6
PN=69
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0162436 —UN—07MAR18
Transmission Cap
Screws (Version
“C”)—Torque................................................................................430 N·m
(317 lb·ft)
1 1
A—M20 x 220 mm (4 used) C—M20 x 160 mm (4 or 5 used)
1 1
B—M20 x 70 mm D—M20 x 100 mm (6 used)
PST Transmissions
RXA0162435 —UN—07MAR18
IVT Transmission
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
Continued on next page LN71218,0000308 -19-08MAR18-5/6
PN=70
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0148103 —UN—24APR15
Front Support-to-Front
Frame Cap Screws
1
—Torque....................................................................................490 N·m
(361 lb.-ft.)
RXA0148102 —UN—24APR15
RXA0148101 —UN—24APR15
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
LN71218,0000308 -19-08MAR18-6/6
PN=71
Component Removal and Installation
PN=72
Group 05
Engine Repair
List of References
Specifications 20—05
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Torsional Damper
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 20—05
Engine Repair—Use CTM
Other Material 20—05
Remove and Install Timing Gear Cover
LN71218,0000420 -19-19APR18-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 20—05
JDG879A Differential and Pinion Lifting Fixture
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog. JDG861 Torque Wrench Adapter
LN71218,000090E -19-31MAR14-1/1
Specifications 20—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=73
Engine Repair
RXA0140459 —UN—28MAR14
3. Remove shield (A).
A—Shield
LN71218,0000910 -19-31MAR14-1/5
RXA0139871 —UN—06MAR14
Cap Screws (9 used)
LN71218,0000910 -19-31MAR14-2/5
PN=74
Engine Repair
RXA0077392 —UN—08JUN05
8. Replace torsional damper (A).
9. Install torsional damper with inertia ring. Remove tie
bands if used.
LN71218,0000910 -19-31MAR14-4/5
RXA0140460 —UN—28MAR14
and kept straight with torque wrench. Calculate
proper torque wrench setting if other torque wrench
adapters are used. (See Use Torque Wrench
Adapter in Section 10, Group 10.)
PN=75
Engine Repair
RXA0162912 —UN—18APR18
drive cover (C).
3. Remove Auxiliary Drive Idler Gear. (See relevant
Engine Component Technical Manual.)
LN71218,0000408 -19-19APR18-1/5
RXA0162913 —UN—18APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000408 -19-19APR18-2/5
PN=76
Engine Repair
RXA0162914 —UN—18APR18
(26 lb·ft) + 45° Turn
Cap Screw (B and
C)—Torque Turn..........................................................15 N·m + 90° Turn
(133 lb·in) + 90° Turn
Torx Screws
(D)—Torque...................................................................................18 N·m
(159 lb·in)
Cap Screws
(E—G)—Torque Turn..................................................10 N·m + 60° Turn
(89 lb·in) + 60° Turn
RXA0162915 —UN—18APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000408 -19-19APR18-3/5
PN=77
Engine Repair
RXA0162916 —UN—18APR18
A—Gasket C—Timing Gear Cover
B—Auxiliary Drive Cover
LN71218,0000408 -19-19APR18-4/5
11. Align auxiliary drive cover (C) and install auxiliary drive
cover torx screw (B) finger tight.
12. Clean and apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer
(Medium Strength) to threads of auxiliary drive cover
cap screws (A).
RXA0162912 —UN—18APR18
13. Install auxiliary drive cover cap screws (A) finger tight.
14. Tighten cap screws (A) in sequence shown to
specification.
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Cover Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(55 lb·ft)
RXA0162917 —UN—18APR18
Auxiliary Drive Cover
Torx Screw—Torque......................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb·in)
LN71218,0000408 -19-19APR18-5/5
PN=78
Section 30
Fuel, Air Intake, Exhaust, and Cooling
Contents
Page
Page
Group 05—Diesel Fuel System
List of References.......................................... 30-05-1 Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Specifications 30—05.................................... 30-05-1 Fan Driven Assembly .............................. 30-20-17
Remove and Install Left-Hand Fuel Repair Vari-Cool™ Fan Drive
Tank ........................................................... 30-05-2 Assembly ................................................ 30-20-19
Remove and Install Right-Hand Repair Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven
Fuel Tank ................................................... 30-05-6 Assembly ................................................. 30-20-54
Remove Center Fuel Tank........................... 30-05-11 Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Replace Fuel Filter, Fuel Pump, Control Valve ........................................... 30-20-73
and Bleed Fuel System ........................... 30-05-16 Repair Vari-Cool™ Control Valve ................ 30-20-73
Remove and Install Air Conditioning
Group 10—Air Intake System Condenser ............................................... 30-20-74
List of References.......................................... 30-10-1 Remove and Install Fuel
Specifications 30—10.................................... 30-10-1 Cooler—Hydraulic Oil Cooler .................. 30-20-74
Air Intake Pipe Connections .......................... 30-10-2 Leak Test Hydraulic Oil Cooler .................... 30-20-75
Remove and Install Air Cleaner
Pipe ........................................................... 30-10-3 Group 25—Exhaust System
Remove and Install Aspirator List of References.......................................... 30-25-1
Pipe ........................................................... 30-10-5 Other Material 30—25 ................................... 30-25-1
Remove and Install Charge Air Specifications 30—25.................................... 30-25-2
Cooler Pipes .............................................. 30-10-6 Service Exhaust System................................ 30-25-4
Replace NOx Sensor................................... 30-25-39
Group 15—Auxiliary Drive System Remove and Install DEF Tank ..................... 30-25-45
List of References.......................................... 30-15-1 Replace Header Assembly .......................... 30-25-47
Essential, Recommended, and Replace DEF Dosing Unit............................ 30-25-50
Fabricated Tools 30—15............................ 30-15-1 Replace DEF Dosing Injector ...................... 30-25-51
Specifications 30—15.................................... 30-15-1
Auxiliary Drive Belt Routing ........................... 30-15-2
Belt Tensioner Location ................................. 30-15-2
Inspect Belt Tensioner ................................... 30-15-3
Replace Idler Pulleys and Belt
Tensioner ................................................... 30-15-4
Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Fan Belt .................................................... 30-15-5
Replace Auxiliary Drive Pulley....................... 30-15-8
Replace Auxiliary Drive Shaft
Seal ......................................................... 30-15-10
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 05
Diesel Fuel System
List of References
Remove and Install Right-Hand Fuel Tank
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove Center Fuel Tank
Specifications 30—05
Replace Fuel Filter, Fuel Pump, and Bleed Fuel System
Remove and Install Left-Hand Fuel Tank
LN30831,0000006 -19-11MAR14-1/1
Specifications 30—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=81
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100176 —UN—02FEB09
A—Drain Valve C—Platform Step Assembly
B—Crossover Hose
RXA0100249 —UN—23JAN09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000BEF -19-25MAR14-1/5
PN=82
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100250 —UN—23JAN09
B—Tank Support-to-Rear Bracket Cap Screws (2
Bracket Cap Screws (3 used)
used) D—Tank Support-to-Rear
Bracket Cap Screw
RXA0100251 —UN—23JAN09
LN71218,0000BEF -19-25MAR14-2/5
PN=83
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100250 —UN—23JAN09
Specification
Tank Support-to-Front
Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
12. Install hose from center tank and hose clamp (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hose Clamp—Torque....................................................................10 N·m
(89 lb.-in.)
RXA0100251 —UN—23JAN09
Bracket Cap Screw
PN=84
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100249 —UN—23JAN09
B—Crossover Hose
RXA0100176 —UN—02FEB09
LN71218,0000BEF -19-25MAR14-5/5
PN=85
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100176 —UN—02FEB09
A—Drain Valve C—Vent Hose
B—Crossover Hose D—Fuel Tank Sender
RXA0100191 —UN—22JAN09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000BF0 -19-25MAR14-1/5
PN=86
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100192 —UN—22JAN09
B—Tank Support-to-Rear Bracket Cap Screws (2
Bracket Cap Screws (3 used)
used) D—Tank Support-to-Rear
Bracket Cap Screw
RXA0100194 —UN—22JAN09
RXA0100193 —UN—22JAN09
PN=87
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100199 —UN—22JAN09
support cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fuel Tank-to-Tank
Support Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
PN=88
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100193 —UN—22JAN09
Specification
Tank Support-to-Front
Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
13. Install hose from center tank and hose clamp (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hose Clamp—Torque....................................................................10 N·m
(89 lb.-in.)
RXA0100194 —UN—22JAN09
Bracket Cap Screw
RXA0100192 —UN—22JAN09
PN=89
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100191 —UN—22JAN09
RXA0100176 —UN—02FEB09
LN71218,0000BF0 -19-25MAR14-5/5
PN=90
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0100176 —UN—02FEB09
3. Remove fuel level sensor cover from cab floor.
4. Disconnect fuel level sensor connector (B).
5. Remove cap screws (D) and fuel level sensor (C).
RXA0140216 —UN—14MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000BF1 -19-17APR14-1/7
PN=91
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0141096 —UN—15APR14
9. Remove fuel supply line cap screws (D).
RXA0141097 —UN—15APR14
RXA0141098 —UN—15APR14
LN71218,0000BF1 -19-17APR14-2/7
PN=92
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0140215 —UN—14MAR14
to prevent personal injury.
PN=93
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0141098 —UN—15APR14
(124 lb.-in.)
RXA0141097 —UN—15APR14
A—Fuel Return Line C—Fuel Supply Line Hose
B—Fuel Return Line Cap Clamp
Screws (2 used) D—Fuel Supply Line Cap
Screws (2 used)
RXA0141096 —UN—15APR14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000BF1 -19-17APR14-5/7
PN=94
Diesel Fuel System
RXA0141099 —UN—16APR14
Specification
Hydraulic Hose Clamp
Retaining Nut—Torque..................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000BF1 -19-17APR14-6/7
23. Install fuel level sensor (C) and fuel level sensor-to-fuel
tank cap screws (D). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fuel Level Sensor-
to-Fuel Tank Cap
RXA0140216 —UN—14MAR14
Screws—Torque...........................................................................2.8 N·m
(25 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000BF1 -19-17APR14-7/7
PN=95
Diesel Fuel System
RW50283A —UN—06DEC96
LN71218,0000BF2 -19-17JUN13-1/1
PN=96
Group 10
Air Intake System
List of References Remove and Install Air Cleaner Pipe
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Aspirator Pipe
Specifications 30—10
Remove and Install Charge Air Cooler Pipes
Air Intake Pipe Connections
LN71218,0000714 -19-05MAR14-1/1
Specifications 30—10
Item Measurement Specification
PN=97
Air Intake System
RXA0075007 —UN—24MAY04
Ensure at least 2 mm of hose extends
past clamps.
RXA0106931 —UN—31MAR10
Specification
Hose Clamps—Torque..................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000AF -19-20MAR14-1/3
RXA0074991 —UN—11MAY05
4. For flex-coupling hoses, perform the following:
• Assemble with pipe rib (A) positioned as shown.
• Tighten to specification. B
Specification
Hose Clamps—Torque..................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
C
A—Pipe Rib C—Hose Ribs
B—Hose Clamp
PN=98
Air Intake System
RXA0106924 —UN—31MAR10
5. For flange clamp coupling, perform the following:
• Connecting pipe must have new gasket (B)
positioned over pilot to keep gasket in place while
assembling clamp.
• Slip clamp over connecting pipe and ensure proper
orientation.
• Align pipes (C) with pilot engaged and pipe faces flat
to each other.
• Continue holding pipes together while sliding clamp
over flange.
• Tighten flange clamp (A) enough to hold pipes.
• Verify proper alignment. Tighten to specification.
Specification
RXA0106926 —UN—31MAR10
Air Intake Flange
Clamps—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(178 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000AF -19-20MAR14-3/3
RXA0139665 —UN—28FEB14
2. Remove cap screw (A) and shield (B).
3. Remove Clamps (C) and hose (D).
RXA0139666 —UN—28FEB14
PN=99
Air Intake System
RXA0139667 —UN—28FEB14
6. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
7. Install air cleaner pipe (B) and hose clamps (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hose Clamps—Torque..................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000B0 -19-20MAR14-2/3
RXA0139665 —UN—28FEB14
Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
RXA0139666 —UN—28FEB14
TO84419,00000B0 -19-20MAR14-3/3
PN=100
Air Intake System
RXA0107862 —UN—28MAY10
A—Front Side Panel C—Side Panel Cap Screws and
B—Front Side Panel Cap Washers (5 used)
Screws (4 used) D—Side Panel
RXA0139668 —UN—28FEB14
TO84419,00000B2 -19-20MAR14-1/2
RXA0139669 —UN—28FEB14
7. Install aspirator pipe (C) and aspirator pipe clamp (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Aspirator Pipe
Clamp—Torque.............................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
9. Close hood.
TO84419,00000B2 -19-20MAR14-2/2
PN=101
Air Intake System
RXA0139670 —UN—03MAR14
panel (B).
3. Identify, label, and disconnect wiring harness in front
engine area.
4. Remove cap screws (C) and panel (D).
RXA0139671 —UN—03MAR14
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-1/15
RXA0139672 —UN—03MAR14
8. Remove clamp cap screw (C).
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-2/15
PN=102
Air Intake System
RXA0139674 —UN—03MAR14
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-4/15
RXA0139675 —UN—03MAR14
B—Coupling Hose D—Charge Air Pipe
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-5/15
RXA0139726 —UN—05MAR14
PN=103
Air Intake System
RXA0139725 —UN—05MAR14
A—Band Clamp C—Flange Clamp Cap Screws
B—Pipe Clamp (2 used)
D—Upper Charge Air Pipe
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-7/15
RXA0139727 —UN—05MAR14
18. Install lower charge air pipe (B).
19. Install NEW gaskets and flange clamp cap screws (A).
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-8/15
RXA0139725 —UN—05MAR14
Specification
Band Clamps—Torque..................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
PN=104
Air Intake System
RXA0139726 —UN—05MAR14
(106 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-10/15
25. Install charge air pipe (D) and band clamp (C). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Band Clamp—Torque....................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
RXA0139675 —UN—03MAR14
26. Install coupling hose (B) and hose clamps (A). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Hose Clamps—Torque..................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-11/15
RXA0139674 —UN—03MAR14
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(28 lb.-ft.)
Lower Deaeration
Tank Support Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
PN=105
Air Intake System
RXA0139673 —UN—03MAR14
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-13/15
RXA0139672 —UN—03MAR14
32. Fill coolant. (See Draining, Flushing, and Refilling
Cooling System in Group 20.)
PN=106
Air Intake System
33. Install fixed panel (D) and fixed panel cap screws (C).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fixed Panel Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
RXA0139671 —UN—03MAR14
(27 lb.-ft.)
RXA0139670 —UN—03MAR14
80, Group 05.)
TO84419,00000B3 -19-20MAR14-15/15
PN=107
Air Intake System
PN=108
Group 15
Auxiliary Drive System
List of References Replace Idler Pulleys and Belt Tensioner
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Vari-Cool™ Fan Belt
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 30—15
Replace Auxiliary Drive Pulley
Specifications 30—15
Replace Auxiliary Drive Shaft Seal
Auxiliary Drive Belt Routing
Inspect Belt Tensioner
LN71218,000073D -19-10MAR14-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 30—15
JDG820 Flywheel Rotation Tool
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog. JDG1758 Seal Installer
LN71218,0000C26 -19-19JUN13-1/1
Specifications 30—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=109
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0139934 —UN—11MAR14
A—IVT™ Transmission B—e23™ Transmission
LN71218,0000744 -19-11MAR14-1/1
RXA0139935 —UN—11MAR14
LN71218,0000745 -19-11MAR14-1/1
PN=110
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0073092 —UN—09JAN04
belt.
2. With belt OFF drive, perform the following checks:
NOTE: Do not pry between pulley and spring case.
B
B
• Release tension on belt using a long-handle 1/2 in.
drive tool. Remove belt from alternator pulley.
• Release tension on tension arm (A).
• Rotate tension arm (A) slowly using a 1/2 in. drive
tool. Arm should rotate smoothly between arm stops
(B); if not, replace tensioner.
• Replace tension mechanism if there is:
- Metal-to-metal contact is present between rotating C
RXA0074277 —UN—29MAR04
and stationary parts at location (C and D) on
tensioner.
- Cracks or broken spring case or broken stops.
3. Install belt tensioner with cap screw to engine front
cover at mounting holes. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Belt Tensioner Mounting
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
D
A—Tension Arm C—Metal-to-Metal Contact
B—Free Arm Stops Between Arm and Spring
RXA0073094 —UN—09JAN04
Case
D—Metal-to-Metal Contact
Between Arm and End Cap
LN71218,0000887 -19-25MAR14-1/1
PN=111
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0140055 —UN—11MAR14
3. Remove cap screw (D) and belt tensioner (C).
4. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
5. Install idler pulley (A) and idler pulley cap screw (B).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Idler Pulley Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................35 N·m IVT™
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0140054 —UN—11MAR14
Belt Tensioner Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
TO84419,00000B6 -19-25MAR14-1/1
PN=112
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0107862 —UN—28MAY10
A—Left-Hand Front Side Panel C—Diverter Panel Cap Screws
B—Left-Hand Front Side Panel (3 used)
Cap Screws (4 used) D—Diverter Panel
RXA0107863 —UN—28MAY10
TO84419,00000B7 -19-20MAR14-1/6
RXA0139598 —UN—28FEB14
PN=113
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0107867 —UN—28MAY10
10. Remove belt through opening between fan and hub.
11. Discard old belt.
TO84419,00000B7 -19-20MAR14-3/6
RXA0107915 —UN—28MAY10
14. Install front pulley (C).
15. Hold front drive pulley. Tighten cap screws (D) to
specification.
Specification
Drive Pulley-to-Drive Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.)
A—Belt C—Front Pulley
16. Remove cap screw and install vent adapter. Tighten B—Drive Shaft D—Cap Screws (6 used)
to specification.
Specification
Vent Adapter—Torque...................................................................24 N·m Specification
(212 lb.-in.) Vent Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................13 N·m
17. Install vent cap screw to original position. Tighten to
(115 lb.-in.)
specification.
Continued on next page TO84419,00000B7 -19-20MAR14-4/6
PN=114
Auxiliary Drive System
18. Slide fan (B) into place and install cap screws and nuts
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fan-to-Drive Assembly
Nuts—Torque................................................................................25 N·m
RXA0139598 —UN—28FEB14
(221 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000B7 -19-20MAR14-5/6
19. Install diverter panel (D) and diverter panel cap screws
(C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Diverter Panel Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
20. Install left-hand front side shield (A) and left-hand front
side shield cap screws (B). Tighten to specification.
RXA0107863 —UN—28MAY10
Specification
Left-Hand Front
Side Panel Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
22. Start engine and run at idle for 15 seconds. Turn off
engine.
23. Open hood.
RXA0107862 —UN—28MAY10
24. Remove cap screws (B) and left-hand front side shield
(A).
PN=115
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0140057 —UN—11MAR14
point ground (A).
TO84419,00000B8 -19-20MAR14-1/6
RXA0140056 —UN—11MAR14
B—Shield
TO84419,00000B8 -19-20MAR14-2/6
RXA0139927 —UN—07MAR14
• Remove cap screw and washer (A) and auxiliary
drive pulley (B).
• Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
• Install auxiliary drive pulley (B) and auxiliary drive
pulley cap screw and washer (A). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Pulley
Cap Screw—Torque................................................................... 125 N·m
A—Auxiliary Drive Pulley Cap B—Auxiliary Drive Pulley
(92 lb.-ft.) Screw and Washer
PN=116
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0140058 —UN—11MAR14
• Remove cap screws (A) and auxiliary drive pulley (B).
• Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
• Install auxiliary drive pulley (B) and auxiliary drive
pulley cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
e23™ Auxiliary
Drive Pulley Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................................... 70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
A—e23™ Auxiliary Drive Pulley B—e23™ Auxiliary Drive Pulley
Cap Screws (2 used)
TO84419,00000B8 -19-20MAR14-4/6
RXA0140056 —UN—11MAR14
(221 lb.-in.)
TO84419,00000B8 -19-20MAR14-5/6
RXA0140057 —UN—11MAR14
A—Single Point Ground
TO84419,00000B8 -19-20MAR14-6/6
PN=117
Auxiliary Drive System
RXA0139928 —UN—07MAR14
hub from shaft.
3. Remove seal (C).
RXA0139929 —UN—07MAR14
LN71218,0000741 -19-10MAR14-1/3
RXA0139930 —UN—07MAR14
LN71218,0000741 -19-10MAR14-2/3
5. Using a cap screw and washer (A), push hub (B) into
place.
6. Install auxiliary drive pulley. (See Replace Auxiliary
Drive Pulley in this group.)
RXA0139931 —UN—07MAR14
LN71218,0000741 -19-10MAR14-3/3
PN=118
Group 20
Radiator and Coolers
List of References
Remove and Install Vari-Cool™ Drive Assembly
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 30—20
Repair Vari-Cool™ Fan Drive Assembly
Specifications 30—20
Repair Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly
Other Material 30—20
Remove and Install Vari-Cool™ Control Valve
Draining, Flushing, and Refilling Cooling System
Repair Vari-Cool™ Control Valve
Test Radiator and Deaeration Tank
Remove and Install Air Conditioning Condenser
Test Radiator Cap
Remove and Install Fuel Cooler—Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Remove and Install Radiator
Leak Test Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Check and Fill Vari-Cool™ Fan Sheaves
LN71218,0000DFA -19-20MAR14-1/1
LN71218,0000B44 -19-10MAY18-1/1
PN=119
Radiator and Coolers
Specifications 30—20
Item Measurement Specification
PN=120
Radiator and Coolers
PN=121
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0134229 —UN—29JUL13
TS281 —UN—15APR13
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from
pressurized cooling system can cause
serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove cap when cool
enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure
before removing completely.
RXA0137591 —UN—06DEC13
coolant level is when tractor is cool. If coolant is
low, fill de-aeration tank to mark on tank.
PN=122
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0137951 —UN—28FEB14
into suitable container.
RXA0137952 —UN—28FEB14
RXA0137953 —UN—28FEB14
Continued on next page TO84419,00000EC -19-26MAR14-2/5
PN=123
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0137954 —UN—28FEB14
A—Side Panel Cap Screws (3 C—Diverter Cap Screws (3
used) used)
B—Side Panel D—Diverter
RXA0137955 —UN—28FEB14
RXA0139550 —UN—28FEB14
Continued on next page TO84419,00000EC -19-26MAR14-3/5
PN=124
Radiator and Coolers
10. Loosen hose clamp (A) and slide hose (B) off
thermostat cover.
11. Remove cap screws (C) and thermostat cover (D).
12. Remove old thermostat (E) and clean gasket sealing
surfaces.
TS281 —UN—15APR13
NOTE: During draining, filling, and flushing, coolant
system will not have thermostat installed.
RXA0139710 —UN—04MAR14
15. Replace previously removed radiator hose, clamp,
diverter, and side panel.
16. Close engine and radiator drain valves.
IMPORTANT: Never pour cold water or coolant
into hot engine.
PN=125
Radiator and Coolers
TS281 —UN—15APR13
27. Start engine and run at a minimum of 1500 rpm for
15 minutes.
28. Shut off engine and allow water to cool.
29. Ensure temperature is turned to highest setting and
turn key to Run position.
CAUTION: Explosive release of fluids from 37. Install hose, clamps, diverter, and left front side panel.
pressurized cooling system can cause 38. Close engine and radiator drain valves.
serious burns.
39. Fill coolant system at deaeration tank with new coolant.
Only remove cap when cool enough to touch with
bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to
relieve pressure before removing completely. CAUTION: Ensure side panel is installed and
hood is closed before starting engine.
30. Open hood, remove deaeration cap, open radiator and
engine drain valves, and drain into a suitable container. 40. Install deaeration cap, install front side panels, close
hood, start engine and run at a minimum of 1500 rpm
31. Allow radiator to drain and remove left side panel and for 15 minutes.
diverter.
NOTE: Coolant may seep out of de-aeration tank overflow
32. Loosen hose clamp and slide hose off thermostat vent as air is purged from coolant system.
cover.
Coolant level may change when tractor is running
33. Remove cap screws, thermostat cover, and gasket. or during next few cycles.
34. Inspect sealing area to ensure it is clean. It is highly recommended that cooling system is
checked for leaks after draining, flushing, and
35. Apply light coat of RTV silicone sealant to NEW gasket. refilling to ensure tractor performance.
36. Install NEW thermostat, NEW gasket, and cover.
Tighten thermostat cover cap screws to specifications. 41. Monitor coolant level for next several hours/overnight.
Refill deaeration tank as required.
Specification
Thermostat Cover Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................48 N·m
(35 lb.-ft.)
TO84419,00000EC -19-26MAR14-5/5
PN=126
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0110683 —UN—27SEP10
4. Remove pressure cap from deaeration tank.
5. Attach JDG10539-1 Tank Adapter (C) to filler neck.
6. Attach JDG11244 Radiator Pressure Tester Adapter
(D) to D05104ST Radiator Pressure Tester (E).
7. Pressurize system.
Specification
Radiator A—Hose D—JDG11244 Radiator
Pressure—Pressure B—Plug Pressure Tester Adapter
C—JDG10539-1 Tank Adapter E—D05104ST Radiator
Test................................................................................. 90 kPa (0.9 bar)
and Plug Pressure Tester
(13 psi)
RXA0094869 —UN—10JUL07
Adapter (B).
2. Install JDG11244 Radiator Pressure Tester Adapter
(C) on JDG10539-2 Threaded Adapter.
3. Install D05104ST Radiator Pressure Tester (D) on
JDG11244 Radiator Pressure Tester Adapter.
NOTE: Cap should hold pressure within specifications.
Relief occurs at top of range.
A—Radiator Cap C—JDG11244 Radiator
4. Pressurize cap. B—JDG10539-2 Threaded Pressure Tester Adapter
Adapter D—D05104ST Radiator
Specification Pressure Tester
Radiator Cap—Pressure
Test............................................................................. 103 kPa (1.03 bar)
(15 psi)
5. Replace cap if pressure drops.
TO84419,00000EE -19-26MAR14-1/1
PN=127
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0140427 —UN—20MAR14
3. Disconnect oil cooler lines (C), refrigerant hoses (D),
and fuel cooler lines (E).
4. Remove start aid (G)
5. Remove cooler from radiator.
6. Remove condenser cap screws (I).
IMPORTANT: When lifting cooler out, do not allow
fins to contact support brackets.
RXA0140426 —UN—20MAR14
7. Position receiver-dryer (F) and condenser (H) on top
of engine.
LN71218,0000057 -19-16APR14-1/8
RXA0137951 —UN—28FEB14
11. Remove lower charge air clamp (E) from charge air
cooler.
12. Remove lower radiator mounting nuts (F).
RXA0139596 —UN—05MAR14
PN=128
Radiator and Coolers
13. Remove diverter cap screws (A) and diverter panel (B).
RXA0139597 —UN—05MAR14
LN71218,0000057 -19-16APR14-3/8
RXA0139598 —UN—28FEB14
LN71218,0000057 -19-16APR14-4/8
RXA0139599 —UN—28FEB14
A—Upper Radiator Hose C—Deaeration Tank Hose
B—Upper Charge Air Hose D—Support Bracket Nuts (2
used)
PN=129
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139602 —UN—28FEB14
LN71218,0000057 -19-16APR14-6/8
RXA0139600 —UN—28FEB14
20. Tilt radiator forward and up to remove.
21. Inspect and replace seals (C— E) as needed.
RXA0139601 —UN—28FEB14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000057 -19-16APR14-7/8
PN=130
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139603 —UN—28FEB14
22. For reassembly, perform the following:
• Install radiator, fan shroud, and fan.
• Locate and start first two cap screws (B) on both
sides in location (A) to align shroud with fan.
• Install remaining cap screws (B) on both sides.
Tighten hardware to specifications.
Specification
Lower Radiator Mount
A—Starting Location B—Cap Screws (8 used)
Nuts—Torque................................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
Fan Shroud Mounting
Lower Charge Air Clamp
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................25 N·m
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
(221 lb.-in.)
Upper Radiator Support
Diverter Panel Cap
Nuts—Torque................................................................................25 N·m
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
(177 lb.-in.)
Fan-to-Drive Assembly
Side Panel Mounting Cap
Nuts—Torque................................................................................25 N·m
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
(221 lb.-in.)
Radiator Hose
Clamps—Torque............................................................................ 11 N·m
(97 lb.-in.) • Add coolant and purge system. (For further
information, see Operator’s Manual.)
LN71218,0000057 -19-16APR14-8/8
RXA0137954 —UN—28FEB14
3. Remove diverter cap screws (C) and diverter panel (D).
RXA0139696 —UN—28FEB14
PN=131
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139697 —UN—28FEB14
7. Hold front pulley (F) and remove cap screws (E).
8. Remove front pulley (F) evenly off shaft.
LN71218,000004A -19-16APR14-2/6
RXA0118593 —UN—08JUL11
engine until grease fitting (B) on fan driver is on top.
10. Pump TY25744 ED Synthetic Grease or AN102562
Corn Head Grease into grease fitting (B) until it is
present at grease vent (C).
RXA0139715 —UN—04MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000004A -19-16APR14-3/6
PN=132
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139712 —UN—04MAR14
13. Pump TY25744 ED Synthetic Grease or AN102562
Corn Head Grease into grease fitting (B) until it is
present at grease vent (C).
RXA0139711 —UN—04MAR14
LN71218,000004A -19-16APR14-4/6
A—Fan Belt
RXA0139713 —UN—04MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000004A -19-16APR14-5/6
PN=133
Radiator and Coolers
15. Install belt (A) onto drive shaft (B) and against rear
pulley
IMPORTANT: When installing front pulley (C),
ensure belt remains loose and is not
RXA0139714 —UN—04MAR14
pinched between pulleys.
Clean mating surfaces of front pulley and shaft.
RXA0139716 —UN—04MAR14
2. Remove line clamp bracket (B).
3. Disconnect pressure hose (C).
4. Support drive assembly (E) and remove cap screws
(D).
5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. (See Repair
Vari-Cool™ Fan Drive Assembly in this group.)
PN=134
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0107970 —UN—28JUN10
Fan Belt in Group 15.)
LN71218,000004E -19-16APR14-2/2
RXA0139717 —UN—04MAR14
2. Disconnect and remove fan speed sensor (C).
3. Support driven assembly (E) and remove cap screws
(D).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary. (See Repair
Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly in this group.)
5. Install driven assembly.
6. Install and connect fan speed sensor. Tighten to A—Belt D—Cap Screws (4 used)
specification. B—Fan Drive Assembly E—Driven Assembly
C—Fan Speed Sensor
Specification
Fan Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.) 8. Install fan belt. (See Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Fan Belt in Group 15.)
7. Tighten driven assembly-to-engine cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Driven Assembly-
to-Engine Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-ft.)
Continued on next page TO84419,000067E -19-13JAN17-1/4
PN=135
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0156434 —UN—13JAN17
spring compressed to aid in removal and
eliminate damage to radiator.
TO84419,000067E -19-13JAN17-2/4
RXA0156435 —UN—13JAN17
6. Carefully remove driven sheave assembly (B) from
water pump housing.
7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
IMPORTANT: Ensure snap ring is fully seated in
housing after it is installed.
TO84419,000067E -19-13JAN17-3/4
12. Cut and remove tie-bands (A). A—Tie-bands (2 used) D—Hub Cap Screws (6 used)
B—Spring E—Fan Driven Hub
13. Install fan belt. (See Remove and Install Vari-Cool™ C—Hex
Fan Belt in this group.)
TO84419,000067E -19-13JAN17-4/4
PN=136
Radiator and Coolers
Repair Vari-Cool™ Fan Drive Assembly Use solid shaft (A) and vent plug (B) in front
NOTE: Procedures show FT4/IT4/Stage IIIB Fan Drives. of fan drive as identifier between Dry and
Stage II/Stage IIIA procedures are similar. Lubricated versions.
RXA0162962 —UN—30APR18
A—Solid Shaft (Dry) B—Vent Plug (Lubricated)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-1/76
RXA0147946 —UN—10APR15
RXA0147947 —UN—10APR15
PN=137
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0144563 —UN—25AUG14
Screws (6 used)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-3/76
A—Line
RXA0155827 —UN—05JAN17
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-4/76
PN=138
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0105775 —UN—13JAN10
A—Cap Screw or Vent C—Inner Sheave
B—Boot
RXA0105776 —UN—13JAN10
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-5/76
RXA0105777 —UN—13JAN10
(C) as necessary.
PN=139
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0096893 —UN—18JAN08
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-7/76
RXA0100261 —UN—28JAN09
or sheave has failed. Inspect bearing and
sheave before removing.
10. Remove snap ring (B) and bearing (C) from sheave (D).
A—Housing C—Bearing
B—Snap-Ring D—Sheave
RXA0100262 —UN—28JAN09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-8/76
PN=140
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0100266 —UN—28JAN09
A—Outer Seal C—Inner Bushing and Seal
B—Outer Bushing
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-9/76
RXA0139903 —UN—15APR14
17. Repeat procedure for outer bushing (D), outer O-ring
(E), and Glyd ring (F).
PN=141
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0100267 —UN—28JAN09
20. Install retainer (E).
RXA0100268 —UN—28JAN09
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-11/76
21. Install piston plate (A) over inner sheave (B) using
press with JDG10878 Bearing Installer (C) press inner
race of bearing until it seats on sheave.
22. Install snap ring (D) onto inner sheave.
RXA0100269 —UN—28JAN09
A—Piston Plate C—JDG10878 Bearing Installer
B—Inner Sheave D—Snap-Ring
RXA0100270 —UN—28JAN09
PN=142
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0100260 —UN—28JAN09
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-13/76
24. Align dust boot (A) with line on housing and install.
25. Ensure retainer (B) is seated in housing.
RXA0096893 —UN—18JAN08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-14/76
PN=143
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0145346 —UN—24SEP14
RXA0145347 —UN—24SEP14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-15/76
28. Remove bearing (A), snap ring (B), and bearing (C)
from shaft (D).
A—Bearing C—Bearing
B—Snap Ring D—Shaft
RXA0147180 —UN—10FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-16/76
PN=144
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0144813 —UN—03SEP14
A—Seal B—O-ring
FT4/IT4/Stage IIIB
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-17/76
RXA0162955 —UN—19APR18
A—Seal B—Gasket
PN=145
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0144815 —UN—03SEP14
A—Bearing C—Snap Ring
B—JDG11305 MFWD Output
Shaft Seal Installer
RXA0147191 —UN—10FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-19/76
PN=146
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0147192 —UN—10FEB15
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-20/76
RXA0145346 —UN—24SEP14
A—Shaft Assembly C—Snap Ring
B—Gear
RXA0144817 —UN—03SEP14
PN=147
Radiator and Coolers
36. Using line (A), align pistons before installing fan drive.
A—Line
RXA0155827 —UN—05JAN17
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-22/76
RXA0105775 —UN—13JAN10
IMPORTANT: Remove cap screw (A) upon assembly
to tractor. Fan driver will not run with
cap screw installed.
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-23/76
40. Install outside half sheave (B) and outside half sheave
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Outside Half Sheave Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
RXA0144563 —UN—25AUG14
(27 lb.-ft.)
41. Fill fan drive. (See Check and Fill Vari-Cool™ Fan
Sheaves in this group.)
42. Install fan drive assembly. (See Remove and Install
Vari-Cool™ Drive Assembly in this group.)
PN=148
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0144563 —UN—25AUG14
Screws (6 used)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-25/76
A—Line
RXA0155827 —UN—05JAN17
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-26/76
PN=149
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0105775 —UN—13JAN10
A—Vent or Cap Screw C—Inner Sheave
B—Boot
RXA0139900 —UN—07MAR14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-27/76
RXA0139901 —UN—07MAR14
cap screw (A) in the tapped hole at the end
each piston for additional leverage.
PN=150
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0096893 —UN—18JAN08
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-29/76
A—Housing
RXA0141004 —UN—15APR14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-30/76
A—Bearing B—Sheave
PN=151
Radiator and Coolers
11. Remove and replace outer Glyd ring and O-ring (A),
wear rings (B), and inner Glyd ring and O-ring (C).
A—Outer Glyd Ring and O-ring C—Inner Glyd Ring and O-ring
B—Wear Rings (2 used)
RXA0100266 —UN—28JAN09
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-32/76
RXA0139903 —UN—15APR14
15. Repeat procedure for outer wear ring (D), outer O-ring
(E), and Glyd ring (F).
PN=152
Radiator and Coolers
16. Install bearing (B) into piston plate (A) using press with
JDG135 Driver Disk (140 mm or 5-1/2 in.) (C). Press
until it seats in piston plate.
17. Install snap ring (D).
RXA0140920 —UN—15APR14
RXA0141002 —UN—15APR14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-34/76
PN=153
Radiator and Coolers
18. Install piston plate (A) over inner sheave (B) using
press with JDG10878 Bearing Installer (C). Press
inner race of bearing until it seats on sheave.
RXA0139904 —UN—07MAR14
B—Inner Sheave
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-35/76
RXA0141007 —UN—15APR14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-36/76
20. Align dust boot (A) with line on housing and install.
21. Ensure retainer (B) is seated in housing.
RXA0096893 —UN—18JAN08
PN=154
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0145345 —UN—24SEP14
RXA0145346 —UN—24SEP14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-38/76
RXA0145347 —UN—24SEP14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-39/76
PN=155
Radiator and Coolers
25. Remove bearing (A), spacer (B), and bearing (C) from
shaft (D).
A—Bearing C—Bearing
B—Spacer D—Shaft
RXA0144814 —UN—03SEP14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-40/76
RXA0144813 —UN—03SEP14
A—Seal B—O-ring
FT4/IT4/Stage IIIB
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-41/76
RXA0162955 —UN—19APR18
A—Seal B—Gasket
PN=156
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0144815 —UN—03SEP14
30. Install bearing (D) using JDG1482 Shaft Protector (E)
and a press.
A—Bearing D—Bearing
B—JDG11305 MFWD Output E—JDG1482 Shaft Protector
Shaft Seal Installer
C—Spacer
RXA0144816 —UN—03SEP14
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-43/76
RXA0145346 —UN—24SEP14
A—Shaft Assembly C—Snap Ring
B—Gear
RXA0144817 —UN—03SEP14
PN=157
Radiator and Coolers
33. Install washer (B) and fan drive gear cap screw (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fan Drive Gear Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................150 N·m
RXA0145345 —UN—24SEP14
(111 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-45/76
34. Using line (A), align pistons before installing fan drive.
A—Line
RXA0155827 —UN—05JAN17
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-46/76
RXA0105775 —UN—13JAN10
IMPORTANT: Remove cap screw (A) upon assembly
to tractor. Fan driver will not run with
cap screw installed.
PN=158
Radiator and Coolers
38. Install outside half sheave (B) and outside half sheave
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Outside Half Sheave Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
RXA0144563 —UN—25AUG14
(27 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-48/76
Dry Version
1. Remove cap screws (A) and outside half sheave (B).
RXA0162821 —UN—12APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-49/76
A—Line
RXA0155827 —UN—05JAN17
PN=159
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162824 —UN—12APR18
A—Vent or Cap Screw C—Inner Sheave
B—Boot
RXA0162823 —UN—12APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-51/76
RXA0162888 —UN—17APR18
tapped hole in each piston for additional leverage.
PN=160
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162812 —UN—12APR18
A—Dust Boot B—Snap Ring
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-53/76
A—Housing
RXA0162816 —UN—12APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-54/76
10. Remove snap ring (A), bearing (B), and seal ring (C)
from sheave (D).
PN=161
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162825 —UN—12APR18
A—Wiper Seal (2 used) C—Inner Wear Ring
B—Bushing (2 used)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-56/76
RXA0158962 —UN—08JUN17
A—Bushing C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0162813 —UN—12APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-57/76
PN=162
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0158962 —UN—08JUN17
A—Bushing C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0162814 —UN—12APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-58/76
PN=163
Radiator and Coolers
15. Install bearing (B) into piston plate (A) using press with
JDG135 Driver Disk (140 mm or 5-1/2 in) (C). Press
until it seats in piston plate.
16. Install snap ring (D).
RXA0140920 —UN—15APR14
RXA0141002 —UN—15APR14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-59/76
PN=164
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162817 —UN—17APR18
A—Inner Sheave C—Piston Plate
B—Seal Ring D—JDG10878 Bearing Installer
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-60/76
19. Install snap ring (A) after piston plate (B) is fully
seated. Ensure snap ring is fully seated in groove.
RXA0162822 —UN—17APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-61/76
PN=165
Radiator and Coolers
20. Install inner seal (A) into sheave (D) using JDG11958
Seal Installer (B) and JDG8092 Handle (C)
21. Turn assembly over.
RXA0158960 —UN—08JUN17
A—Inner Seal C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0162820 —UN—17APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-62/76
22. Install outer seal (A) into sheave (D) using JDG11958
Seal Installer (B) and JDG8092 Handle (C)
RXA0158961 —UN—08JUN17
RXA0162819 —UN—17APR18
PN=166
Radiator and Coolers
23. Align dust boot (A) with line on housing and install.
24. Ensure retainer (B) is seated in housing.
RXA0162812 —UN—12APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-64/76
RXA0145345 —UN—24SEP14
RXA0162886 —UN—17APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-65/76
PN=167
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162889 —UN—17APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-66/76
28. Remove bearing (A), spacer (B), and bearing (C) from
shaft (D).
A—Bearing C—Bearing
B—Spacer D—Shaft
RXA0162885 —UN—17APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-67/76
RXA0144813 —UN—03SEP14
A—Seal B—O-ring
FT4/IT4/Stage IIIB
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-68/76
PN=168
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162955 —UN—19APR18
A—Seal B—Gasket
A—O-ring
RXA0162818 —UN—12APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-70/76
PN=169
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0162884 —UN—17APR18
and a press.
A—Bearing D—Bearing
B—JDG11305 MFWD Output E—JDG1482 Shaft Protector
Shaft Seal Installer
C—Spacer
RXA0162883 —UN—17APR18
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-71/76
RXA0162886 —UN—17APR18
A—Shaft Assembly C—Snap Ring
B—Gear
RXA0162887 —UN—17APR18
PN=170
Radiator and Coolers
38. Install washer (B) and fan drive gear cap screw (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fan Drive Gear Cap
Screw (Dry)—Torque...................................................................375 N·m
RXA0145345 —UN—24SEP14
(277 lb·ft)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-73/76
39. Using line (A), align pistons before installing fan drive.
A—Line
RXA0155827 —UN—05JAN17
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-74/76
RXA0162824 —UN—12APR18
IMPORTANT: Remove cap screw (A) upon assembly
to tractor. Fan driver will not run with
cap screw installed.
PN=171
Radiator and Coolers
43. Install outside half sheave (B) and outside half sheave
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Outside Half Sheave Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
RXA0162821 —UN—12APR18
(27 lb·ft)
LN71218,0000B43 -19-10MAY18-76/76
RXA0139701 —UN—04MAR14
RXA0155826 —UN—04JAN17
Early Version Late Version
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-1/48
Early Version
1. Remove fan belt. (See Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Fan Belt in this group .)
2. Remove fan driven assembly. (See Remove and
RXA0139702 —UN—04MAR14
Install Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly in this group.)
3. Hold hex of driven sheave (A) and remove cap screws
(B).
4. Remove fan drive hub (C) and spring (D).
PN=172
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139703 —UN—04MAR14
6. Remove bearing housing (C) with puller.
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-3/48
RXA0141084 —UN—14APR14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-4/48
RXA0139705 —UN—14APR14
housing (B).
PN=173
Radiator and Coolers
9. Remove wear ring (B), seal (D), and O-ring (C) from
sheave (A).
A—Sheave C—O-ring
B—Wear Ring D—Seal
RXA0139704 —UN—04MAR14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-6/48
10. Remove wear ring (B), seal (D), and O-ring (C) from
sheave (A).
11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
12. Install O-ring (C), seal (D), and wear ring (B) into
RXA0141085 —UN—14APR14
sheave (A).
A—Sheave C—O-ring
B—Wear Ring D—Seal
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-7/48
13. Install O-ring (C), seal (D), and wear ring (B) into
sheave (A).
A—Sheave C—O-ring
B—Wear Ring D—Seal
RXA0139704 —UN—04MAR14
PN=174
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139705 —UN—14APR14
15. Install snap ring (A).
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-9/48
RXA0108017 —UN—28JUN10
A—Housing C—Inner Driven Sheave
B—Inner Race of Bearing Assembly
D—Retaining Nut
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-10/48
RXA0139706 —UN—04MAR14
shaft splines, use appropriate measures
to protect seals.
PN=175
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139702 —UN—04MAR14
could occur to driven assembly.
21. Clean end of shaft and fan drive hub (C) and align hub
with fan hub cap screws (B).
22. Tighten fan hub cap screws (B) while holding hex of
driven sheave (A) to specification.
Specification
Fan Hub Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.) A—Hex of Driven Sheave C—Fan Drive Hub
B—Fan Hub Cap Screws (6 D—Spring
used)
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-12/48
RXA0139709 —UN—04MAR14
25. Pump TY25744 ED Synthetic Grease or AN102562
Corn Head Grease into grease fitting (B) until visible
in grease vent (C).
26. Install fan belt. (See Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Fan Belt in this group.)
PN=176
Radiator and Coolers
Late Version
1. Remove fan belt. (See Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Fan Belt in this section.)
2. Remove fan driven assembly. (See Remove and
Install Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly in this group.)
3. Remove cap screws (A), fan driven hub (B), spring
(C), and wear pads (D).
RXA0145608 —UN—20OCT14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-14/48
RXA0145609 —UN—06OCT14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-15/48
A—Sheave C—Seal
B—Bushing RXA0145612 —UN—06OCT14
PN=177
Radiator and Coolers
A—Sheave C—Seal
B—Bushing
RXA0145611 —UN—06OCT14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-17/48
RXA0145610 —UN—06OCT14
(B).
8. Discard retaining nut (B).
9. Remove bearing housing (C) with puller.
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-18/48
10. Remove snap ring (A) and bearing (C) from bearing
housing (B).
11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
12. Install NEW bearing (C) using a press to apply
RXA0139705 —UN—14APR14
pressure to outer race of bearing until bearing bottoms
in bearing housing (B).
13. Install snap ring (A).
PN=178
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0145613 —UN—06OCT14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-20/48
RXA0158962 —UN—08JUN17
A—Bushing C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0158953 —UN—02MAY17
PN=179
Radiator and Coolers
17. Install outer seal (A) into sheave (D) using JDG11958
Seal Installer (B) and JDG8092 Handle (C)
RXA0158961 —UN—08JUN17
RXA0158955 —UN—02MAY17
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-22/48
RXA0158962 —UN—08JUN17
A—Bushing C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0158954 —UN—02MAY17
PN=180
Radiator and Coolers
19. Install inner seal (A) into sheave (D) using JDG11958
Seal Installer (B) and JDG8092 Handle (C)
RXA0158960 —UN—08JUN17
RXA0158956 —UN—02MAY17
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-24/48
RXA0145609 —UN—06OCT14
A—Inner Sheave Assembly B—Outer Sheave
PN=181
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0145608 —UN—20OCT14
Fan Driven Hub Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-26/48
RXA0156436 —UN—13JAN17
Install Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly in this group.)
NOTE: DO NOT reuse bearing if removed from shaft.
Bearings only need to be removed if they have
failed. Inspect bearings before removing.
A—Bearing C—Bearing
B—Snap Ring D—Snap Ring
PN=182
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139702 —UN—04MAR14
A—Hex of Driven Sheave C—Fan Drive Hub
B—Cap Screw (6 used) D—Spring
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-28/48
RXA0141084 —UN—14APR14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-29/48
7. Remove wear ring (B), seal (D), and O-ring (C) from
sheave (A).
A—Sheave C—O-ring
B—Wear Ring D—Seal
RXA0139704 —UN—04MAR14
PN=183
Radiator and Coolers
8. Remove wear ring (B), seal (D), and O-ring (C) from
sheave (A).
9. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
10. Install O-ring (C), seal (D), and wear ring (B) into
RXA0141085 —UN—14APR14
sheave (A).
A—Sheave C—O-ring
B—Wear Ring D—Seal
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-31/48
11. Install O-ring (C), seal (D), and wear ring (B) into
sheave (A).
12. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
RXA0139704 —UN—04MAR14
A—Sheave C—O-ring
B—Wear Ring D—Seal
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-32/48
RXA0139706 —UN—04MAR14
shaft splines, use appropriate measures
to protect seals.
PN=184
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139702 —UN—04MAR14
could occur to driven assembly.
16. Clean end of shaft and fan drive hub (C) and align hub
with fan hub cap screws (B).
17. Tighten fan hub cap screws (B) while holding hex of
driven sheave (A) to specification.
Specification
Fan Hub Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.) A—Hex of Driven Sheave C—Fan Drive Hub
B—Fan Hub Cap Screws (6 D—Spring
used)
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-34/48
RXA0156436 —UN—13JAN17
21. Install NEW inner bearing (A) using JDG1482 Shaft
Protector and press until it bottoms out on shaft.
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-35/48
RXA0157585 —UN—22FEB17
24. Pump TY25744 ED Synthetic Grease or AN102562
Corn Head Grease into grease fitting (B) until visible
in grease vent (C).
25. Install fan belt. (See Remove and Install Vari-Cool™
Fan Belt in this group.)
PN=185
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0156437 —UN—13JAN17
Install Vari-Cool™ Fan Driven Assembly in this group.)
NOTE: Bearings only need to be removed if they have
failed. Inspect bearings before removing.
DO NOT reuse bearing if removed from shaft.
A—Bearing C—Bearing
B—Snap Ring D—Snap Ring
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-37/48
RXA0145608 —UN—20OCT14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-38/48
PN=186
Radiator and Coolers
A—Sheave C—Seal
B—Bushing
RXA0145612 —UN—06OCT14
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-40/48
A—Sheave C—Seal
B—Bushing
RXA0145611 —UN—06OCT14
Continued on next page LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-41/48
PN=187
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0158962 —UN—08JUN17
A—Bushing C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0158953 —UN—02MAY17
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-42/48
10. Install outer seal (A) into sheave (D) using JDG11958
Seal Installer (B) and JDG8092 Handle (C)
RXA0158961 —UN—08JUN17
RXA0158955 —UN—02MAY17
PN=188
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0158962 —UN—08JUN17
A—Bushing C—JDG8092 Handle
B—JDG11958 Seal Installer D—Sheave
RXA0158954 —UN—02MAY17
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-44/48
12. Install inner seal (A) into sheave (D) using JDG11958
Seal Installer (B) and JDG8092 Handle (C)
RXA0158960 —UN—08JUN17
RXA0158956 —UN—02MAY17
PN=189
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0158014 —UN—27FEB17
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-46/48
RXA0145608 —UN—20OCT14
Fan Driven Hub Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-47/48
LN71218,00002C1 -19-05MAR18-48/48
PN=190
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139700 —UN—15APR14
3. Identify, label, and disconnect hydraulic lines (A) and
connector (C).
4. Remove Vari-Cool™ control valve cap screws (B) and
control valve.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten cap screws to
specification.
Specification
Vari-Cool™ Control Valve
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................35 N·m A—Hydraulic Lines (3 used) C—Connectors (2 used)
B—Vari-Cool™ Control Valve
(26 lb.-ft.)
Cap Screws (2 used)
LN71218,0000052 -19-16APR14-1/1
RXA0139836 —UN—07MAR14
3. Lightly lubricate NEW O-rings (E) with clean hydraulic
oil.
4. Install solenoids (C) and retainers (B) into Vari-Cool™
control valve (D).
5. Install screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Solenoid
Screws—Torque............................................................................13 N·m A—Screws (4 used) D—Vari-Cool™ Control Valve
B—Retainers (2 used) E—O-rings (6 used)
(115 lb.-in.)
C—Solenoids (2 used)
LN71218,0000053 -19-16APR14-1/1
PN=191
Radiator and Coolers
RXA0139698 —UN—28FEB14
Conditioning System in Section 90, Group 05.)
3. Disconnect air conditioning condenser lines (A) and
remove nuts (B). Cap lines to prevent contamination.
4. Remove receiver dryer and bracket (C).
5. Release latches (D) and remove air conditioning
condenser cap screws (E) at pivot.
6. Remove air conditioning condenser (F) forward. A—Air conditioning Condenser D—Latches (2 used)
Lines (2 used) E—Air conditioning Condenser
7. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. B—Nuts (2 used) Cap Screws (4 used)
C—Receiver Dryer and Bracket F— Air conditioning Condenser
8. Install air conditioning condenser (F) to radiator
support using air conditioning condenser cap screws
(E) and latches (D).
Specification
9. Flush air conditioning condenser if condenser was
Upper Condenser
air tested. Add 60 mL (2 oz.) of TY22025 (R-134a)
Line—Torque.................................................................................33 N·m
Refrigerant Oil if no major leaks exist. If leaks exist,
(24 lb.-ft.)
remove compressor to determine amount of oil
Lower Condenser
needed. (See Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil
Line—Torque.................................................................................33 N·m
Charge in Section 90, Group 05.)
(24 lb.-ft.)
10. Inspect O-rings on air conditioning condenser lines (A)
12. Install receiver dryer and bracket (C) to air conditioning
and replace as necessary.
condenser (E).
11. Connect air conditioning condenser lines (A) to air
13. Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See Purge
conditioning condenser (F) using backup wrench.
Air Conditioning System, Evacuate Air Conditioning
Tighten to specification.
System, and Charge Air Conditioning System in
Section 90, Group 05.)
LN71218,0000054 -19-16APR14-1/1
RXA0139699 —UN—05MAR14
2. Disconnect and plug fuel cooler hoses (B).
3. Remove start aid (C).
4. Open latches (D).
5. Tilt fuel cooler—hydraulic oil cooler (E) out and lift
from assembly.
6. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
7. Install fuel cooler—hydraulic oil cooler (E).
A—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Hoses D—Latches (2 used)
8. Close latches (D). (2 used) E—Fuel Cooler—Hydraulic Oil
B—Fuel Cooler Hoses (2 used) Cooler
9. Install start aid (C). C—Start Aid
10. Connect hydraulic oil cooler hoses (A) and fuel cooler
hoses (B).
LN71218,0000055 -19-16APR14-1/1
PN=192
Radiator and Coolers
Leak Test Hydraulic Oil Cooler 3. Spray surface using a 50—50 mixture of liquid soap
1. Cap one side of cooler. and water to check for leaks.
2. Apply air pressure using JT05412 Universal Pressure NOTE: Minor leaks may be repaired, but components
Test Kit. should be replaced if there is a major
leak or restriction.
Specification
Oil Cooler—Air
4. Repair or replace cooling unit as necessary.
Pressure....................................................... 700—1000 kPa (7—10 bar)
(102—145 psi)
LN71218,0000056 -19-16APR14-1/1
PN=193
Radiator and Coolers
PN=194
Group 25
Exhaust System
List of References Remove and Install DEF Tank
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Header Assembly
Other Material 30—25
Replace DEF Dosing Unit
Specifications 30—25
Replace DEF Dosing Injector
Service Exhaust System
Replace NOx Sensor
LN71218,0000AE9 -19-06NOV14-1/1
LN71218,0000AEA -19-06NOV14-1/1
PN=195
Exhaust System
Specifications 30—25
Item Measurement Specification
PN=196
Exhaust System
PN=197
Exhaust System
RXA0140338 —UN—19MAR14
2. Remove side shields.
IMPORTANT: Scribe a line at each exhaust pipe
connection flange for proper aligning flanges
of exhaust pipes at reassembly.
RXA0140339 —UN—19MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-1/71
PN=198
Exhaust System
RXA0140056 —UN—11MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-2/71
RXA0139960 —UN—25MAR14
clamp (B), and exhaust tube (C).
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-3/71
RXA0139961 —UN—15APR14
A—Exhaust Heat Shield Cap D—NOx Sensor Cover
Screws (4 used) E—NOx Sensor
B—Exhaust Heat Shields (2
used)
C—NOx Sensor Cover Nuts (2
used)
PN=199
Exhaust System
RXA0140623 —UN—25MAR14
A—M8 Exhaust Bracket Cap D—Exhaust Clamp
Screws (2 used) E—Exhaust Pipe
B—M12 Exhaust Bracket Cap
Screw
C—Exhaust Bracket
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-5/71
RXA0137785 —UN—10MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-6/71
RXA0137783 —UN—10MAR14
PN=200
Exhaust System
13. Remove cap screws (A), heat shield (B), and exhaust
stack caps screws (C).
RXA0137784 —UN—10MAR14
B—Heat Shield
RXA0137788 —UN—10MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-8/71
RXA0137786 —UN—10MAR14
Screws (5 used) D—Exhaust Stack
B—Exhaust Heat Shield
RXA0137789 —UN—10MAR14
PN=201
Exhaust System
16. Remove cap screws (A) and exhaust heat shield (B).
RXA0140626 —UN—27MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-10/71
RXA0139944 —UN—25MAR14
B—Front Exhaust Panel
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-11/71
RXA0139945 —UN—25MAR14
Exhaust Panel
PN=202
Exhaust System
RXA0139962 —UN—25MAR14
21. Remove dosing unit. (See Replace DEF Dosing Unit
in Section 30, Group 25.)
RXA0139963 —UN—25MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-13/71
RXA0139964 —UN—25MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-14/71
PN=203
Exhaust System
23. Attach chains (A) to SCR (B) and suitable lifting device.
24. Remove cap screws (C) and SCR (B) from tractor.
RXA0140357 —UN—19MAR14
B—SCR (5 used)
RXA0140621 —UN—25MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-15/71
RXA0140622 —UN—25MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-16/71
PN=204
Exhaust System
26. Remove DPF shield cap screws (A) and DPF shield
(B).
27. Remove DPF cap screws (C) and DOC/DPF.
RXA0141128 —UN—16APR14
A—DPF Shield Cap Screws (2 C—DPF Cap Screws (5 used)
used)
B—DPF Shield
RXA0141129 —UN—16APR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-17/71
PN=205
Exhaust System
RXA0140624 —UN—27MAR14
re-torque until torque is achieved.
RXA0140625 —UN—27MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-18/71
PN=206
Exhaust System
RXA0140622 —UN—25MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-19/71
RXA0141129 —UN—16APR14
35. Install DPF shield (B) and DPF shield cap screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
DPF Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.)
RXA0141128 —UN—16APR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-20/71
PN=207
Exhaust System
37. Install SCR (B) using chains (A) and suitable lifting
device.
38. Install SCR mounting cap screws (C). Tighten to
specification.
RXA0140357 —UN—19MAR14
Specification
SCR Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................320 N·m
(236 lb.-ft.)
RXA0140621 —UN—25MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-21/71
RXA0139964 —UN—25MAR14
NOTE: For further information, see Air Intake Pipe
Connections in Group 10.
Dosing module heat shield will aid in achieving
correct orientation.
PN=208
Exhaust System
RXA0139962 —UN—25MAR14
Specification
Temperature
Sensors—Torque............................................................................24N·m
(212 lb.-in.)
P-Clamp Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0139963 —UN—25MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-23/71
RXA0139945 —UN—25MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=209
Exhaust System
RXA0139944 —UN—25MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
Exhaust Panel Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-25/71
47. Install exhaust heat shield (B) and exhaust heat shield
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Heat Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0140626 —UN—27MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=210
Exhaust System
48. Install exhaust stack (D), and exhaust stack clamp (C).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Stack
Clamp—Torque.............................................................................55 N·m
RXA0137789 —UN—10MAR14
(41 lb.-in.)
49. Install heat shield (B) and exhaust heat shield cap
screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Heat Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0137786 —UN—10MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-27/71
50. Install heat shield cap screws (A), heat shield (B),
and exhaust stack caps screws (C). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Heat Shield Cap
RXA0137784 —UN—10MAR14
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Exhaust Stack Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0137788 —UN—10MAR14
PN=211
Exhaust System
51. Install sensor shield (B) and sensor shield cap screws
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Sensor Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0137783 —UN—10MAR14
(177 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-29/71
52. Install light bracket (B) and light bracket cap screws
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Light Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
RXA0137785 —UN—10MAR14
(26 lb.-ft.)
PN=212
Exhaust System
RXA0140623 —UN—25MAR14
positioned over it to keep gasket in place
while assembling clamp.
Specification
M8 Exhaust Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-31/71
56. Install NOx sensor (E), NOx sensor cover (D), and
NOx sensor cover nuts (C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
NOx Sensor Cover
Nuts—Torque................................................................................20 N·m
RXA0139961 —UN—15APR14
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=213
Exhaust System
RXA0139960 —UN—25MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-33/71
RXA0140338 —UN—19MAR14
positioned over it to keep gasket in place
while assembling clamp.
RXA0140339 —UN—19MAR14
61. Install exhaust shield (B), and exhaust shield cap
screw (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Shield Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=214
Exhaust System
RXA0140056 —UN—11MAR14
(106 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-35/71
RXA0140338 —UN—19MAR14
IMPORTANT: Scribe a line at each exhaust pipe
connection flange for proper aligning flanges
of exhaust pipes at reassembly.
RXA0140339 —UN—19MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-36/71
PN=215
Exhaust System
RXA0140056 —UN—11MAR14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-37/71
RXA0139960 —UN—25MAR14
clamp (B), and exhaust tube (C).
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-38/71
RXA0146248 —UN—05NOV14
PN=216
Exhaust System
RXA0140623 —UN—25MAR14
A—M8 Exhaust Bracket Cap D—Exhaust Clamp
Screws (2 used) E—Exhaust Pipe
B—M12 Exhaust Bracket Cap
Screw
C—Exhaust Bracket
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-40/71
RXA0146249 —UN—05NOV14
B—Front Upper Heat Shield
RXA0146250 —UN—05NOV14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-41/71
PN=217
Exhaust System
11. Remove exhaust tip clamp (A) and exhaust tip (B).
RXA0146251 —UN—05NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-42/71
12. Remove cap screws (A) and front lower heat shield (B).
RXA0146252 —UN—05NOV14
RXA0146253 —UN—05NOV14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-43/71
PN=218
Exhaust System
13. Remove cap screws (A) and rear lower heat shield (B).
RXA0146254 —UN—05NOV14
RXA0146255 —UN—05NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-44/71
RXA0146256 —UN—05NOV14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-45/71
PN=219
Exhaust System
RXA0146257 —UN—05NOV14
RXA0146258 —UN—05NOV14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-46/71
PN=220
Exhaust System
16. Mark exhaust filter and band clamps with scribe lines
at each clamped joint for reassembly alignment.
17. Loosen band clamp (A) and remove outlet cone.
18. Loosen band clamp (C) and remove Diesel Particulate
Filter (DPF) (B) and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
(D).
IMPORTANT: Check components for burrs, sharp
edges, or contamination. Inspect clamp for
RXA0146259 —UN—05NOV14
thread damage and replace as needed.
PN=221
Exhaust System
RXA0146257 —UN—05NOV14
RXA0146258 —UN—05NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-48/71
RXA0146256 —UN—05NOV14
DPF Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................50 N·m
(37 lb.-ft.)
PN=222
Exhaust System
27. Install rear lower heat shield (B) and lower heat shield
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lower Heat Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0146254 —UN—05NOV14
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0146255 —UN—05NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-50/71
28. Install front lower heat shield (B) and lower heat shield
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lower Heat Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0146252 —UN—05NOV14
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0146253 —UN—05NOV14
PN=223
Exhaust System
29. Install exhaust tip (B) and exhaust tip clamp (A).
RXA0146251 —UN—05NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-52/71
RXA0146249 —UN—05NOV14
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0146250 —UN—05NOV14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-53/71
PN=224
Exhaust System
RXA0140623 —UN—25MAR14
positioned over it to keep gasket in place
while assembling clamp.
Specification
M8 Exhaust Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-54/71
34. Install inlet heat shields (B and C) and inlet heat shield
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
inlet Heat Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0146248 —UN—05NOV14
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=225
Exhaust System
RXA0139960 —UN—25MAR14
flange clamp (B). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Mid-Exhaust Flange
Clamp—Torque.............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-56/71
RXA0140339 —UN—19MAR14
specification.
Specification
Flange Clamp—Torque.................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
RXA0140338 —UN—19MAR14
B—Exhaust Clamp
PN=226
Exhaust System
RXA0140056 —UN—11MAR14
(106 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-58/71
RXA0146225 —UN—04NOV14
3. Remove screws (A), cap screws (B), and shield (C).
PN=227
Exhaust System
RXA0146227 —UN—04NOV14
5. Remove flange clamp (C).
RXA0146228 —UN—04NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-60/71
RXA0146229 —UN—04NOV14
Continued on next page LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-61/71
PN=228
Exhaust System
RXA0139960 —UN—25MAR14
clamp (B), and exhaust tube (C).
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-62/71
RXA0146230 —UN—04NOV14
A—M8 Exhaust Bracket Cap D—Exhaust Clamp
Screws (2 used) E—Exhaust Pipe
B—M12 Exhaust Bracket Cap
Screw
C—Exhaust Bracket
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-63/71
10. Remove exhaust tip clamp (A) and exhaust tip (B).
RXA0146231 —UN—04NOV14
PN=229
Exhaust System
RXA0146232 —UN—04NOV14
12. Remove cap screws (A) and muffler (B).
13. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
14. Install muffler (B) and muffler mounting cap screws
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Muffler Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(95 lb.-ft.)
RXA0146233 —UN—04NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-65/71
15. Install exhaust tip (B) and exhaust tip clamp (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Tip
Clamp—Torque.............................................................................50 N·m
RXA0146231 —UN—04NOV14
(37 lb.-ft.)
PN=230
Exhaust System
RXA0146230 —UN—04NOV14
positioned over it to keep gasket in place
while assembling clamp.
Specification
M8 Exhaust Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-67/71
RXA0139960 —UN—25MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=231
Exhaust System
RXA0146228 —UN—04NOV14
positioned over it to keep gasket in place
while assembling clamp.
RXA0146227 —UN—04NOV14
22. Install exhaust shield (B), and exhaust shield cap
screw (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Shield Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-69/71
RXA0146229 —UN—04NOV14
(106 lb.-in.)
PN=232
Exhaust System
24. Install shield (C), shield cap screws (B), and shield
screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
RXA0146225 —UN—04NOV14
(221 lb.-in.)
Shield Screws—Torque.................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
RXA0146226 —UN—04NOV14
LN71218,000088D -19-29JUN15-71/71
RXA0139956 —UN—24MAR14
from wiring harness. Always support
sensor and module.
PN=233
Exhaust System
RXA0139957 —UN—24MAR14
A—Connector C—NOx Sensor Module
B—NOx Sensor Module Cap
Screws (2 used)
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-2/15
RXA0139957 —UN—24MAR14
lubricant on threads and does not require
additional compound. If reusing sensor, apply
NEVER-SEEZE™ to threads. NOx sensor must
be mounted within 80 degrees of vertical plane
and within 10 degrees relative to direction of flow.
NOx sensor harness connector should be mounted
on a bracket away from hot areas.
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-3/15
PN=234
Exhaust System
RXA0137783 —UN—10MAR14
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-5/15
2. Remove top shield cap screws (A) and top shields (B).
RXA0137786 —UN—10MAR14
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-6/15
RXA0137790 —UN—26MAR14
PN=235
Exhaust System
RXA0137784 —UN—10MAR14
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-8/15
RXA0139958 —UN—24MAR14
A—NOx Sensor
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-9/15
RXA0139959 —UN—24MAR14
Specification
NOx Module
Nuts—Torque................................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
PN=236
Exhaust System
RXA0139958 —UN—24MAR14
A—NOx Sensor
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-11/15
RXA0137784 —UN—10MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-12/15
11. Install exhaust heat shield (B) and exhaust heat shield
cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Exhaust Heat Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0137790 —UN—26MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=237
Exhaust System
12. Install top shields (B) and top shield cap screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Top Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0137786 —UN—10MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-14/15
13. Install sensor shield (B) and sensor shield cap screws
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Sensor Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................20 N·m
RXA0137783 —UN—10MAR14
(177 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000062 -19-09MAY14-15/15
PN=238
Exhaust System
RXA0139949 —UN—18MAR14
3. Remove lines and hoses (D—F).
NOTE: Transfer pump may be needed to remove
remaining DEF fluid.
RXA0139950 —UN—18MAR14
LN71218,000088F -19-28MAR14-1/5
RXA0139951 —UN—18MAR14
A—Hose Clamp D—DEF Tank Shield
B—Hose E—DEF Tank
C—DEF Tank Shield Cap
Screws (2 used)
PN=239
Exhaust System
RXA0139954 —UN—20MAR14
reservoir cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
DEF Reservoir Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................14 N·m
(124 lb.-in.)
RXA0139955 —UN—20MAR14
LN71218,000088F -19-28MAR14-3/5
RXA0139951 —UN—18MAR14
Tank Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-in.)
PN=240
Exhaust System
RXA0139950 —UN—18MAR14
DEF Tank Cover Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................14 N·m
(124 lb.-in.)
RXA0139949 —UN—18MAR14
LN71218,000088F -19-28MAR14-5/5
RXA0139949 —UN—18MAR14
3. Remove lines and hoses (D—F).
RXA0139950 —UN—18MAR14
PN=241
Exhaust System
RXA0139951 —UN—18MAR14
5. Remove cap screws (C) and tank shield (D).
6. Remove DEF Tank (E).
LN71218,0000890 -19-31JAN18-2/5
RXA0139952 —UN—18MAR14
to header assembly.
RXA0139953 —UN—18MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000890 -19-31JAN18-3/5
PN=242
Exhaust System
RXA0139951 —UN—18MAR14
Tank Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000890 -19-31JAN18-4/5
RXA0139950 —UN—18MAR14
DEF Tank Cover Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................14 N·m
(124 lb.-in.)
RXA0139949 —UN—18MAR14
LN71218,0000890 -19-31JAN18-5/5
PN=243
Exhaust System
RXA0139949 —UN—18MAR14
Screws (7 used)
LN71218,000066C -19-07AUG14-1/5
RXA0144403 —UN—21NOV14
pull to remove line.
LN71218,000066C -19-07AUG14-2/5
RXA0144404 —UN—21NOV14
5. Install DEF dosing unit (B) and dosing unit nuts (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Dosing Unit
Nuts—Torque................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
PN=244
Exhaust System
RXA0144403 —UN—21NOV14
LN71218,000066C -19-07AUG14-4/5
7. Insert DEF tank cover (B) and DEF tank cover cap
screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
DEF Tank Cover Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................14 N·m
RXA0139949 —UN—18MAR14
(124 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000066C -19-07AUG14-5/5
RXA0139946 —UN—14MAR14
PN=245
Exhaust System
RXA0139948 —UN—14MAR14
6. Install NEW gasket, DEF dosing injector (E), and DEF
dosing injector cap screws (D). Tighten to specification.
Specification
DEF Dosing Injector Cap
Screws—Torque..............................................................................8 N·m
(71 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000066B -19-07AUG14-2/3
RXA0139946 —UN—14MAR14
LN71218,000066B -19-07AUG14-3/3
PN=246
Section 40
Electrical
Contents
Page
Page
Group 05—Connectors
List of References.......................................... 40-05-1 Repair Alternator—Use CTM......................... 40-10-1
Essential, Recommended, and Disconnect Electrical Circuit .......................... 40-10-1
Fabricated Tools 40—05............................ 40-05-1 Replace Alternator......................................... 40-10-2
Other Material 40—05 ................................... 40-05-1 Replace Alternator and Battery
Use Electrical Insulating Fuse........................................................... 40-10-3
Compound ................................................. 40-05-2
Using High-Pressure Washers ...................... 40-05-2 Group 15—Starting Circuit
Installation of Repair Wire List of References.......................................... 40-15-1
Assembly (RWA) ....................................... 40-05-2 Essential, Recommended, and
Repair AMP™ Connector .............................. 40-05-7 Fabricated Tools 40—15............................ 40-15-1
Repair AMPSEAL 16™ Specifications 40—15.................................... 40-15-1
Connectors ................................................ 40-05-8 Repair Starter—Use CTM ............................. 40-15-1
Bosch™ Connectors.................................... 40-05-11 Remove and Install Starter Motor.................. 40-15-2
Remove Connector Body from Replace Master Fuse .................................... 40-15-2
Blade Terminals ....................................... 40-05-12 Replace Starter Circuit Relay ........................ 40-15-3
CINCH™ Control Unit
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-13 Group 20—Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
Exploded View—CINCH™ FlexBox List of References.......................................... 40-20-1
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-20 Essential, Recommended, and
CINCH™ FlexBox Connectors .................... 40-05-21 Fabricated Tools 40—20............................ 40-20-1
Repair CPC™ Blade Type Other Material 40—20 ................................... 40-20-1
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-24 Specifications 40—20.................................... 40-20-2
Repair CPC™, Large General Repair Procedures
Mate-N-Loc™, and Metrimate™ 40—20 ....................................................... 40-20-4
Pin Type Connectors ............................... 40-05-24 Replace Hydraulic Backup Pump
Repair DEUTSCH™ Connectors................. 40-05-25 Fuse........................................................... 40-20-5
Repair DEUTSCH™ Implement Replace Hydraulic Backup Pump
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-27 Relay ......................................................... 40-20-6
Repair ITT Connector .................................. 40-05-30 Replace Start Aid Solenoid............................ 40-20-6
Repair Small Mate-N-Loc™ Socket Replace Sensors e23™
Connector ................................................ 40-05-32 Transmission ............................................. 40-20-7
Repair Small Mate-N-Loc™ Pin Replace Solenoids e23™
Connector ................................................ 40-05-33 Transmission ............................................. 40-20-8
Repair (Pull Type) Metri-Pack™ Replace Park Supply Solenoid
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-34 (e23™)....................................................... 40-20-8
Repair (Push Type) Metri-Pack™ Replace Park Sump Block Solenoid
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-35 (e23™)....................................................... 40-20-9
Repair Molex™ Control Unit Replace Range Clutch R1 and R2
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-37 Solenoids (e23™)...................................... 40-20-9
Repair Molex™ Connector .......................... 40-05-41 Replace Oil Cooler Bypass
Repair SUMITOMO™ Solenoid (e23™)...................................... 40-20-10
Connectors .............................................. 40-05-42 Replace Lube Prioritization Valve
Repair Tyco™ Fuel Injector Solenoid (e23™)...................................... 40-20-10
Connector ................................................ 40-05-44 Replace Sensors and Solenoids
Repair WEATHER PACK™ PST Transmission ................................... 40-20-10
Connector ................................................ 40-05-45 Replace Electrohydraulic Shift
Repair YAZAKI™ Connectors ..................... 40-05-47 Valve Solenoids (PST)............................. 40-20-11
Replace Park Brake Release
Group 10—Charging Circuit Solenoid (PST) ........................................ 40-20-11
List of References.......................................... 40-10-1 Replace Sensors IVT™
Specifications 40—10.................................... 40-10-1 Transmission ........................................... 40-20-12
PN=1
Contents
Page Page
PN=2
Contents
Page
PN=3
Contents
PN=4
Group 05
Connectors
List of References Repair CPC™, Large Mate-N-Loc™, and Metrimate™
Below is a list of all items within this group. Pin Type Connectors
Installation of Repair Wire Assembly (RWA) Repair Small Mate-N-Loc™ Pin Connector
LN71218,00006B8 -19-24FEB14-1/1
PN=251
Connectors
T6642EJ —UN—18OCT88
pressure, and spray at 45 to 90 degree angle.
GS25068,0000129 -19-29JAN14-1/1
RG20576 —UN—17JUN11
the wire being repaired. B INCORRECT
Install Repair Wire Assembly (RWA)—Method 1
1. See your machine parts catalog for the correct RWA
for the connector to be repaired.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that there is adequate room
for the splice in the area of the harness where
the repair will be installed. A—Correct B—Incorrect
PN=252
Connectors
RG20521 —UN—26MAY11
A—Wire B—Stop
1
See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John
Deere dealer for additional information.
DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-2/8
16-14
12-10
RG20520 —UN—26MAY11
tightly around the wire and adhesive flows from both
ends of the splice.
9. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the
splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are
properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls
out, repeat Steps 2—8 to attain an adequate crimp.
10. Apply tape along the length of the repair.
A—Crimp Tool B—Colored Dies
1
See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John
Deere dealer for additional information.
Continued on next page DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-3/8
PN=253
Connectors
RG20576 —UN—17JUN11
the repair will be installed. B INCORRECT
2. Ensure the area of the harness where the splice will
be installed is clean. Cut the wire on the harness and
the RWA to the desired length.
IMPORTANT: If multiple RWAs are being used, make
sure to stagger the splices (A) so that they
do not overlap each other (B).
A—Correct B—Incorrect
DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-4/8
RG20522 —UN—26MAY11
A—Larger Wire C—Smaller Wire
B—Stop D—Folded Wire
1
See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John
Deere dealer for additional information.
Continued on next page DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-5/8
PN=254
Connectors
22-18
16-14
12-10
RG20520 —UN—26MAY11
1
See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John
Deere dealer for additional information.
DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-6/8
RG20522 —UN—26MAY11
mm (3/8 in).
8. Insert the folded wire (D) into the splice sleeve until
it hits the stop (B).
1
See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John
Deere dealer for additional information.
Continued on next page DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-7/8
PN=255
Connectors
10. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the
splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are
properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls B
out, repeat Steps 2—9 to attain an adequate crimp.
11. Apply heat evenly around the diameter of the splice
from the center out to the ends until the tubing shrinks
22-18
16-14
12-10
tightly around the wire and adhesive flows from both
ends of the splice.
RG20520 —UN—26MAY11
12. Tightly grasp the wires coming out of each end of the
splice. Firmly pull on the wires to ensure that they are
properly crimped and do not pull out. If either wire pulls
out, repeat Steps 2—11 to attain an adequate crimp.
13. Apply tape along the length of the repair.
1
See the SERVICEGARD™ online tool catalog or your John
Deere dealer for additional information.
DX,RWA -19-22MAR18-8/8
PN=256
Connectors
RG10742 —UN—31MAY00
Using AMP™ Crimping Tool
A—Locator Assembly C—Wire F— Terminal H—Wire Barrel
B—Locator D—Crimping Slot G—Insulation Barrel
E—Crimping Slot
1. Press JDG948 Terminal Extractor Tool into face of IMPORTANT: Ensure both sides of insulation
connector. Remove wire and terminal from back of barrel (G) are started evenly into crimping
connector. section. Do NOT attempt to crimp an
NOTE: Verify wire stripping length and crimp height improperly positioned contact.
before using AMP™ crimping tool. See
instructions provided with tool. 5. Position terminal so open ”U” of wire and insulation
barrels (H and G) face top of tool. Place terminal into
2. Strip new wire (C) to length indicated in tool nest so movable locator (B) drops into slot in terminal
instructions. Do not nick or cut wire strands. as shown. Butt front end of wire barrel (H) against
movable locator.
3. Hold JDG708 AMP™ Crimping Tool so back (wire
side) is facing you. Squeeze tool handles together and 6. Hold terminal (F) in position and squeeze tool handles
allow them to open fully. together until ratchet engages sufficiently to hold
terminal in position. DO NOT deform insulation barrel
NOTE: See instructions provided with tool to or wire barrel.
determine which crimping slot (D or E) to
use of locator assembly.
PN=257
Connectors
T112335B —UN—24NOV97
Crimp Terminal
GS25068,000012A -19-29JAN14-2/2
RXA0102907 —UN—13JUL09
A—Connector Lock B—Latch
PN=258
Connectors
RXA0102909 —UN—13JUL09
B
GS25068,000012B -19-29JAN14-2/6
RXA0102911 —UN—13JUL09
C
GS25068,000012B -19-29JAN14-3/6
RXA0102915 —UN—14JUL09
A—JDG11019 Extraction Tool C—Wire
B—Terminal Retention Finger D—Terminal
C B
D
PN=259
Connectors
F
G
D
H
RXA0102940 —UN—14AUG09
C B
A J
K J
A—Insulation Anvil Die D—Wire Crimper Die I— Long Die Retaining Screw
B—Insulation Crimper Die E—Nut J— Lower Die Retaining Pins (2
C—Wire Anvil Die F— Locator Assembly used)
G—Tool Frame K—Short Die Retaining Screw
H—Upper Die Retaining Pins (2
used)
NOTE: Items (A—D) are part of JDG11016 Die Assembly. 14. Carefully close tool handles making sure anvil and
Items (E—K) are part of JDG11017 Crimping Tool. crimper dies align properly.
15. Tighten both die retaining screws.
8. Install insulation anvil die (A) and wire anvil die (C)
into tool frame (G). 16. Place locator assembly (F) over long die retaining
screw (I) and against tool frame (G).
9. Insert lower die retaining pins (J).
NOTE: Nut (E) should be tight enough to hold locator
10. Install short die retaining screw (K) but do not tighten assembly against tool and still allow locator
completely. to move up and down.
11. Install insulation crimper die (B) and wire crimper die
(D) into tool frame (G). 17. Install and tighten nut (E) onto retaining screw.
PN=260
Connectors
RXA0102928 —UN—13JUL09
wire locator (B).
21. Holding wire in place squeeze crimper tool handles
together until ratchet releases.
NOTE: Crimped terminal may stick in crimping
area of tool but can be removed by pushing C
downward on wire locator.
GS25068,000012B -19-29JAN14-6/6
Bosch™ Connectors
1. Remove connector backshell (A) from connector.
A—Connector Backshell
RXA0136894 —UN—21NOV13
GS25068,000012C -19-29JAN14-1/3
RXA0099203 —UN—08OCT08
connector.
PN=261
Connectors
RXA0099395 —UN—08OCT08
6. Grip JDG10519 Terminal Crimping Tool (B) securely
and squeeze ratcheting mechanism completely. Then
allow it to open.
7. Insert terminal (C) into 16-14 slot of crimper with crimp
wings facing down.
8. Squeeze handles enough to retain terminal.
9. Insert stripped wire (D) into terminal until seal contacts
terminal.
10. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
11. Remove wire from tool.
12. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated
RXA0099457 —UN—08OCT08
(an audible click should be heard).
13. Pull on wire slightly to ensure terminal is locked in
position.
14. Reinstall backshell onto connector.
A—Seal C—Terminal
B—JDG10519 Terminal D—Wire
Crimping Tool
RXA0099464 —UN—08OCT08
GS25068,000012C -19-29JAN14-3/3
GS25068,000002E -19-02JAN14-1/1
PN=262
Connectors
RXA0077829 —UN—14OCT04
A—Latches B—Secondary Lock
GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-1/9
RXA0077831 —UN—14OCT04
as shown.
PN=263
Connectors
RXA0077833 —UN—14OCT04
A—JDG1869 Secondary Lock C—Latches
Extraction Tool
B—Secondary Lock
RXA0077835 —UN—14OCT04
RXA0077837 —UN—14OCT04
Continued on next page GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-3/9
PN=264
Connectors
RXA0077869 —UN—14OCT04
GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-4/9
RXA0077871 —UN—14OCT04
connector body until it stops.
7. Remove JDG1868 Terminal Extraction Tool and pull
wire (B) from back of connector.
RXA0077873 —UN—14OCT04
PN=265
Connectors
RXA0079562 —UN—15MAR05
part of JDG1744 Master Repair Kit.
RXA0079565 —UN—15MAR05
Continued on next page GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-6/9
PN=266
Connectors
RXA0079570 —UN—15MAR05
handle is completely squeezed, rotate mechanism
release screw (D) to release.
RXA0079572 —UN—15MAR05
used) Set
B—Three Terminal Jaw Set D—Mechanism Release Screw
RXA0079574 —UN—16MAR05
Continued on next page GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-7/9
PN=267
Connectors
RXA0070479 —UN—10SEP03
17. With tool in ready position (open handle), open
terminal receptacle (B).
18. Insert terminal (C) into proper wire gauge window,
crimp wings facing up.
19. Close terminal receptacle (B).
20. Squeeze handle until two clicks are heard.
21. Insert stripped wire (D) into terminal.
22. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
RXA0070480 —UN—10SEP03
23. Remove terminated wire from tool.
RXA0070481 —UN—10SEP03
Continued on next page GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-8/9
PN=268
Connectors
RXA0077880 —UN—14OCT04
25. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated
(an audible click should be heard).
26. Pull on wire slightly to ensure that terminal is locked
in position.
27. Install and push secondary lock (C) closed.
RXA0077882 —UN—14OCT04
GS25068,000012D -19-29JAN14-9/9
PN=269
Connectors
E
J
G
F
I
RXA0063965 —UN—15JAN03
H
K
PN=270
Connectors
RXA0070459 —UN—10SEP03
screwdriver.
3. Remove cover (D) away from wires.
RXA0070462 —UN—10SEP03
RXA0070463 —UN—10SEP03
GS25068,0000031 -19-02JAN14-1/4
A—Terminal Lock
RXA0070464 —UN—10SEP03
PN=271
Connectors
RXA0070471 —UN—10SEP03
Master Repair Kit.
RXA0080759 —UN—16MAY05
RXA0080760 —UN—16MAY05
1
Included in JDG1744 Master Kit
Continued on next page GS25068,0000031 -19-02JAN14-3/4
PN=272
Connectors
RXA0070479 —UN—10SEP03
9. With tool in ready position (open handle), open
terminal receptacle (B).
10. Insert terminal (C) into proper wire gauge window,
crimp wings facing up.
11. Close terminal receptacle (B).
12. Squeeze handle until two clicks are heard.
13. Insert stripped wire (D) into terminal.
14. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
RXA0070480 —UN—10SEP03
15. Remove terminated wire from tool.
16. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated.
Pull on wire slightly to ensure that terminal is locked
in position.
17. Push terminal lock closed.
18. Install cover.
19. Install connector to control unit and close connector
body locking cam.
RXA0070481 —UN—10SEP03
1
Crimping Tool D—Wire
B—Terminal Receptacle
1
Included in JDG1744 Master Kit
GS25068,0000031 -19-02JAN14-4/4
PN=273
Connectors
TS114 —UN—23AUG88
NOTE: JDG141 Extraction Tool is included in JDG155
Electrical Repair Tool Kit and JT07195B
Technicians Electrical Repair Kit.
JDG145 Universal Electrical Pliers and JDG144
Crimping Pliers are included in JDG155
Electrical Repair Tool Kit.
Pliers.
6. Crimp new contact on wire using JDG144 Crimping
Pliers.
7. Spread contact locking lances and insert wire in
correct terminal of new connector.
8. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal of new
connector. A—Tool Sleeve C—Tool Push Rod
B—Tool Handle D—Push Rod Button
GS25068,0000033 -19-02JAN14-1/1
PN=274
Connectors
RW77142 —UN—07DEC98
• JDG361 Extractor Tool - 12—14 Gauge Wire
• JDG362 Extractor Tool - 16—18 Gauge Wire
• JDG363 Extractor Tool - 20 Gauge Wire
2. Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A).
3. Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip
snaps onto wire.
A—Handle
IMPORTANT: DO NOT twist tool when inserting
in connector.
TS117 —UN—23AUG88
correct wire size.
8. Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in
until screw stops.
GS25068,000012E -19-29JAN14-2/6
PN=275
Connectors
TS118 —UN—23AUG88
GS25068,000012E -19-29JAN14-4/6
TS0135 —UN—23AUG88
ing procedure.
GS25068,000012E -19-29JAN14-5/6
RW77141 —UN—07DEC98
stop is felt.
15. Pull on wire slightly to ensure contact is locked in
position.
16. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new
connector.
GS25068,000012E -19-29JAN14-6/6
PN=276
Connectors
A—Connector B—Seal
RXA0088974 —UN—16MAY06
RXA0089032 —UN—16MAY06
Continued on next page GS25068,000012F -19-29JAN14-1/3
PN=277
Connectors
RXA0089016 —UN—16MAY06
5. Remove terminal and strip wire using JDG145
Electricians Pliers.
RXA0089020 —UN—16MAY06
Continued on next page GS25068,000012F -19-29JAN14-2/3
PN=278
Connectors
RXA0089023 —UN—16MAY06
12. Assemble connector in reverse order.
A—Terminal C—Hole
B—Crimper Tool D—Wire
RXA0089025 —UN—16MAY06
GS25068,000012F -19-29JAN14-3/3
PN=279
Connectors
RXA0084870 —UN—04NOV05
RXA0084871 —UN—04NOV05
GS25068,0000130 -19-29JAN14-1/4
RXA0084808 —UN—04NOV05
4. Rotate tool handle (B) to ensure release of terminal
locking lances.
5. Hold tool sleeve firmly seated in connector and press
push rod button (D). Remove terminal from connector.
PN=280
Connectors
RXA0084844 —UN—04NOV05
ratcheting mechanism completely. Allow it to open
completely.
8. With tool in ready position (open handle), lift locator
blade (A).
9. Insert terminal (B) into JDG10198 Crimping Tool,
crimp wings (C) facing up.
NOTE: Locator blade (A) should be inserted into notch
(D) of terminal when closed.
RXA0084848 —UN—04NOV05
locator blade (A).
12. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
13. Remove terminated wire from tool.
14. Spread terminal locking lances and insert terminal
into connector.
PN=281
Connectors
RXA0084871 —UN—04NOV05
RXA0084870 —UN—04NOV05
GS25068,0000130 -19-29JAN14-4/4
TS115 —UN—09MAY89
Pliers, and JDG145 Universal Electrical Pliers are
part of JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit.
PN=282
Connectors
TS116 —UN—23AUG88
2. Pull wire to remove contact from connector body.
NOTE: JDG142 Extraction Tool, JDG144 Crimping Pliers,
and JDG145 Universal Electrical Pliers are part
of JDG155 Electrical Repair Tool Kit.
PN=283
Connectors
RW16933A —UN—05AUG98
pushing inward on terminal locking tab (D).
NOTE: JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool is included in
JT07195B Technicians Electrical Repair Kit.
RW77096 —UN—30JUL98
5. Remove JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool and push
terminal (E) from socket.
RW16935A —UN—05AUG98
GS25068,0000039 -19-02JAN14-1/2
A—Crimping Pliers
GS25068,0000039 -19-02JAN14-2/2
PN=284
Connectors
RW77137 —UN—08DEC98
3. Identify wire color locations with connector terminal
letters.
NOTE: Use JDG776 Extraction Tool with 56, 280,
and 630 Series Metri-Pack™ terminals. Use
JDG777 Extraction Tool with 150 Series
Metri-Pack™ terminals.
JDG145 Universal Electrical Pliers, JDG776 and A—Connector Lock C—Connector Body Socket
JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tools are included in B—Extraction Tool D—Terminal
JT07195B Technicians Electrical Repair Kit.
TS0132 —UN—23AUG88
GS25068,000003A -19-02JAN14-2/6
NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of wire:
• Green - 18—20 Gauge Wire TS0136 —UN—23AUG88
PN=285
Connectors
RW77139 —UN—07DEC98
GS25068,000003A -19-02JAN14-4/6
RW77138 —UN—07DEC98
GS25068,000003A -19-02JAN14-5/6
RW77140 —UN—07DEC98
A—Locking Tab
GS25068,000003A -19-02JAN14-6/6
PN=286
Connectors
RXA0070459 —UN—10SEP03
screwdriver.
3. Remove cover (D) away from wires.
RXA0070462 —UN—10SEP03
RXA0070463 —UN—10SEP03
GS25068,000003B -19-02JAN14-1/7
4. Pull terminal lock (A) out but do not force its removal.
PN=287
Connectors
RXA0116538 —UN—19APR11
C—10 & 12 Gauge Holes Extractor Tool
D—Holes G—Terminal
RXA0116655 —UN—19APR11
RXA0116657 —UN—19APR11
PN=288
Connectors
RXA0116574 —UN—21APR11
A—Insulation Anvil Die C—Wire Anvil Die F— Long Die Retaining Screw
B—Insulation Crimper Die D—Wire Crimper Die G—Tool Frame
E—Short Die Retaining Screw
NOTE: JDG1727 Terminal Crimping Tool part of 9. Install insulation crimper die (B) and wire crimper die
JDG1744 Master Repair Kit or JDG11255 Terminal (D) into tool frame (G).
Crimping Tool can be used.
10. Install long die retaining screw (F) but do not tighten
Use JDG11228 Die Set for 10 - 12 gauge wire, completely.
JDG11229 Die Set for 14-16 gauge wire, and
JDG11230 Die Set for 18-20 gauge wire. 11. Carefully close tool handles making sure that anvil and
crimper dies align properly.
7. Install insulation anvil die (A) and wire anvil die (C)
into tool frame (G). 12. Tighten both die retaining screws.
PN=289
Connectors
RXA0116606 —UN—21APR11
GS25068,000003B -19-02JAN14-5/7
RXA0116610 —UN—21APR11
open completely.
NOTE: Terminals with large insulation grips must be
inserted into locator with locator in closed position.
PN=290
Connectors
22. Insert stripped wire (A) with seal (B) (if needed) into
terminal (D) against wire stop (C).
23. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
24. Press down on wire stop and remove terminated wire
from tool.
25. Push terminal into connector body until fully seated.
Pull on wire slightly to ensure that terminal is locked
in position.
26. Push terminal lock closed.
27. Install cover.
RXA0116612 —UN—21APR11
28. Install connector to control unit and close connector
body locking cam.
GS25068,000003B -19-02JAN14-7/7
RXA0084903 —UN—07NOV05
A—Terminal Lock
GS25068,000003C -19-02JAN14-1/3
PN=291
Connectors
RXA0084844 —UN—04NOV05
ratcheting mechanism completely. Then allow it to
open completely.
7. With tool in ready position (open handle), lift locator
blade (A).
8. Insert terminal (B) into JDG10145 Crimping Tool,
crimp wings (C) facing up.
NOTE: Locator blade (A) should be inserted into notch
(D) of terminal when closed.
RXA0084848 —UN—04NOV05
locator blade (A).
11. Hold wire stationary and squeeze tool together until
ratchet releases.
12. Remove terminated wire from tool.
13. Spread contact locking lances and insert terminal into
connector.
14. Install terminal lock (if equipped).
A—Locator Blade C—Crimp Wings
B—Terminal D—Notch
GS25068,000003C -19-02JAN14-3/3
RG11676 —UN—05FEB01
3. Insert JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool (A) into
connector body socket pushing terminal locking tab
(B) upward.
PN=292
Connectors
TS0132 —UN—23AUG88
GS25068,000003D -19-02JAN14-2/5
TS0136 —UN—23AUG88
IMPORTANT: Seal must fit snug over cable insulation,
without a gap between cable seal and insulation.
RXA0056871 —UN—05SEP01
RXA0056872 —UN—05SEP01
PN=293
Connectors
RXA0056873 —UN—05SEP01
A—Terminal
GS25068,000003D -19-02JAN14-5/5
RXA0084929 —UN—09NOV05
A—Locking Tab
GS25068,000003E -19-02JAN14-1/3
RXA0084931 —UN—09NOV05
4. Rotate outer part (B) of connector counterclockwise
until green marks (C) are aligned.
5. Install connector on engine with green marks (C) at
approximately the seven o'clock position.
PN=294
Connectors
RXA0084929 —UN—09NOV05
7. Push in locking tab (A).
A—Locking Tab
GS25068,000003E -19-02JAN14-3/3
TS0128 —UN—23AUG88
NOTE: JDG364 Extraction Tool is part of JT07195B
Technicians Electrical Repair Kit.
PN=295
Connectors
TS0136 —UN—23AUG88
• Blue - 10—12 Gauge Wire
IMPORTANT: Seal must fit snug over cable insulation,
without a gap between cable seal and insulation.
TS1623 —UN—02NOV94
• #19 - 18—20 Gauge Wire
GS25068,000003F -19-02JAN14-2/3
TS0139 —UN—02DEC88
NOTE: Connector bodies are ”keyed” for correct contact.
Ensure that contacts are correctly aligned.
Correct contact installation for sleeve (A)
and pin (B) is illustrated.
A—Sleeve B—Pin
GS25068,000003F -19-02JAN14-3/3
PN=296
Connectors
RG11677 —UN—05FEB01
3. Insert JDG777 Terminal Extraction Tool (A) into
connector body socket pushing terminal locking tab
(B) upward.
4. Remove extraction tool and pull terminal out of socket.
GS25068,0000040 -19-02JAN14-1/4
TS0132 —UN—23AUG88
IMPORTANT: Seal must fit snug over cable insulation,
without a gap between cable seal and insulation.
TS0136 —UN—23AUG88
Continued on next page GS25068,0000040 -19-02JAN14-2/4
PN=297
Connectors
RXA0056871 —UN—05SEP01
RXA0056872 —UN—05SEP01
GS25068,0000040 -19-02JAN14-3/4
RXA0056873 —UN—05SEP01
A—Terminal
GS25068,0000040 -19-02JAN14-4/4
PN=298
Group 10
Charging Circuit
List of References Disconnect Electrical Circuit
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Alternator
Specifications 40—10
Replace Alternator and Battery Fuse
Repair Alternator—Use CTM
GS25068,0000135 -19-29JAN14-1/1
Specifications 40—10
Item Measurement Specification
RW50283A —UN—06DEC96
this machine manual.
LN71218,000090E -19-30MAY13-1/1
LN71218,000090F -19-30MAY13-1/1
PN=299
Charging Circuit
Replace Alternator
IMPORTANT: Alternator is designed with a Transient
Voltage Protector to protect tractor electronics.
A regular alternator without transient voltage
RXA0136309 —UN—01NOV13
protector could cause extensive damage
to tractor electronics.
RXA0136308 —UN—01NOV13
7. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Battery Cable-to-
Alternator Nut—Torque..................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
Regulator Nut—Torque....................................................................2 N·m
(18 lb.-in.)
Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-ft.) A—Mounting Cap Screws (2 C—Wire Harness Nut
used)
B—Regulator Wire Nut
GS25068,0000136 -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=300
Charging Circuit
RXA0137929 —UN—07JAN14
1. Raise hood.
2. Remove cap screws (A) and left-hand hood panel (B).
3. Remove nut and washer (C) and cover (D).
4. Remove nuts (E) and alternator and battery fuse (F).
IMPORTANT: Alternator battery relay fuse (300
amp) has been specifically designed. Do
not substitute. Damage could result to
the electrical system.
RXA0137930 —UN—07JAN14
6. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Alternator and Battery
Fuse Nuts—Torque.......................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Fuse Box Cover
Nut—Torque..................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Left-Hand Hood Panel
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
RXA0138043 —UN—07JAN14
A—Cap Screws (3 used) D—Cover
B—Left-Hand Hood Panel E—Nuts (2 used)
C—Nut and Washer F— Alternator and Battery Fuse
GS25068,000013B -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=301
Charging Circuit
PN=302
Group 15
Starting Circuit
List of References Repair Starter—Use CTM
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Starter Motor
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 40—15
Replace Master Fuse
Specifications 40—15
Replace Starter Circuit Relay
GS25068,0000139 -19-29JAN14-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 40—15
JDG2046 Starter Wrench
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEDARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,0000935 -19-30MAY13-1/1
Specifications 40—15
Item Measurement Specification
RW50283A —UN—06DEC96
this machine manual.
LN71218,0000914 -19-30MAY13-1/1
PN=303
Starting Circuit
RXA0108756 —UN—29JUL10
5. Remove nut (D) using JDG2046 Starter Wrench.
6. Remove two starter mounting cap screws (E).
7. Install starter in reverse order.
GS25068,000013A -19-29JAN14-1/1
RXA0137929 —UN—07JAN14
1. Raise hood.
2. Remove cap screws (A) and left-hand hood panel (B).
3. Remove nut and washer (C) and cover (D).
4. Remove nuts (E) and master fuse (F).
IMPORTANT: Master fuse (300 amp) has been
specifically designed. Do not substitute.
Damage could result to the electrical system.
RXA0137930 —UN—07JAN14
Specification
Master Fuse
Nuts—Torque................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Fuse Box Cover
Nut—Torque..................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Left-Hand Hood Panel
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000137 -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=304
Starting Circuit
RXA0137929 —UN—07JAN14
1. Raise hood.
2. Remove cap screws (A) and left-hand hood panel (B).
3. Remove nut and washer (C) and cover (D).
4. Remove wire harness nuts (E and F), mounting cap
screws (G), and starter circuit relay (H).
5. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
6. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Starter Circuit Relay
Mounting Cap
RXA0137930 —UN—07JAN14
Screws—Torque...........................................................................7.1 N·m
(63 lb.-in.)
Wire Harness Supply
Nuts—Torque................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Wire Harness
Nuts—Torque..................................................................................2 N·m
(18 lb.-in.)
RXA0138045 —UN—07JAN14
H—Starter Circuit Relay
GS25068,000007D -19-07JAN14-1/1
PN=305
Starting Circuit
PN=306
Group 20
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
List of References Replace Park Sump Block Solenoid (IVT™)
Below is a list of all items within this group. Replace Hydro Clutch Unit Solenoid (IVT™)
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 40—20 Replace Ring Unit Hydro Control Solenoid (IVT™)
Other Material 40—20 Replace Loop Flush Cut Off Solenoid (IVT™)
Specifications 40—20 Replace PTO Solenoid
General Repair Procedures 40—20 Replace Engine Oil Pressure Switch
Replace Hydraulic Backup Pump Fuse Replace Cab Door Light Switch
Replace Hydraulic Backup Pump Relay Replace Starting Aid Switch
Replace Start Aid Solenoid Replace Ignition Switch
Replace Sensors e23™ Transmission Replace Key Immobilizer
Replace Solenoids e23™ Transmission Replace Seat Raise-Lower Switch
Replace Park Supply Solenoid (e23™) Replace Heated Seat Switch
Replace Park Sump Block Solenoid (e23™) Replace Operator Presence Seat Switch
Replace Range Clutch R1 and R2 Solenoids (e23™) Replace Brake Light Switch
Replace Oil Cooler Bypass Solenoid (e23™) Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch
Replace Lube Prioritization Valve Solenoid (e23™) Replace Hydraulic Clean-Oil Level Switch
Replace Sensors and Solenoids PST Transmission Replace Ethernet Switch
Replace Electrohydraulic Shift Valve Solenoids (PST) Replace Battery Disconnect Switch
Replace Park Brake Release Solenoid (PST) Replace External Hitch Raise-Lower Switches
Replace Sensors IVT™ Transmission Replace Air Conditioning Dual Pressure Sensor
Replace Solenoids IVT™ Transmission Replace Air Conditioning Temperature Sensor
Replace Clutch Enable Solenoid (IVT™) Replace Air Conditioning Motor Speed Control
Replace Park Supply Solenoid (IVT™)
LN71218,0000162 -19-25APR14-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 40—20
JDG751 Solenoid Removal Tool
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,000091A -19-30MAY13-1/1
GS25068,000016B -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=307
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
Specifications 40—20
Item Measurement Specification
PN=308
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
PN=309
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
PN=310
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0137929 —UN—07JAN14
1. Raise hood.
2. Remove cap screws (A) and left-hand hood panel (B).
3. Remove nut and washer (C) and cover (D).
4. Remove nuts (E) and hydraulic backup pump fuse (F).
IMPORTANT: Hydraulic backup pump fuse (175
amp) has been specifically designed. Do
not substitute. Damage can result to
the electrical system.
RXA0137930 —UN—07JAN14
6. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Backup Pump
Fuse Nuts—Torque.......................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Fuse Box Cover
Nut—Torque..................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
Left-Hand Hood Panel
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
RXA0138044 —UN—07JAN14
A—Cap Screws (3 used) D—Cover
B—Left-Hand Hood Panel E—Nuts (2 used)
C—Nut and Washer F— Hydraulic Backup Pump
Fuse
GS25068,0000142 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=311
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138046 —UN—07JAN14
buss bar (C), nuts and wires (D), mounting cap screws
(E), and hydraulic backup pump relay (F).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Backup Pump
Relay Mounting Cap
Screws—Torque...........................................................................7.1 N·m
A—Nuts (2 used) D—Nuts and Wires (2 used)
(63 lb.-in.) B—Hydraulic Backup Pump E—Mounting Cap Screws (2
Wire Harness Cable used)
Nuts—Torque..................................................................................2 N·m C—Buss Bar F— Hydraulic Backup Pump
(18 lb.-in.) Relay
Buss Bar Nuts—Torque.................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
GS25068,000004C -19-06JAN14-1/1
1. Raise hood.
2. Disconnect connector (A) and fitting (B).
3. Remove nuts (C) and starting aid solenoid (D).
RXA0138206 —UN—15JAN14
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Starting Aid Solenoid
Nuts—Torque................................................................................15 N·m
(138 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000143 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=312
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0136898 —UN—09DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lube Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
Trans System 2 Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
Park Brake Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
RXA0138207 —UN—17JAN14
Counter Shaft C Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
Counter Shaft B Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(88 lb.-in.)
GS25068,00000BC -19-15JAN14-1/1
PN=313
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0137565 —UN—09DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Directional Clutch REV
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
Directinal Clutch FWD-
LOW Solenoid—Torque.................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
A—Speed Clutch S1 Solenoid E—Range Clutch R3 Solenoid
Directional B—Speed Clutch S2 Solenoid F— Directional Clutch FWD-HI
Clutch FWD-HI C—Speed Clutch S3 Solenoid Solenoid
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m D—Speed Clutch S4 Solenoid G—Directinal Clutch FWD-LOW
(26 lb.-ft.) Solenoid
H—Directinal Clutch REV
Range Clutch R3 Solenoid
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
Speed Clutch S4 Speed Clutch S1
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.) (26 lb.-ft.)
Speed Clutch S3
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
Speed Clutch S2
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000BD -19-15JAN14-1/1
RXA0138208 —UN—17JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Supply Solenoid
Cap Screws—Torque......................................................................7 N·m
(62 lb.-in.)
GS25068,00000BE -19-15JAN14-1/1
PN=314
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138209 —UN—17JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Sump Block
Solenoid Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................7 N·m
(62 lb.-in.)
A—Cap Screw B—Park Sump Block Solenoid
GS25068,00000BF -19-15JAN14-1/1
RXA0138210 —UN—17JAN14
following:
• Remove cap screw (A), clamp (B), and range clutch
R1 solenoid (C).
• Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
• Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Range Clutch
R1 Solenoid Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................30 N·m A—Cap Screw D—Cap Screw
(22 lb.-ft.) B—Clamp E—Clamp
C—Range Clutch R1 Solenoid F— Range Clutch R2 Solenoid
3. For range clutch R2 solenoid, perform the
following:
• Remove cap screw (D), clamp (E), and range clutch Specification
R2 solenoid (F). Range Clutch
• Inspect and replace parts as necessary. R2 Solenoid Cap
• Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification. Screw—Torque..............................................................................30 N·m
(22 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000C0 -19-15JAN14-1/1
PN=315
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138211 —UN—17JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Oil Cooler Bypass
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000C1 -19-15JAN14-1/1
RXA0138374 —UN—17JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lube Prioritization Valve
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000C2 -19-15JAN14-1/1
RXA0138049 —UN—09JAN14
A—Park Brake Pressure C—Park Sump Block Solenoid
Sensor D—Lube Cut-off Solenoid
B—Clutch Enable Pressure
Sensor
GS25068,0000144 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=316
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138050 —UN—09JAN14
See Section 50 for cleaning procedure of
electrohydraulic valves.
RXA0138051 —UN—09JAN14
1. Disconnect harness.
2. Remove cap screws and solenoid retainer plate.
3. Remove park brake release solenoid (A).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Brake Release
Solenoid Cap A—Park Brake Release
Solenoid
Screws—Torque............................................................................18 N·m
(159 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000146 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=317
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0137570 —UN—17DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Carrier Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
Ring Gear 2 Primary
Speed Sensor—Torque.................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
CU Idler Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
RXA0137569 —UN—17DEC13
System 1 Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
Clutch Enabler Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
Park Break Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
GS25068,000004E -19-06JAN14-1/1
RXA0138071 —UN—08JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Reverse Break
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................45 N·m
(33 lb.-ft.)
Clutch 1 Solenoid
(C1)—Torque.................................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
A—Reverse Break Solenoid C—Clutch 2 Solenoid (C2)
Clutch 2 Solenoid B—Clutch 1 Solenoid (C1) D—Clutch 3 Solenoid (C3)
(C2)—Torque.................................................................................45 N·m
(33 lb.-ft.
Clutch 3 Solenoid
(C3)—Torque.................................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,000007B -19-07JAN14-1/1
PN=318
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138072 —UN—08JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Clutch Enable Solenoid
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,000007C -19-07JAN14-1/1
RXA0137923 —UN—18DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order.
Specification
Park Supply Solenoid
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................10 N·m
(89 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000052 -19-06JAN14-1/1
RXA0137924 —UN—18DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Sump Block
Solenoid Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(89 lb.-in.)
A—Cap Screws (2 used) B—Park Sump Block Solenoid
GS25068,0000053 -19-06JAN14-1/1
PN=319
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0137925 —UN—18DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydro Clutch Unit
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................45 N·m
(33 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,0000054 -19-06JAN14-1/1
RXA0137926 —UN—18DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Ring Unit Hydro Control
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................45 N·m
(33 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,0000055 -19-06JAN14-1/1
RXA0137927 —UN—18DEC13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Loop Flush Cut
Off Solenoid Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................10 N·m
(89 lb.-in.)
A—Cap Screws (2 used) B—Loop Flush Cut Off
Solenoid
GS25068,0000056 -19-06JAN14-1/1
PN=320
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138074 —UN—08JAN14
1. Disconnect harness.
2. Remove cap screw (A) and clamp (B).
3. Remove PTO solenoid (C) using JDG751 Solenoid
Removal Tool.
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
PTO Solenoid Cap A—Cap Screw C—PTO Solenoid
B—Clamp
Screw—Torque..............................................................................18 N·m
(159 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000147 -19-30JAN14-1/1
RXA0084288 —UN—23SEP05
GS25068,0000148 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=321
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0103172 —UN—02JUL09
4. Remove switch and disconnect two wires from switch.
5. Install switch in reverse order.
A—Switch C—Headliner
B—Corner Post Cover
RXA0103174 —UN—02JUL09
LN71218,0000926 -19-30MAY13-1/1
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
PN=322
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
A—Tray D—Alignment Pins (2 used)
B—Screws (2 used) E—Clips (2 used)
C—Upper Cowl F— Module
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-2/10
RXA0131333 —UN—21MAR13
PN=323
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0131334 —UN—21MAR13
GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-4/10
RXA0131335 —UN—21MAR13
GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-5/10
10. Install start aid switch (B) and tighten nut (A).
RXA0131335 —UN—21MAR13
PN=324
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
11. Connect start aid switch and install top left-hand cover
(A).
RXA0131334 —UN—21MAR13
GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-7/10
RXA0131333 —UN—21MAR13
Continued on next page GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-8/10
PN=325
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-9/10
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
Steering Wheel
Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
GS25068,0000149 -19-30JAN14-10/10
PN=326
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-1/10
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
A—Tray D—Alignment Pins (2 used)
B—Screws (2 used) E—Clips (2 used)
C—Upper Cowl F— Module
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
PN=327
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0130710 —UN—09APR13
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-3/10
RXA0131332 —UN—26MAR13
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-4/10
RXA0131336 —UN—26MAR13
PN=328
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0131336 —UN—26MAR13
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-6/10
11. Install lever cover (C), insert (B), and ignition key
switch nut (A).
RXA0131332 —UN—26MAR13
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-7/10
RXA0130710 —UN—09APR13
PN=329
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-9/10
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
Steering Wheel
Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
GS25068,000014A -19-30JAN14-10/10
PN=330
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-1/9
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
A—Tray D—Alignment Pins (2 used)
B—Screws (2 used) E—Clips (2 used)
C—Upper Cowl F— Module
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
PN=331
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0130710 —UN—09APR13
GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-3/9
RXA0131332 —UN—26MAR13
GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-4/9
RXA0136245 —UN—22OCT13
Specification
Immobilizer Controller-
to-Pivot Anchor Bracket
Screws—Torque..............................................................................4 N·m
(35 lb.-in.)
PN=332
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
10. Install lever cover (C), insert (B), and ignition key
switch nut (A).
RXA0131332 —UN—26MAR13
GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-6/9
RXA0130710 —UN—09APR13
Continued on next page GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-7/9
PN=333
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-8/9
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
Steering Wheel
Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
GS25068,000014B -19-30JAN14-9/9
PN=334
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0135323 —UN—31OCT13
A—Screw C—Connector
B—Armrest Pad D—Tabs
RXA0135326 —UN—31OCT13
Continued on next page GS25068,000014C -19-30JAN14-1/2
PN=335
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0135324 —UN—31OCT13
A—Tab C—Screw
B—Notch
RXA0135330 —UN—31OCT13
GS25068,000014C -19-30JAN14-2/2
PN=336
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0135323 —UN—31OCT13
A—Screw C—Connector
B—Armrest Pad D—Tabs
RXA0135329 —UN—31OCT13
Continued on next page GS25068,000014D -19-30JAN14-1/2
PN=337
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
A—Tab C—Screw
B—Notch
RXA0135324 —UN—31OCT13
RXA0135330 —UN—31OCT13
GS25068,000014D -19-30JAN14-2/2
PN=338
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0135327 —UN—04SEP13
seat.
2. Remove screws (B) and seat cushion.
3. Disconnect switch connector (C) from seat.
4. Depress tabs (D) and remove presence switch from
seat.
5. Replace parts as necessary.
6. Install in reverse order.
RXA0133885 —UN—04SEP13
RXA0135322 —UN—04SEP13
GS25068,0000061 -19-06JAN14-1/1
PN=339
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138076 —UN—08JAN14
(See Diagnostic Technical Manual—Section 245,
Group CCU for switch test procedures.)
RXA0138077 —UN—09JAN14
Filter Restriction
Switch—Torque.............................................................................19 N·m
(168 lb.-in.)
Hydraulic Oil Filter
Restriction Switch Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................30 N·m
(22 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,0000121 -19-23JAN14-1/1
RXA0138075 —UN—08JAN14
1. Disconnect switch harness connector.
2. Drain hydraulic oil from differential.
3. Remove clean oil level switch (A).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Apply PM37398 Pipe Sealant to replacement switch
threads.
IMPORTANT: When installing replacement
switch, ensure flat surface with arrow (B)
is facing front of tractor.
RXA0084360 —UN—29SEP05
GS25068,000016A -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=340
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0135761 —UN—09OCT13
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order.
RXA0135762 —UN—09OCT13
GS25068,0000103 -19-23JAN14-1/1
RXA0138388 —UN—23JAN14
1. Disconnect harness connector.
2. Remove lever key (A), battery cable nuts (B), battery
cables (C), bracket cap screws and nuts (D) and
battery disconnect (E).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification A—Lever Key D—Bracket Cap Screws and
B—Battery Cable Nuts (2 used) Nuts (2 used)
Bracket Cap Screws and
C—Battery Cables (2 used) E—Battery Disconnect
Nuts—Torque.............................................................................15.3 N·m
(135 lb.-in.)
Battery Cable
Nuts—Torque................................................................................20 N·m
(177 lb.-in.)
GS25068,000010B -19-23JAN14-1/1
PN=341
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0138387 —UN—23JAN14
1. Disconnect harness connector (A).
2. Remove screws (B) and external hitch raise-lower
switch (C).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order.
GS25068,000014E -19-30JAN14-1/1
RXA0136253 —UN—24OCT13
Evaporator line has valves allowing replacement
of pressure sensor without discharging system.
Remove and install sensor (B) quickly to
minimize refrigerant loss.
RXA0136254 —UN—24OCT13
1. Remove green roof from cab.
2. Disconnect connector (A) and remove sensor (B).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order.
A—Connector B—Sensor
GS25068,0000063 -19-06JAN14-1/1
PN=342
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
RXA0136303 —UN—24OCT13
1. Remove green roof from cab.
2. Disconnect connectors (A).
3. Remove screws (B) and motor speed control (C).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
GS25068,000014F -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=343
Relays, Fuses, Solenoids, and Switches
PN=344
Group 25
Monitoring System
List of References Replace Steering Column Module
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Primary Transmission Speed Sensor
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 40—25
Replace Secondary Transmission Speed Sensor
Other Material 40—25
Replace PTO Speed Sensor
Specifications 40—25
Replace Radar Sensor
General Information 40—25 Replace Hydro Charge Pressure Sensor
Control Units Identification
Replace Hydro Loop Override 1 Solenoid
Replace Control Units Replace Hydro Loop Override 2 Solenoid
Replace Navigation Bar Replace Left Hydro Pressure Sensor
Replace Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replace Right Hydro Pressure Sensor
Replace Engine Coolant Level Sensor
Replace Steering Charge Pressure Switch
Replace Engine Coolant Loss Sensor Replace Hitch Position Sensor
Replace Engine Crank Speed Sensor
Replace Draft Sensing Sensor
Replace Fuel Level Sensor
Replace CommandCenter™ Processor
Replace Track Position Sensor
LN71218,0000B62 -19-13NOV14-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 40—25
DFRW63 - DFRW64 - DFRW65 - DFRW66 -
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™ DFRW81—Tap-Out Harnesses
online tool catalog.
LN71218,000094A -19-30MAY13-1/1
GS25068,0000152 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=345
Monitoring System
Specifications 40—25
Item Measurement Specification
PN=346
Monitoring System
RXA0134484 —UN—19SEP13
Control Unit Locations Inside Cab
1— A133 4100 CommandCenter™ 2— A903 Corner Post Display 5— A107 Cab Controller 8— C912 Machine Communica-
Processor or A129 4600 3— A120 Roof Controller 6— A012 Armrest Controller tion Radio
CommandCenter™ Processor 4— A220 Automatic Temperature 7— A990 JDLink™ (MTG)
Controller Controller
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B64 -19-13NOV14-1/2
PN=347
Monitoring System
RXA0134491 —UN—20NOV13
Control Unit Locations Outside Cab
1— A5505 Engine Controller 3— A985 Tracks Steering System 4— A985 Tracks Steering System
2— A570 Rear Chassis and A—Box Controller B—Box Controller
Hydraulic Controller
LN71218,0000B64 -19-13NOV14-2/2
PN=348
Monitoring System
3. Disconnect electrical connectors from control unit(s). ECU ................................................................... Section 245
EIC ..................................................................... Section 245
4. Remove control unit(s) mounting screws. FCC.................................................................... Section 245
5. Disassemble control unit being replaced. HCC ................................................................... Section 245
HV1 .................................................................... Section 245
6. Install in reverse order and calibrate control unit.
JDL .................................................................... Section 245
OIC .................................................................... Section 245
PDU ................................................................... Section 245
PTI ..................................................................... Section 245
PTP .................................................................... Section 245
RLC .................................................................... Section 245
RPT .................................................................... Section 245
SCC ................................................................... Section 245
SCO ................................................................... Section 245
SFA .................................................................... Section 245
SV1 .................................................................... Section 245
SV2 .................................................................... Section 245
SV3 .................................................................... Section 245
SV4 .................................................................... Section 245
SV5 .................................................................... Section 245
SV6 .................................................................... Section 245
TEC .................................................................... Section 245
TEI ..................................................................... Section 245
TII ...................................................................... Section 245
TMA ................................................................... Section 245
TMB ................................................................... Section 245
TSA .................................................................... Section 245
TSB .................................................................... Section 245
VLC .................................................................... Section 245
VTI ..................................................................... Section 245
PN=349
Monitoring System
RXA0132241 —UN—29APR13
3. Inspect and replace part as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Navigation Bar
Screws—Torque.........................................................................1.35 N·m
(12 lb.-in.)
RXA0132242 —UN—29APR13
GS25068,00000E5 -19-20JAN14-1/1
RXA0137928 —UN—18DEC13
1. Disconnect harness and remove engine coolant
temperature sensor (A).
2. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
3. Apply teflon sealant tape to threads and install in
reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Sensor—Torque............................................................................10 N·m A—Engine Coolant
(89 lb.-in.) Temperature Sensor
GS25068,0000153 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=350
Monitoring System
RXA0137921 —UN—18DEC13
3. Disconnect sensor harness from sensor.
NOTE: Sensor is removed with quarter turn.
GS25068,0000154 -19-30JAN14-1/1
RXA0137922 —UN—18DEC13
3. Disconnect sensor harness from sensor.
NOTE: Sensor is removed with quarter turn.
GS25068,0000155 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=351
Monitoring System
A—Sensor
RXA0084284 —UN—23SEP05
GS25068,0000156 -19-30JAN14-1/1
RXA0138073 —UN—08JAN14
1. Fold back cab floor mat on left side of cab.
2. Remove four cap screws and floor plate covering fuel
sensor.
3. Disconnect sensor wire (A).
4. Remove mounting screws (B) and sensor (C).
5. Install sensor unit with new gasket.
NOTE: Verify operation of gauge after replacement
A—Sensor Wire C—Sensor Unit
by observing fuel level gauge operation. If B—Mounting Screws (5 used)
gauge is not operating correctly, check CCU
address 013 and address 014 to check
sensor voltage. (See Diagnostic Technical
Manual—Section 245, Group CCU.)
GS25068,0000157 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=352
Monitoring System
RXA0126094 —UN—25APR12
arm requires calibration. (See Diagnostic Technical
Manual—Section 245, Group SFA.)
6. Clean threads of sensor bracket cap screws and apply 9. Connect wiring harness to sensor.
PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Strength) 10. Calibrate track position sensor. (See Diagnostic
to threads. Technical Manual—Section 245, Group SFA.)
7. Install sensor bracket (C). Tighten sensor bracket
retaining cap screws to specification.
Specification
Track Position Sensor
Bracket Retaining Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,0000114 -19-23JAN14-1/1
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
PN=353
Monitoring System
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
A—Tray D—Alignment Pins (2 used)
B—Screws (2 used) E—Clips (2 used)
C—Upper Cowl F— Module
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
Continued on next page GS25068,0000159 -19-30JAN14-2/4
PN=354
Monitoring System
RXA0130296 —UN—10JAN13
C—Cap Screws (2 used) F— Lever Cover
RXA0130297 —UN—10JAN13
GS25068,0000159 -19-30JAN14-3/4
10. Remove cap screws (A), hex screws (B) and top cover
(C).
11. Disconnect harness connectors from ignition switch
(D) and start aid switch.
RXA0130298 —UN—10JAN13
12. Remove wire harness screw, steering module (E)
and guide (F) noting how turn signal wiring harness
is routed.
13. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
14. Assemble and install steering column in reverse order.
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Column Module
A—Cap Screws (4 used) E—Steering Module
Wire Harness-to-Pivot
B—Hex Screws (4 used) F— Guide
Screw—Torque..............................................................................15 N·m C—Cover G—Top Cover
(133 lb.-in.) D—Ignition Switch
Steering Wheel
Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000159 -19-30JAN14-4/4
PN=355
Monitoring System
RXA0138377 —UN—21JAN14
Transmission Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000ECD -19-08JUN15-1/1
RXA0138378 —UN—21JAN14
Secondary Transmission
Speed Sensor—Torque.................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000ECE -19-08JUN15-1/1
PN=356
Monitoring System
RXA0138379 —UN—21JAN14
1. Disconnect harness connector (A).
2. Remove PTO speed sensor (B).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
PTO Speed
Sensor—Torque............................................................................13 N·m
(115 lb.-in.)
A—Harness Connector B—PTO Speed Sensor
GS25068,00000EE -19-21JAN14-1/1
RXA0138376 —UN—21JAN14
2. Remove cap screws (B) and radar (C).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Radar-to-Radar Bracket
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb-ft)
GS25068,00000E9 -19-20JAN14-1/1
PN=357
Monitoring System
RXA0138380 —UN—22JAN14
1. Remove cap screws (A), cap screw (B), and cover
and shield (C).
2. Disconnect harness connector (D) and remove hydro
charge pressure sensor.
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydro Charge Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................19 N·m
(168 lb.-in.)
Mid Frame Bottom Cover
RXA0138381 —UN—22JAN14
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................105 N·m
(77 lb.-ft.)
Shield Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................500 N·m
(369 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000FD -19-22JAN14-1/1
RXA0138382 —UN—22JAN14
1. Disconnect harness connector (A).
2. Remove hydro loop override 1 solenoid (B).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydro Loop Override 1
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................27 N·m
(20 lb.-ft.)
A—Harness Connector B—Hydro Loop Override 1
Solenoid
GS25068,00000F7 -19-22JAN14-1/1
PN=358
Monitoring System
RXA0138383 —UN—22JAN14
1. Disconnect harness connector (A).
2. Remove hydro loop override 2 solenoid (B).
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hydro Loop Override 2
Solenoid—Torque..........................................................................27 N·m
(20 lb.-ft.)
A—Harness Connector B—Hydro Loop Override 2
Solenoid
GS25068,00000F8 -19-22JAN14-1/1
RXA0138380 —UN—22JAN14
A—Cap Screws (8 used) C—Cover and Shield
B—Cap Screw
GS25068,00000F9 -19-22JAN14-1/2
RXA0138384 —UN—22JAN14
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Left Hydro Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................16 N·m
(142 lb.-in.)
Mid Frame Bottom Cover
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................105 N·m A—Harness Connector B—Left Hydro Pressure Sensor
(77 lb.-ft.)
Shield Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................500 N·m
(369 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000F9 -19-22JAN14-2/2
PN=359
Monitoring System
RXA0138380 —UN—22JAN14
A—Cap Screws (8 used) C—Cover and Shield
B—Cap Screw
GS25068,00000FA -19-22JAN14-1/2
RXA0138385 —UN—22JAN14
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Right Hydro Pressure
Sensor—Torque............................................................................16 N·m
(142 lb.-in.)
Mid Frame Bottom Cover
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................105 N·m A—Harness Connector B—Right Hydro Pressure
(77 lb.-ft.) Sensor
Shield Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................500 N·m
(369 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,00000FA -19-22JAN14-2/2
RXA0138380 —UN—22JAN14
A—Cap Screws (8 used) C—Cover and Shield
B—Cap Screw
PN=360
Monitoring System
RXA0138386 —UN—22JAN14
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Charge
Pressure
Switch—Torque.............................................................................19 N·m
(168 lb.-in.)
Mid Frame Bottom Cover
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................105 N·m
(77 lb.-ft.)
Shield Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................500 N·m
(369 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,0000150 -19-30JAN14-2/2
RXA0138079 —UN—10JAN14
NOTE: Removing hitch position sensor or rod will
require hitch recalibration. (See Diagnostic
Technical Manual.)
RXA0138080 —UN—10JAN14
6. Install nuts and screws (D), cap screws (C), and
linkage nut (B). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hitch Position Sensor
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................30 N·m
(22 lb.-ft.)
GS25068,0000098 -19-09JAN14-1/1
PN=361
Monitoring System
RW60404 —UN—21JUN00
2. Disconnect sensor harness.
3. Remove sensor retaining bracket (B) using a
screwdriver and remove draft sensing sensor.
4. Install replacement draft sensing sensor, using sensor
retaining bracket (B).
5. Connect sensor harness.
NOTE: See DFRW63 - DFRW64 - DFRW65 -
DFRW66 - DFRW81—Tap-Out Harnesses
in Section 99, Group 05.
RW60405 —UN—21JUN00
7. Connect voltage meter with red lead to terminal ”B”
and black lead to terminal ”D”. Turn key switch to ON
position. DO NOT start engine.
Specification
Draft Sensing Sensor
Source Voltage—Range.......................................................... 4.8—5.2 V
RW60041A —UN—18NOV99
should show no sudden changes or hesitation.
Specification
Draft Sensing Sensor
Voltage —Plunger Fully
Extended................................................................................0.7 to 0.9 V
Plunger Fully Retracted .........................................................4.1 to 4.3 V
PN=362
Monitoring System
NOTE: After a few seconds, value will change 17. Calibrate hitch. (See Diagnostic Technical
automatically to value of HCC 005/006. This will Manual—Section 245, Group HCC.)
rewrite draft sensor setting to hitch control software.
RXA0133881 —UN—14AUG13
3. Carefully remove right-hand console from under rear
cab post cover and set aside.
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0125138 —UN—14FEB12
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B65 -19-28FEB18-1/3
PN=363
Monitoring System
RXA0133882 —UN—14AUG13
5. Remove screws (B) and CommandCenter™
Processor (C).
6. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
IMPORTANT: If replacing CommandCenter™
Processor, refer to Generation 4
CommandCenter™ Display Technical Manual,
Section 245, to perform update and activation
transfer after installation. 4600 CommandCenter™ Processor Shown
RXA0133881 —UN—14AUG13
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0125138 —UN—14FEB12
LN71218,0000B65 -19-28FEB18-3/3
PN=364
Group 30
CommandARM™
List of References Replace SCV Control Lever Module
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Rear Hitch Control Lever and SCV I Control
Specifications 40—30 Lever Module
Replace Armrest Interface Control Unit (AIC) Replace Secondary Brake Switch
Replace Throttle Control Module Replace Cab Controls Module
Specifications 40—30
Item Measurement Specification
RXA0131337 —UN—22APR13
2. Remove handle adjuster (C).
3. Remove CommandARM™ from seat.
4. Install in reverse order.
GS25068,0000067 -19-06JAN14-1/1
PN=365
CommandARM™
RXA0131340 —UN—29APR13
2. Remove screws (A) and disconnect navigation bar
connector (B).
3. Lower bottom cover (C) of CommandARM™.
IMPORTANT: AIC board is easily damaged by
static electricity. Use grounding strap when
handling circuit boards. Only handle edges
of circuit board. Bending circuit board will
cause damage to chips and circuits.
RXA0131341 —UN—08JUL13
6. Remove AIC (F) from armrest cover.
LN71218,000067A -19-10FEB14-1/2
RXA0132243 —UN—29APR13
Specification
AIC Bracket
Screws—Torque..............................................................................3 N·m
(27 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000067A -19-10FEB14-2/2
PN=366
CommandARM™
RXA0132247 —UN—15MAY13
3. Remove screws (B) and throttle control module (C).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
RXA0132248 —UN—16JUL13
LN71218,000067B -19-10FEB14-1/1
RXA0132249 —UN—16JUL13
assembly, remove throttle control module
at the same time.
Module
LN71218,000067C -19-10FEB14-1/1
PN=367
CommandARM™
RXA0132479 —UN—25SEP13
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
RXA0132480 —UN—19SEP13
LN71218,000067D -19-10FEB14-1/1
RXA0135737 —UN—25SEP13
3. Remove screw (B) and rear hitch control lever and
SCV I control lever module (C).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
LN71218,000067E -19-10FEB14-1/1
PN=368
CommandARM™
RXA0132481 —UN—08JUL13
Controls, perform the following:
• Remove rear hitch control lever and SCV I control
lever module. (See Replace Rear Hitch Control
Lever and SCV I Control Lever Module in this group.)
3. For tractors equipped with Premium Hitch
Controls, perform the following:
• Remove rear hitch control lever and SCV I control
lever module. (See Replace Rear Hitch Control
Lever and SCV I Control Lever Module in this group.)
• Disconnect rear hitch module harness (A).
• Remove screws (B) and rear hitch module (C).
RXA0132482 —UN—08JUL13
• Disconnect harness (D).
NOTE: Push in tabs (F) to remove rear hitch draft
mix control module (G).
RXA0132487 —UN—06AUG13
D—Harness Module
RXA0132488 —UN—06AUG13
LN71218,000067F -19-10FEB14-1/1
PN=369
CommandARM™
RXA0132483 —UN—08JUL13
3. Squeeze tabs (B) and remove rear PTO switch (C).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
RXA0132484 —UN—08JUL13
LN71218,0000680 -19-10FEB14-1/1
RXA0133318 —UN—06AUG13
3. Squeeze tabs (B) and remove secondary brake switch
(C).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
LN71218,0000681 -19-10FEB14-1/1
PN=370
CommandARM™
RXA0132244 —UN—05NOV13
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
LN71218,0000682 -19-10FEB14-1/1
RXA0134908 —UN—19SEP13
3. Remove screw (B) and SCV lock module (C).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
RXA0134909 —UN—19SEP13
LN71218,0000683 -19-10FEB14-1/1
PN=371
CommandARM™
PN=372
Group 35
Implement and Accessory Connectors
List of References Replace Auxiliary Power Strip
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Three-Pin Accessory Outlet
Replace Seven-Terminal Outlet Socket
Replace Three-Pin Accessory Outlet—Storage Box
Replace GreenStar™ Terminal Connector
LN71218,0000955 -19-30MAY13-1/1
RXA0085739 —UN—06JAN06
3. Attach wires to socket and tighten setscrews. Ensure
wires are attached to correct terminals (B).
1
4. Check power to outlet socket terminals. 6 2
7
North American 5 3
Terminal Function Wire Number & Color 4
RXA0085903 —UN—18JAN06
6 Tail Light 118 Brown
7 Accessory 222 Blue
1
EUROPEAN A 6 2
Terminal Function Wire Number & Color 7
5 3
4
1 Left Turn 125 Green
2 Accessory 222 Red
European
3 Ground 010 Black
4 Right Turn 115 Green
A—Socket B—Terminal
5 Left Tail 118 Gray
6 Brakes 196 Blue
7 Right Tail 128 Gray
GS25068,0000160 -19-30JAN14-1/1
PN=373
Implement and Accessory Connectors
RXA0138047 —UN—08JAN14
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
4. Install in reverse order.
RXA0138048 —UN—08JAN14
GS25068,0000077 -19-07JAN14-1/1
RXA0117198 —UN—13MAY11
PN=374
Implement and Accessory Connectors
RXA0117200 —UN—13MAY11
6. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Junction Block
Terminals—Torque..........................................................................3 N·m
(30 lb.-in.)
GS25068,0000074 -19-07JAN14-2/2
RXA0135331 —UN—26SEP13
4. Remove accessory outlet (B) as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
GS25068,0000075 -19-07JAN14-1/1
PN=375
Implement and Accessory Connectors
RXA0117243 —UN—13MAY11
3. Disconnect connector.
4. Remove accessory outlet (B) as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
RXA0135738 —UN—25SEP13
GS25068,0000076 -19-07JAN14-1/1
PN=376
Group 40
Convenience and Accessory
List of References Remove Radio and Speakers
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Refrigerator
Specifications 40—40
Replace Refrigerator Tray
Replace Wiper Motors
Replace Refrigerator Top Cover
Replace Circulation Blower Motor
Replace Refrigerator Door
Replace HVAC Pressurizer Blower Motor Replace Refrigerator Thermostat
Replace Air Flow Mode Motor
Replace Refrigerator Module
Replace Windshield Washer Pumps
LN71218,0000081 -19-07AUG17-1/1
Specifications 40—40
Item Measurement Specification
PN=377
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0133326 —UN—16JUL13
1. Remove roof back to access wiper motor.
2. Disconnect connector (A).
3. Remove mounting cap screws (B) and pull wiper
assembly through opening in headliner.
4. Remove cap screws (C) and motor shield (D).
5. Remove parts (E—H).
6. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
7. Install in reverse order and seal roof.
RXA0133636 —UN—16JUL13
A—Connector E—Nuts (2 used)
B—Mounting Cap Screws (3 F— Wiper Arm
used) G—Screws (3 used)
C—Cap Screws (2 used) H—Wiper Motor
D—Motor Shield
RXA0133637 —UN—16JUL13
Continued on next page GS25068,0000164 -19-30JAN14-1/2
PN=378
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0133633 —UN—16JUL13
• Remove parts (F—H).
• Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
• Install in reverse order and seal roof.
A—Cap Screws (2 used) E—Wiper Arm
B—Motor Cover F— Nut
C—Connector G—Screws (3 used)
D—Mounting Cap Screws (3 H—Wiper Motor
used)
RXA0133634 —UN—16JUL13
RXA0133635 —UN—16JUL13
GS25068,0000164 -19-30JAN14-2/2
1. Remove all screws (A) from top of cab green roof (B).
2. Disconnect antenna cables (C).
3. Remove green roof (B).
PN=379
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0133323 —UN—08JUL13
7. Remove cover (D) with blower motor.
GS25068,0000165 -19-30JAN14-2/3
RXA0133324 —UN—08JUL13
11. Remove motor assembly (D) from cover.
12. Remove pin (E) and circulation blower motor.
13. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
14. Install parts in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Roof Screws—Torque..................................................................8.3 N·m
(73 lb.-in.)
RXA0133325 —UN—02JUL13
GS25068,0000165 -19-30JAN14-3/3
1. Remove all screws (A) from top of cab green roof (B).
2. Disconnect antenna cables (C).
3. Remove green roof (B).
PN=380
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0106402 —UN—16FEB10
A—Harness B—Screws (9 Used)
GS25068,000008D -19-08JAN14-2/3
RXA0106403 —UN—16FEB10
10. Remove blower motor assembly (E).
11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
12. Assemble parts in reverse order. Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Blower Motor
Nuts—Torque...............................................................................4.9 N·m
(43 lb.-in.)
Fan Mount Plate
Screws—Torque..............................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
Air Duct
RXA0106404 —UN—16FEB10
Screws—Torque..............................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
Roof Screws—Torque..................................................................8.3 N·m
(73 lb.-in.)
GS25068,000008D -19-08JAN14-3/3
A—Bezel Assembly
PN=381
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0117288 —UN—13MAY11
8. Remove coat hook (E) and resonator port bezels (F).
9. Remove filter cover (G).
10. Remove headliner-to-inner roof screws (H) and
headliner (I).
LN71218,0000674 -19-06FEB14-2/5
RXA0139149 —UN—06FEB14
14. Install air flow mode motor (C) and air flow mode
motor screws (B).
15. Connect harness connector (A).
PN=382
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0117288 —UN—13MAY11
NOTE: Bezel assembly is held in place with clips. Push
straight in on assembly when installing.
LN71218,0000674 -19-06FEB14-4/5
RXA0133638 —UN—23JUL13
25. Calibrate air flow mode motor. (See Diagnostic
Technical Manual—Section 245, Group ATC.)
A—Bezel Assembly
LN71218,0000674 -19-06FEB14-5/5
PN=383
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0138203 —UN—10JAN14
1. Remove cap screws (A) and washer reservoir.
NOTE: Three pump option is shown. Procedure
is similar for all options.
RXA0138204 —UN—10JAN14
5. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Washer Reservoir Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
GS25068,000009F -19-05FEB14-1/1
RXA0133638 —UN—23JUL13
2. Disconnect connectors to courtesy light, remote mirror
switch, and rear wiper switch if equipped.
3. Remove bezel.
4. Disconnect radio connectors (B).
5. Remove nut (C).
6. Disconnect antenna (D).
A—Assembly C—Nut
B—Connectors D—Antenna
RXA0117267 —UN—13MAY11
PN=384
Convenience and Accessory
7. Install radio removal tools (A) into radio and pull out
radio.
RXA0105460 —UN—19NOV09
IMPORTANT: John Deere Factory Radios are attached
to a Vehicle Data Base (CAN) on Radio Pins
A1-A3. If radio is being removed and replaced
with an Aftermarket product, care should be
taken to NOT connect these terminals to avoid
potential vehicle malfunction.
GS25068,0000161 -19-27OCT17-2/4
RXA0117288 —UN—13MAY11
13. Remove coat hook (E) and resonator port bezels (F).
14. Remove filter cover (G).
15. Remove headliner-to-inner roof screws (H) and
headliner (I).
PN=385
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0103020 —UN—27MAY09
A—Speakers (4 used) B—Screws (16 used)
GS25068,0000161 -19-27OCT17-4/4
Replace Refrigerator
NOTE: Refrigerator is located on left hand side of seat.
RXA0133327 —UN—16JUL13
2. Open door (B) and remove cap screw (C).
3. Remove refrigerator.
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Install in reverse order.
RXA0133328 —UN—23JUL13
GS25068,000008F -19-08JAN14-1/1
PN=386
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0133639 —UN—23JUL13
2. Inspect and replace part as necessary.
3. Install in reverse order.
A—Door B—Tray
GS25068,0000090 -19-08JAN14-1/1
RXA0158990 —UN—12MAY17
CAUTION: Thermostat is still connected to
cover. Use caution when removing.
RXA0158995 —UN—12MAY17
PN=387
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0133640 —UN—23JUL13
7. Install in reverse order.
8. Install refrigerator. (See Replace Refrigerator in this
group.)
A—Knob B—Nut
RXA0133641 —UN—23JUL13
LN71218,000007D -19-07AUG17-2/2
RXA0158988 —UN—12MAY17
3. Install in reverse order.
A—Latch
LN71218,000007E -19-07AUG17-1/1
PN=388
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0158990 —UN—12MAY17
CAUTION: Thermostat is still connected to
cover. Use caution when removing.
RXA0158995 —UN—12MAY17
RXA0158996 —UN—12MAY17
PN=389
Convenience and Accessory
A—Knob B—Nut
RXA0133640 —UN—23JUL13
RXA0133641 —UN—23JUL13
LN71218,000007F -19-07AUG17-2/6
A—Tape B—Thermostat
RXA0158992 —UN—12MAY17
Continued on next page LN71218,000007F -19-07AUG17-3/6
PN=390
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0158994 —UN—12MAY17
A—Tape C—Tube Channel
B—Thermostat
RXA0158993 —UN—12MAY17
LN71218,000007F -19-07AUG17-4/6
10. Align thermostat into top cover and secure with nut (B).
11. Install knob (A).
A—Knob B—Nut
RXA0133640 —UN—23JUL13
RXA0133641 —UN—23JUL13
PN=391
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0158996 —UN—12MAY17
15. Install refrigerator. (See Replace Refrigerator in this
group.)
RXA0158995 —UN—12MAY17
RXA0158990 —UN—12MAY17
LN71218,000007F -19-07AUG17-6/6
PN=392
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0158990 —UN—12MAY17
CAUTION: Thermostat is still connected to
cover. Use caution when removing.
RXA0158995 —UN—12MAY17
RXA0158996 —UN—12MAY17
PN=393
Convenience and Accessory
A—Screws (4 used)
RXA0158997 —UN—12MAY17
LN71218,0000080 -19-17AUG17-2/7
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0158989 —UN—12MAY17
LN71218,0000080 -19-17AUG17-3/7
RXA0158998 —UN—12MAY17
C—Thin Blue to “T”
PN=394
Convenience and Accessory
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0158989 —UN—12MAY17
LN71218,0000080 -19-17AUG17-5/7
RXA0158997 —UN—12MAY17
A—Screws (4 used)
RXA0158991 —UN—12MAY17
Continued on next page LN71218,0000080 -19-17AUG17-6/7
PN=395
Convenience and Accessory
RXA0158996 —UN—12MAY17
15. Install refrigerator. (See Replace Refrigerator in this
group.)
RXA0158995 —UN—12MAY17
RXA0158990 —UN—12MAY17
LN71218,0000080 -19-17AUG17-7/7
PN=396
Section 50A
Infinitely Variable Transmission (IVT™)
Contents
Page
Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
List of References........................................50A-00-1 Test Multi-Function
Essential, Recommended, and Valves—IVT™ .......................................50A-10-33
Fabricated Tools 50A—00 .......................50A-00-1 Hydrostatic Module Loop Flush
Other Material 50A—00...............................50A-00-1 Valve—IVT™ .........................................50A-10-33
Specifications 50A—00 ...............................50A-00-2 Repair Hydrostatic Module
Remove Transmission—IVT™ ....................50A-00-2 Assembly—IVT™ ..................................50A-10-34
Install Transmission—IVT™ ......................50A-00-16 Exploded View—Reverse
Remove and Install Scavenge Brake—IVT™ ........................................50A-10-38
Pump—IVT™ ........................................50A-00-28 Repair Reverse Brake
Housing—IVT™.....................................50A-10-39
Group 05—In Tractor Repair Cross Sectional View—High-Low
List of References........................................50A-05-1 Clutch Assembly—IVT™ .......................50A-10-41
Essential, Recommended, and Repair High-Low Clutch
Fabricated Tools 50A—05 .......................50A-05-1 Assembly—IVT™ ..................................50A-10-42
Other Material 50A—05...............................50A-05-1 Cross Sectional View—Planetary
Specifications 50A—05 ...............................50A-05-1 Input Assembly—IVT™ .........................50A-10-49
Replace Input Shaft Front Repair Planetary Input—IVT™ ..................50A-10-50
Seal—IVT™.............................................50A-05-2 Exploded View—Planetary
Replace Auxiliary Drive Shaft Assembly—IVT™ ..................................50A-10-52
Seal—IVT™.............................................50A-05-4 Repair Planetary Assem-
Synchronizer/Shift Assembly bly—IVT™ .............................................50A-10-53
Repair—In Chassis—IVT™.....................50A-05-5 Cross Sectional View—Park
Service Hydrostatic Jumper Brake—IVT™ ........................................50A-10-61
Tubes—IVT™ ........................................50A-05-12 Repair Park Brake—IVT™ ........................50A-10-62
Repair Bearing Carrier
Group 10—Transmission Repair Assembly—IVT™ ..................................50A-10-64
List of References........................................50A-10-1 Repair Scavenge Pump—IVT™................50A-10-65
Essential, Recommended, and
Fabricated Tools 50A—10 .......................50A-10-1 Group 15—Assemble Transmission
Other Material 50A—10...............................50A-10-2 List of References........................................50A-15-1
Specifications 50A—10 ...............................50A-10-3 Essential, Recommended, and
General Repair Procedures........................ 50A-10-5 Dealer Fabricated Tools
Hydrostatic Module 50A—15...................................................50A-15-1
Replacement .......................................... 50A-10-7 Other Material 50A—15...............................50A-15-1
Install Transmission Onto Repair Specifications 50A—15 ...............................50A-15-2
Stand—IVT™ ..........................................50A-10-8 Install Bearing Cups—IVT™........................50A-15-3
Disassemble Transmis- Install CU Idler—IVT™ ................................50A-15-4
sion—IVT™ .............................................50A-10-8 Install Planetary Input
Exploded View—Valve Gears—IVT™ ..........................................50A-15-4
Manifold—IVT™ ....................................50A-10-22 Install Synchronizer—IVT™ ........................50A-15-7
Repair Valve Manifold—IVT™...................50A-10-23 Install PTO Drive Gear—IVT™....................50A-15-8
Repair Synchronizer—IVT™ .....................50A-10-24 Install Front Cover—IVT™ ..........................50A-15-9
Cross Sectional View—C1-C2 Shift Install Bearing Cover—IVT™ ....................50A-15-13
Assembly—IVT™ ..................................50A-10-27 Install Planetary Ring Gear and RU
Repair C1-C2 Shift Idler—IVT™...........................................50A-15-14
Assembly—IVT™ ..................................50A-10-28 Install Hydrostatic Assem-
Repair Accumulator—IVT™ ......................50A-10-31 bly—IVT™ .............................................50A-15-16
Exploded View—Hydrostatic Install Planetary Assem-
Module Assembly—IVT™ .....................50A-10-32 bly—IVT™ .............................................50A-15-18
Multi-Function Valves—IVT™....................50A-10-32
PN=1
Contents
Page
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
List of References Remove Transmission—IVT™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Install Transmission—IVT™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50A—00
Remove and Install Scavenge Pump—IVT™
Other Material 50A—00
Specifications 50A—00
TO84419,00000D6 -19-24MAR14-1/1
Below are tools listed in this group. JDG1935 Auxiliary Drive Support
D01044AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set JT07122 Splitting Stand
LN71218,0000964 -19-31MAY13-1/1
LN71218,000096B -19-31MAY13-1/1
PN=399
Component Removal and Installation
Specifications 50A—00
Item Measurement Specification
Remove Transmission—IVT™
1. Position hood forward. (See Position Hood Forward in
Section 80A, Group 05.)
2. Discharge air conditioning system. (See Discharge Air
RXA0098399 —UN—09JUL09
Conditioning System in Section 90, Group 05.)
3. Relieve system air pressure by depressing vent valve
(A).
4. Adjust left-hand track frame tread spacing out to
allow transmission removal. (See Adjust Track Tread
Settings in Section 80B, Group 05.)
5. Drain transmission oil. (See Drain Hydraulic System
in Section 70, Group 10.) A—Vent Valve
6. Remove platform step assembly. (See Remove and
Install Platform Step Assembly in Section 80A, Group
10.)
Continued on next page TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-1/28
PN=400
Component Removal and Installation
A—Weights
RXA0138452 —UN—06MAR14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-2/28
RXA0138453 —UN—06MAR14
Continued on next page TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-3/28
PN=401
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135773 —UN—09OCT13
RXA0135774 —UN—09OCT13
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-4/28
RXA0135495 —UN—18SEP13
Continued on next page TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-5/28
PN=402
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135497 —UN—18SEP13
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-6/28
RXA0135496 —UN—18SEP13
A—Battery Power Cable C—Bracket
B—Cap Screws (2 used)
PN=403
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138941 —UN—05FEB14
A—Cap Screws (3 used) C—Oil Lines (4 used)
B—Bottom Cover
RXA0138942 —UN—05FEB14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-8/28
RXA0138932 —UN—04FEB14
A—Cap Screws (5 used) C—Exhaust Pipe
B—Shield
PN=404
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117619 —UN—26MAY11
A—Cab Riser Panel C—Cap Screw and Line Clamp
B—Cap Screws (2 used) D—Air Conditioning Lines (2
used)
RXA0117620 —UN—27MAY11
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-10/28
RXA0138943 —UN—05FEB14
A—Auxiliary Drive Belt C—Mounting Cap Screws (2
B—Alternator Wiring used)
D—Alternator
PN=405
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135775 —UN—12MAR14
29. Cap and plug lines and ports to prevent contamination.
30. Remove cap screws (D) and fan drive control valve.
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-12/28
RXA0139287 —UN—12MAR14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-13/28
RXA0139290 —UN—12MAR14
35. Cap and plug lines to prevent contamination.
PN=406
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139280 —UN—13FEB14
A—Cap Screws (2 used) C—Oil Cooler Hoses (2 used)
B—Fuel Supply Line
RXA0139278 —UN—13FEB14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-15/28
RXA0139279 —UN—13FEB14
A—Harness Connector C—Filter Housing Bracket Cap
B—Cap Screw, Clamp, and Screw
Ground Wire
PN=407
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135776 —UN—09OCT13
Screw Screws (4 used)
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-17/28
RXA0120036 —UN—01SEP11
A—Shield C—Clamps (2 used)
B—Harness Connectors (4
used)
PN=408
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139275 —UN—13FEB14
48. Note harness routing and remove harness (C) from
clamps (D).
49. Move harness from mid frame to avoid damage to
harness.
RXA0139276 —UN—13FEB14
Transmission Connectors
RXA0139277 —UN—13FEB14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-19/28
PN=409
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0084628 —UN—01NOV05
when splitting the tractor.
RXA0084410 —UN—01NOV05
Continued on next page TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-22/28
PN=410
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138969 —UN—05FEB14
Supports
RXA0138970 —UN—05FEB14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-23/28
RXA0139291 —UN—14FEB14
60. Position air cleaner support bracket (D) under air
cleaner and attach to support.
NOTE: Use a prybar to assist lifting of auxiliary
drive housing off dowel pins.
61. Turn lifting screw (E) to lift auxiliary drive and air
cleaner off transmission dowel pins.
62. Tighten cross-member cap screws.
A—JDG1935 Auxiliary Drive D—Air Cleaner Support
63. Lower rear wheel of splitting stand so rear of engine is Support Tool Bracket
correctly supported. B—Upright Support E—Lifting Screw
C—Cap Screws (2 used) F— Cap Screws (10 used)
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. DO NOT remove
transmission-to-mid-frame cap screws. Doing
so will collapse splitting stand. Remove ONLY 65. Carefully roll front of tractor forward approximately
front frame-to-transmission cap screws. 380—455 mm (15—18 in.).
PN=411
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0104303 —UN—27AUG09
(C) and attach with cap screw (B).
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-25/28
RXA0136047 —UN—24OCT13
A—Cap Screw C—Track Line
B—MFWD and ILS™ Line
PN=412
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138971 —UN—05FEB14
and spacers from JDG1760 Spacer Kit (D) on front
cap screws.
RXA0138972 —UN—05FEB14
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-27/28
73. Turn tie rod (A) rearward into mid-frame and out of
RXA0138973 —UN—05FEB14
transmission.
74. Remove remaining transmission-to-mid-frame cap
screws (B).
75. Move transmission forward and slide off drive shafts
and mid-frame.
76. Lower transmission, rotate 90°, and remove from
left-hand side.
TO84419,00000D8 -19-24MAR14-28/28
PN=413
Component Removal and Installation
Install Transmission—IVT™
1. Install DFRW231—Guide Pins (A) in mid-frame.
2. Replace O-rings (B) in drive shafts.
RXA0139286 —UN—13FEB14
3. Raise transmission, rotate 90°, and install from
left-hand side.
4. Move transmission rearward and slide on drive shafts
and mid-frame.
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-1/25
RXA0138974 —UN—05FEB14
transmission to mid-frame. Install and tighten
transmission-to-mid-frame cap screws (B) to
specification.
Specification
Transmission-to-
Mid-Frame Cap
1
Screws —Torque........................................................................490 N·m
(361 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138973 —UN—05FEB14
Mid-Frame-to-
Transmission Tie
Bolt—Torque................................................................................200 N·m
(148 lb.-ft.)
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
Continued on next page LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-2/25
PN=414
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138972 —UN—05FEB14
Specification
Transmission-to-
Mid-Frame Cap
1
Screws —Torque........................................................................490 N·m
(361 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138971 —UN—05FEB14
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-3/25
RXA0139291 —UN—14FEB14
11. Turn lifting screw (E) to lower auxiliary drive and air
cleaner to transmission dowel pins.
12. Remove bracket (D) from under air cleaner.
13. Remove cap screws (C), JDG1935 Auxiliary Drive
Support (A) from auxiliary drive, and right-hand upright
support (B).
PN=415
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138970 —UN—05FEB14
RXA0138969 —UN—05FEB14
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-5/25
RXA0084410 —UN—01NOV05
A—Front Support C—Locating Blocks (2 used)
B—Front Frame Member
PN=416
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0078566 —UN—15MAR05
Wrench Adapter in Section 10, Group 05B.)
PN=417
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139275 —UN—13FEB14
A—Solenoids (12 used) C—Harness
B—Sensors (3 used) D—Clamps (6 used)
Transmission Connectors
RXA0139276 —UN—13FEB14
Transmission Connectors
RXA0139277 —UN—13FEB14
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-8/25
PN=418
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135776 —UN—09OCT13
(94 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-10/25
RXA0139279 —UN—13FEB14
(92 lb.-ft.)
PN=419
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139278 —UN—13FEB14
RXA0139280 —UN—13FEB14
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-12/25
RXA0139290 —UN—12MAR14
A—Fuel Return Hose C—Vent Line
B—Fan Drive Supply Line
PN=420
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139287 —UN—12MAR14
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-14/25
33. Install fan drive control valve (A) using fan drive control
valve cap screws (D). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Fan Drive Control Valve
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................37 N·m
RXA0135775 —UN—12MAR14
(27 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-15/25
RXA0138943 —UN—05FEB14
A—Auxiliary Drive Belt C—Mounting Cap Screws (2
B—Alternator Wiring used)
D—Alternator
PN=421
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117620 —UN—27MAY11
A—Cab Riser Panel C—Cap Screw and Clamp
B—Cap Screws (2 used) D—Air Conditioning Lines (2
used)
RXA0117619 —UN—26MAY11
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-17/25
RXA0138932 —UN—04FEB14
A—Cap Screws (5 used) C—Exhaust Pipe
B—Shield
PN=422
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138942 —UN—05FEB14
Access Plate Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb·ft)
RXA0138941 —UN—05FEB14
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-19/25
RXA0120026 —UN—01SEP11
Continued on next page LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-20/25
PN=423
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135497 —UN—18SEP13
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-21/25
RXA0135495 —UN—18SEP13
Continued on next page LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-22/25
PN=424
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135773 —UN—09OCT13
RXA0135774 —UN—09OCT13
LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-23/25
RXA0138453 —UN—06MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000031C -19-09MAR18-24/25
PN=425
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138452 —UN—06MAR14
54. Fill coolant system. (See Draining, Flushing, and
Refilling Cooling System in Section 30, Group 20.)
IMPORTANT: If a failure occurred causing
contamination of transmission and hydraulic
system, cleanup procedures must be
performed. Clean and flush differential
housing and clean oil reservoir.
RXA0098869 —UN—14AUG08
3. Remove snap ring (C).
4. Remove cap screws (D) and scavenge pump cover.
RXA0098870 —UN—14AUG08
PN=426
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0098872 —UN—14AUG08
TO84419,00000D3 -19-11FEB15-2/6
RW35222 —UN—03MAR94
driver disk and a 12 mm (1/2 in.) pilot disk.
9. Install new bearings using a 22 mm (7/8 in.) driver
disk and a 12 mm (1/2 in.) pilot disk.
10. Install bearings flush with outer surface of pump gear.
A—Bearings
TO84419,00000D3 -19-11FEB15-3/6
RXA0098871 —UN—14AUG08
PN=427
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0098873 —UN—14AUG08
(See General Repair Procedures 50A—10 in Group
10.)
17. Install sealing rings (B) onto shaft starting with inner
sealing ring groove.
18. Check installed sealing rings to ensure there are no
gaps and sealing ring joints are staggered.
19. Replace small O-rings (C).
RW35217 —UN—03MAR94
Continued on next page TO84419,00000D3 -19-11FEB15-5/6
PN=428
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0098874 —UN—14AUG08
21. Install housing on transmission.
22. Install and tighten scavenge pump-to-manifold cap
screws (C) to specification.
Specification
Scavenge Pump-
To-Manifold Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................126 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0140041 —UN—12MAR14
in this group.)
IMPORTANT: If a failure occurred causing
contamination of transmission and hydraulic
system, cleanup procedures must be
performed. Clean and flush differential
housing and clean oil reservoir.
TO84419,00000D3 -19-11FEB15-6/6
PN=429
Component Removal and Installation
PN=430
Group 05
In Tractor Repair
List of References Replace Input Shaft Front Seal—IVT™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Auxiliary Drive Shaft Seal—IVT™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50A—05
Synchronizer/Shift Assembly Repair—In Chassis—IVT™
Other Material 50A—05
Service Hydrostatic Jumper Tubes—IVT™
Specifications 50A—05
LN71218,00000E0 -19-14OCT13-1/1
LN71218,00000E2 -19-14OCT13-1/1
Specifications 50A—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=431
In Tractor Repair
RXA0125882 —UN—11APR12
A—Cap Screws (6 used) C—Input Hub
B—Flywheel
LN71218,00000E4 -19-14OCT13-1/4
A—Seal
RXA0125883 —UN—11APR12
Continued on next page LN71218,00000E4 -19-14OCT13-2/4
PN=432
In Tractor Repair
A—Seal C—Block
RXA0125884 —UN—11APR12
B—JDG1861 Seal Installer
LN71218,00000E4 -19-14OCT13-3/4
RXA0125882 —UN—11APR12
Turn..................................................................................... 90 N·m + 90°
(67 lb.-ft.+ 90°)
LN71218,00000E4 -19-14OCT13-4/4
PN=433
In Tractor Repair
RXA0137130 —UN—20NOV13
RXA0137440 —UN—27NOV13
LN71218,00000E5 -19-27NOV13-1/3
4. Use cap screw (A) and small puller (B) to remove hub
from shaft.
5. Remove seal.
RXA0106717 —UN—01MAR10
PN=434
In Tractor Repair
RXA0106684 —UN—25FEB10
Drive Pulley Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00000E5 -19-27NOV13-3/3
RXA0126030 —UN—19APR12
00.)
2. Remove air cleaner assembly (A).
3. Remove input hub (B).
4. Remove cover cap screws (D) and cover (C).
5. Remove bracket caps screws (E) and output assembly
(F).
PN=435
In Tractor Repair
RXA0126037 —UN—19APR12
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-2/21
RXA0126031 —UN—19APR12
force housings apart.
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-3/21
PN=436
In Tractor Repair
RXA0126033 —UN—19APR12
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-5/21
RXA0157317 —UN—22MAR17
A—Retaining Ring C—PTO Lower Idler Gear
B—Gear
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-6/21
RXA0125875 —UN—10APR12
A—Synchronizer Teeth B—Inside Diameter
PN=437
In Tractor Repair
RXA0126035 —UN—19APR12
A—Shaft Surface
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-8/21
RXA0157318 —UN—22MAR17
A—Shaft Surface C—Gear
B—PTO Lower Idler Gear D—Retaining Ring
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-9/21
RXA0126033 —UN—19APR12
PN=438
In Tractor Repair
RXA0126032 —UN—19APR12
28. Install bearing cone (E).
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-11/21
RXA0125876 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-12/21
A—O-ring C—Groove
B—Seal
RXA0125766 —UN—04APR12
A
RXA0082379 —UN—15JUL05
PN=439
In Tractor Repair
RXA0157181 —UN—02FEB17
High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket.
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-14/21
32. Install front cover (A). Tighten front cover cap screws
(B and C) to specification.
Specification
Front Cover Cap Screws
(M12)—Torque............................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
Front Cover Cap Screws
(M20)—Torque............................................................................430 N·m
(318 lb.-ft.)
RXA0126039 —UN—19APR12
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-15/21
CU Idler Shaft
Nut—Torque................................................................................200 N·m
(148 lb.-ft.)
PN=440
In Tractor Repair
A—Nut
RXA0125794 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-17/21
RXA0125878 —UN—10APR12
A—Input Shaft Seal B—JDG851 Seal Installer
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-18/21
A—O-ring B—Seal
RXA0126038 —UN—19APR12
PN=441
In Tractor Repair
A—Seal
RXA0126036 —UN—19APR12
LN71218,00000E6 -19-27FEB18-20/21
RXA0126030 —UN—19APR12
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0125865 —UN—10APR12
PN=442
In Tractor Repair
A—Screens (2 used)
RXA0125866 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000E7 -19-14OCT13-2/6
RXA0125867 —UN—10APR12
NOTE: Remover (A) is a part of JDG10008
Jumper Tube Service Kit
A—Remover
PN=443
In Tractor Repair
RXA0125907 —UN—10APR12
RXA0125908 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000E7 -19-14OCT13-4/6
RXA0125868 —UN—10APR12
A—Jumper Tube Installer
PN=444
In Tractor Repair
RXA0125865 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000E7 -19-14OCT13-6/6
PN=445
In Tractor Repair
PN=446
Group 10
Transmission Repair
List of References
Test Multi-Function Valves—IVT™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Hydrostatic Module Loop Flush Valve—IVT™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50A—10
Repair Hydrostatic Module Assembly—IVT™
Other Material 50A—10
Exploded View—Reverse Brake—IVT™
Specifications 50A—10
Repair Reverse Brake Housing—IVT™
General Repair Procedures 50A—10
Cross Sectional View—High-Low Clutch Assembly—IVT™
Hydrostatic Module Replacement—IVT™
Repair High-Low Clutch Assembly—IVT™
Install Transmission Onto Repair Stand—IVT™
Cross Sectional View—Planetary Input Assembly—IVT™
Disassemble Transmission—IVT™
Repair Planetary Input—IVT™
Exploded View—Valve Manifold—IVT™
Exploded View—Planetary Assembly—IVT™
Repair Valve Manifold—IVT™
Repair Planetary Assembly—IVT™
Repair Synchronizer—IVT™
Cross Sectional View—Park Brake—IVT™
Cross Sectional View—C1-C2 Shift Assembly—IVT™
Repair Park Brake—IVT™
Repair C1-C2 Shift Assembly—IVT™
Repair Bearing Carrier Assembly—IVT™
Repair Accumulator—IVT™
Repair Scavenge Pump—IVT™
Exploded View—Hydrostatic Module Assembly—IVT™
Multi-Function Valves—IVT™
LN71218,00000E9 -19-17APR14-1/1
PN=447
Transmission Repair
PM37418 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used to retain threaded fasteners.
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength)
242 Loctite™ (U.S.)
PM38654 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer Used to retain cap screws and
PM38624 (Canadian) (High Strength) seal surfaces.
271 Loctite™ (U.S.)
LN71218,00000EB -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=448
Transmission Repair
Specifications 50A—10
Item Measurement Specification
20 bar (290 psi) Control Valve
Outer Spring Free Length 115 mm
(4.5 in.)
Test Length 81.5 mm at 312.2—377.8 N
(3.21 in. at 70.18—84.93 lb.)
Inner Spring Free Length 110 mm
(4.3 in.)
Test Length 81.5 mm at 145.4—164.5 N
(3.21 in. at 32.70—36.98 lb.)
30 bar (435 psi) Control Valve
Inner Spring Free Length 142 mm
(5.6 in.)
Test Length 70 mm at 151.4—163.3 N
(2.76 in. at 30.00—36.70 lb.)
Outer Spring Free Length 129 mm
(5.1 in.)
Test Length 70 mm at 75.1—82.2 N
(2.76 in. at 16.89—18.47 lb.)
Lube Relief Valve Spring
Free Length 51 mm
(2.0 in.)
Test Length 23 mm at 56.9—66.1 N
(0.91 in. at 12.79—14.86 lb.)
Cooler Relief Valve Spring
Free Length 74.3 mm
(2.9 in.)
Test Length 63 mm at 234.0—286.0 N
(2.48 in. at 52.60—64.30 lb.)
Element Valve Springs (4 used)
Free Length 51 mm
(2.0 in.)
Test Length 39 mm at 36—44 N
(1.54 in. at 8.09—9.89 lb.)
Manifold Plugs
Torque 69 N·m
(51 lb.-ft.)
Shift Fork Screws Torque 35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
Shift Piston Retaining Nut Torque 90 N·m
(66 lb.-ft.)
Shift Accumulator Springs
Inner Spring Free Length (Approximate) 302 mm
(11.9 in.)
Test Length 235 mm at 579—717 N
Continued on next page LN71218,00002A2 -19-12FEB18-1/2
PN=449
Transmission Repair
PN=450
Transmission Repair
PN=451
Transmission Repair
RXA0054013 —UN—08JUN01
LN71218,00000ED -19-14OCT13-2/3
RXA0078234 —UN—20DEC04
LN71218,00000ED -19-14OCT13-3/3
PN=452
Transmission Repair
RXA0055976 —UN—07AUG01
replace hydrostatic module. Use following guidelines to
determine if hydrostatic module requires replacement.
If possible, check following conditions before tractor,
transmission, or drive train is disassembled:
RXA0063821 —UN—11NOV02
transmission filter bypass condition. (See Operation
and Test Manual.)
• 20 percent or more contamination of either hydrostatic
servo screen or hydrostatic charge screen (A).
• Contamination of hydrostatic control solenoid screen (B).
If any above conditions exist, be sure to check for
following conditions:
Hydrostatic Control Solenoid Screen
After tractor and transmission is disassembled,
use these conditions in determining hydrostatic
module replacement:
Replace hydrostatic module if any of the following
conditions exist:
RXA0055980 —UN—07AUG01
• Contamination embedded in hydrostatic gear train
bearings.
• Either hydrostatic rotating groups cannot be turned.
• Scoring visible from the back side of rotating group
cylinder bores (C).
LN71218,00000EE -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=453
Transmission Repair
RXA0138003 —UN—18DEC13
Plate in Section 99, Group 05.)
LN71218,00000EF -19-18DEC13-1/1
Disassemble Transmission—IVT™
1. Remove cap screw (A), washer (B), and auxiliary drive
pulley (C).
RXA0107087 —UN—16APR10
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-1/34
PN=454
Transmission Repair
RXA0125779 —UN—05APR12
A—Dust Seal C—Bearing Cover
B—Cap Screws (6 used) D—Seal Plate
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-3/34
RXA0125780 —UN—05APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-4/34
RXA0125781 —UN—05APR12
PN=455
Transmission Repair
RXA0125782 —UN—05APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-6/34
RXA0125783 —UN—05APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-7/34
RXA0125784 —UN—05APR12
PN=456
Transmission Repair
RXA0125785 —UN—05APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-9/34
RXA0138002 —UN—18DEC13
18. Remove cap screws (E).
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-10/34
RXA0125828 —UN—09APR12
A—JT07205 Rear Cover Lifting
Tool
PN=457
Transmission Repair
RXA0139724 —UN—04MAR14
21. Install a M12 x 140 mm cap screw into jack screw hole
(B) to aid in rear housing removal.
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-12/34
RXA0135462 —UN—12SEP13
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-13/34
24. Attach M12 Lifting Eye (A) to output shaft (B) and use
RXA0135461 —UN—12SEP13
PN=458
Transmission Repair
RXA0151780 —UN—22APR16
RXA0151781 —UN—21APR16
A—Flats
NOTE: If only TWO flats on threaded section of shaft, 26. Take note of number of flats (A) on threaded section
use Early Version procedure. of shaft.
If THREE flats on threaded section of shaft,
use Late Version procedure.
Late Version parts will replace Early Version shaft,
gear, and bearing if they are unavailable.
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-15/34
RXA0125812 —UN—09APR12
enough to remove retaining ring.
RXA0151773 —UN—15APR16
PN=459
Transmission Repair
RXA0151929 —UN—27APR16
enough to remove bottom retaining ring.
RXA0151776 —UN—15APR16
RXA0151779 —UN—19APR16
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-17/34
29. Remove cap screws (A) and reverse brake housing (B).
PN=460
Transmission Repair
RXA0125830 —UN—09APR12
A—JDG1763 Lifting Eye B—Shaft
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-19/34
RXA0126014 —UN—17APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-20/34
PN=461
Transmission Repair
A—Hydrostatic Yokes
RXA0125988 —UN—16APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-22/34
35. Use JDG19 Lifting Eyes (A), M12 x 80 cap screws (B),
RXA0125986 —UN—16APR12
and overhead hoist to remove hydrostatic module.
RXA0125987 —UN—16APR12
Continued on next page LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-23/34
PN=462
Transmission Repair
36. Remove thrust washer (A) from first sun drive gear,
retaining ring (B), and ring gear (C).
37. Remove orifices (D).
RXA0125993 —UN—16APR12
A—Thrust Washer C—Ring Gear
B—Retaining Ring D—Orifices (2 used)
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-24/34
38. Remove nut (A), bearing cones (B), and gear (C).
A—Nut C—Gear
B—Bearing Cones (2 used)
RXA0125997 —UN—16APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-25/34
RXA0125998 —UN—16APR12
PN=463
Transmission Repair
RXA0126053 —UN—23APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-27/34
41. Remove nut (A), bearing cone (B), and bearing cup (C).
RXA0125999 —UN—16APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-28/34
RXA0126000 —UN—16APR12
A—Cap Screws (15 used) C—JDG909 Lifting Eyes (4
B—M12 x 110 Cap Screws (2 used)
used)
PN=464
Transmission Repair
RXA0126001 —UN—16APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-30/34
46. Remove bearing cone (A), shims (B), sleeve (C), and
gear (D).
RXA0126002 —UN—16APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-31/34
RXA0126003 —UN—16APR12
A—Retaining Ring C—Shift Fork
B—Synchronizer
PN=465
Transmission Repair
RXA0126004 —UN—16APR12
housing.
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-33/34
RXA0126005 —UN—16APR12
LN71218,00000F0 -19-09JAN17-34/34
PN=466
Transmission Repair
PN=467
Transmission Repair
SYS2
REV
ENABLE
D C
MFWD
G H
LR
I
PARK
K
20 BAR PUMP
30 BAR 30 BAR
PUMP
20 BAR
L M N
O
RXA0080502 —UN—17MAY05
PN=468
Transmission Repair
A—Low-Clutch Valve F— Clutch Enable Valve K—Park Sump Valve O—30 bar Control Valve
B—High-Clutch Valve G—C2 Valve L— 20 bar Control Valve P—Hydrostatic Control Valve
C—Lube Relief Valve H—MFWD Valve M—C—U Hydrostatic Control
D—Cooler Relief Valve I— Park Brake Supply Valve Valve
E—Reverse Valve J— Park Brake Check Valve N—R—U Hydrostatic Control
Valve
LN71218,00000F1 -19-14OCT13-2/2
PN=469
Transmission Repair
Repair Synchronizer—IVT™
RXA0133781 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00000F3 -19-08SEP14-1/9
RXA0125891 —UN—10APR12
A—Springs (2 used) C—Synchronizer Cone
B—O-ring Picks (2 used) D—Ring
PN=470
Transmission Repair
RXA0144917 —UN—08SEP14
5. Install pins (D) and springs (E).
LN71218,00000F3 -19-08SEP14-3/9
RXA0125893 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000F3 -19-08SEP14-4/9
RXA0125894 —UN—10APR12
A—90 mm Synchronizer Ring C—Collar
B—90 mm Synchronizer Ring
PN=471
Transmission Repair
RXA0125895 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000F3 -19-08SEP14-6/9
RXA0125896 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000F3 -19-08SEP14-7/9
RXA0125897 —UN—10APR12
PN=472
Transmission Repair
RXA0125898 —UN—10APR12
A—90 mm Synchronizer Ring C—Lug
B—90 mm Synchronizer Ring D—Location for Notches
RXA0125899 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00000F3 -19-08SEP14-9/9
RXA0080533 —UN—13MAY05
PN=473
Transmission Repair
RXA0125924 —UN—16APR12
A—Retaining Ring C—Spring Seat
B—Spring D—Sleeve
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-1/9
RXA0125992 —UN—16APR12
A—O-ring D—Spring Seat
B—Sleeve E—Retaining Ring
C—Spring
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-2/9
A—Seal B—O-ring
RXA0125925 —UN—11APR12
PN=474
Transmission Repair
RXA0125926 —UN—11APR12
A—O-ring C—Seal
B—JDG1860 Seal Installer
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-4/9
RXA0125927 —UN—11APR12
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-5/9
RXA0125928 —UN—11APR12
PN=475
Transmission Repair
RXA0125929 —UN—11APR12
RXA0082498 —UN—19JUL05
C
IMPORTANT: Air bleed hole in piston (C) MUST align 9. Use marker to align air bleed hole (C) in piston (A)
with hole in shaft (B) when assembled. with hole in shaft (B).
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-7/9
10. Install shift fork (A). Tighten socket head screws (B)
to specification.
Specification
Shift Fork
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
RXA0125930 —UN—11APR12
(25 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-8/9
11. Install retaining ring (A), guide (B), spring (C), and
spring seat (D) on shaft.
12. Install piston (E) and align piston bleed hole with hole
in shaft.
RXA0125991 —UN—16APR12
13. Use PM37418 Medium Strength Thread Lock and
Sealer to install shift piston retaining nut (F). Install
and tighten to specification.
Specification
Shift Piston Retaining
Nut—Torque..................................................................................90 N·m
(66 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00000F5 -19-14OCT13-9/9
PN=476
Transmission Repair
Repair Accumulator—IVT™
1. Use D05117ST Spanner Wrench to remove
accumulator cap (A).
RXA0125955 —UN—13APR12
A—Accumulator Cap
LN71218,00000F6 -19-14OCT13-1/2
RXA0125956 —UN—13APR12
Length (Approximate).................................................................. 302 mm
(11.9 in.)
Test Length ..................................................... 235 mm at 2362—2792 N
(9.25 in. at 530—627 lb.-force)
LN71218,00000F6 -19-14OCT13-2/2
PN=477
Transmission Repair
J G
F
RXA0075026 —UN—01JUN04
D C
A
B
H
A—Hydrostatic Module E—Washers (2 used) H—Dowel Pins (2 used) K—Isolator Bushings (2 used)
B—Bearing Frame F— Bearings (2 used) I— Isolator Pins (2 used)
C—Gears (2 used) G—Retaining Rings (2 used) J— Cap Screws (6 used)
D—Retaining Rings (2 used)
LN71218,00000F7 -19-14OCT13-1/1
Multi-Function Valves—IVT™
Multi-function valves (A) may be removed and tested.
(See Test Multi-Function Valves—IVT™ in this group.)
Specification
RXA0125957 —UN—12APR12
Multi-Function
Valve—Torque.............................................................................100 N·m
(75 lb.-ft.)
A—Multi-Function Valves (2
used)
LN71218,00000F8 -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=478
Transmission Repair
RXA0125973 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000F9 -19-14OCT13-1/1
RXA0125959 —UN—12APR12
A—Loop Flush Valve Plugs (2
used)
PN=479
Transmission Repair
RXA0080407 —UN—11MAY05
(B), spring seats (C), and valve spool (D).
Specification
Loop Flush Valve
Plugs—Torque...............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
C C
D
RXA0080408 —UN—11MAY05
LN71218,00000FA -19-14OCT13-2/2
RXA0125960 —UN—12APR12
A—Cap Screws (6 used) B—Bearing Frame
PN=480
Transmission Repair
RXA0125953 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FB -19-14OCT13-2/8
RXA0125962 —UN—12APR12
transfer ”Hydrostatic Gear Train” to replacement
module. (See Exploded View—Hydrostatic
Module Assembly—IVT™ in this group.)
LN71218,00000FB -19-14OCT13-3/8
PN=481
Transmission Repair
RXA0125952 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FB -19-14OCT13-5/8
RXA0125953 —UN—13APR12
PN=482
Transmission Repair
RXA0125960 —UN—12APR12
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00000FB -19-14OCT13-7/8
A—Isolators (2 used)
RXA0125954 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FB -19-14OCT13-8/8
PN=483
Transmission Repair
E D
RXA0138014 —UN—19DEC13
PN=484
Transmission Repair
RXA0126017 —UN—17APR12
A—6 mm Screws (2 used) B—Reverse Brake Piston
LN71218,00000FD -19-14OCT13-1/6
A—Bearing Cup
RXA0126018 —UN—17APR12
LN71218,00000FD -19-14OCT13-2/6
PN=485
Transmission Repair
RXA0126020 —UN—17APR12
LN71218,00000FD -19-14OCT13-4/6
RXA0126021 —UN—17APR12
LN71218,00000FD -19-14OCT13-5/6
RXA0126022 —UN—17APR12
LN71218,00000FD -19-14OCT13-6/6
PN=486
Transmission Repair
F D
G
H C
B
K J I
E
A
RXA0079018 —UN—14MAR05
M
PN=487
Transmission Repair
RXA0125964 —UN—12APR12
2. Remove plate (B) and high-clutch pack (C).
RXA0125965 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-1/20
RXA0125966 —UN—12APR12
A—Permanent Timing Mark on B—Permanent Timing Mark on
Cover Carrier
PN=488
Transmission Repair
RXA0125967 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-3/20
RXA0125968 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-4/20
RXA0125969 —UN—12APR12
PN=489
Transmission Repair
A—High-Clutch Piston
RXA0125970 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-6/20
RXA0125971 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-7/20
RXA0125972 —UN—12APR12
PN=490
Transmission Repair
RXA0125974 —UN—23APR12
Rings (2 used)
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-9/20
RXA0125975 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-10/20
RXA0125976 —UN—13APR12
Plate-to-Clutch Shaft Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
PN=491
Transmission Repair
RXA0125977 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-12/20
A—Springs (2 used)
RXA0145869 —UN—15OCT14
A
RXA0162890 —UN—18APR18
Continued on next page LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-13/20
PN=492
Transmission Repair
RXA0125979 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-14/20
A—O-ring
RXA0162891 —UN—18APR18
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-15/20
RXA0125966 —UN—12APR12
A—Permanent Timing Marks B—Timing Marks
PN=493
Transmission Repair
RXA0125967 —UN—12APR12
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-17/20
A—Thrust Washer
RXA0125980 —UN—13APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-18/20
PN=494
Transmission Repair
A—Retaining Ring
RXA0125964 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,00000FF -19-18APR18-20/20
B G H I
A F
T
M
Q
N
R S
RXA0077844 —UN—30JUN05
P
C
D
O
E K L
J
PN=495
Transmission Repair
RXA0125947 —UN—12APR12
B—Bearing
LN71218,0000101 -19-14OCT13-1/4
A—Bearing Cup
RXA0125948 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,0000101 -19-14OCT13-2/4
RXA0125949 —UN—12APR12
PN=496
Transmission Repair
A—Bearing B—Bearing
RXA0125950 —UN—12APR12
LN71218,0000101 -19-14OCT13-4/4
PN=497
Transmission Repair
RXA0133787 —UN—01AUG13
A—Carrier H—Bearing M—Reverse Ring Gear Q—Short Pinion Shafts (3 used)
B—Pinions (3 used) I— Thrust Plates (6 used) N—Long Pinion Shafts (3 used) R—Torx Screws (3 used)
C—Thrust Washer J— Reverse Pinions (6 used) O—Retaining Pins (6 used) S—Washers (3 used)
D—1st Sun Gear K—Needle Bearings (18 used) P—Retaining Pin Torx Screws (6 T— Oil Tubes (3 used)
E—Thrust Washer L— Thrust Washers (6 used) used)
F— 2nd Sun Gear
G—Thrust Washer
LN71218,0000102 -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=498
Transmission Repair
RXA0076577 —UN—09SEP04
A—Retaining Pin
RXA0076578 —UN—09SEP04
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-1/22
RXA0133782 —UN—22AUG13
A—Torx Screws (3 used) B—Retaining Pins (3 used)
PN=499
Transmission Repair
RXA0132949 —UN—26JUL13
A—Shafts (3 used) C—Washers (2 used)
B—Planetary Pinion
Assemblies (3 used)
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-3/22
RXA0132951 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-4/22
RXA0133775 —UN—29AUG13
A—Short Shafts (3 used) C—Torx Retaining Screws (3
B—Retaining Pins (3 used) used)
D—Long Shafts (3 used)
PN=500
Transmission Repair
RXA0076581 —UN—09SEP04
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-6/22
RXA0076626 —UN—09SEP04
A
B
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-7/22
PN=501
Transmission Repair
RXA0133772 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-9/22
RXA0133772 —UN—26JUL13
A—Bearing
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-10/22
RXA0133773 —UN—26JUL13
used)
PN=502
Transmission Repair
RXA0133774 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-12/22
RXA0133775 —UN—29AUG13
Specification
Torx Retaining
Screw—Torque..............................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-13/22
PN=503
Transmission Repair
RXA0133783 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-15/22
7. Install thrust washer (A and B), 1st sun gear (C), thrust
washer (D), and 2nd sun gear (E) in center of carrier.
RXA0133776 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-16/22
RXA0133777 —UN—26JUL13
PN=504
Transmission Repair
RXA0133778 —UN—26JUL13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-18/22
RXA0133779 —UN—26JUL13
• Install retaining pin (C) and torx screw (D). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Torx Screw—Torque......................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-19/22
PN=505
Transmission Repair
RXA0133780 —UN—02AUG13
A—Pinion Timing Mark
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-21/22
RXA0133784 —UN—26JUL13
A—Timing Marks
RXA0133785 —UN—02AUG13
LN71218,00002A1 -19-12FEB18-22/22
PN=506
Transmission Repair
G A
E
RXA0077843 —UN—22OCT04
A—Output Shaft D—Park Brake Piston Plate G—MFWD Clutch Release Piston J— MFWD Piston Plate
B—Park Brake Release Piston E—Cap Screws (6 used) H—MFWD Engage Springs (2
C—Park Brake Engage Springs F— Park Brake Plates and Disks used)
(3 used) I— Socket Head Screws (2 used)
LN71218,0000104 -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=507
Transmission Repair
RXA0125941 —UN—11APR12
loose from transmission housing before
removing three cap screws.
LN71218,0000105 -19-26NOV14-1/6
RXA0125942 —UN—11APR12
A—Piston Cap Screws (6 used) B—Piston Assembly
LN71218,0000105 -19-26NOV14-2/6
A—Seal B—Seal
RXA0125943 —UN—11APR12
PN=508
Transmission Repair
RXA0146398 —UN—20NOV14
11. Install park brake piston assembly cap screws
evenly until piston assembly bottoms out. Tighten to A
specification.
Specification
Park Brake Piston
Assembly Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
RXA0125944 —UN—11APR12
LN71218,0000105 -19-26NOV14-4/6
RXA0125945 —UN—11APR12
PN=509
Transmission Repair
RXA0125946 —UN—11APR12
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000105 -19-26NOV14-6/6
RXA0090877 —UN—22SEP06
Continued on next page LN71218,000010B -19-18DEC13-1/3
PN=510
Transmission Repair
RXA0098529 —UN—14JUL08
IMPORTANT: Use PM37477 Thread Lock and
Sealer (Medium Strength) if reusing
socket head screws (A).
RXA0103854 —UN—07JUL09
LN71218,000010B -19-18DEC13-2/3
RXA0103853 —UN—09JUL09
B
LN71218,000010B -19-18DEC13-3/3
PN=511
Transmission Repair
A— Pump Gears
RXA0125836 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-2/12
RXA0125837 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-3/12
RXA0125776 —UN—04APR12
PN=512
Transmission Repair
RXA0125838 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-5/12
RW35222 —UN—03MAR94
7. Install new bearings using 22 mm (7/8 in.) driver and
13 mm (1/2 in.) pilot disks.
8. Install bearings flush with outer surface of pump gear.
A— Bearings (2 Used)
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-6/12
RXA0125839 —UN—10APR12
PN=513
Transmission Repair
10. Install NEW sealing rings (A) on shaft (B) and install
shaft in housing.
RXA0125840 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-8/12
A— Retaining Ring
RXA0125841 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-9/12
A— Pump Gears
RXA0125836 —UN—10APR12
PN=514
Transmission Repair
RXA0125843 —UN—10APR12
Scavenge Pump
Seal—Depth................................................................................. 0.5 mm
(0.020 in.)
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-11/12
A— Dust Seal
RXA0125844 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,000010A -19-14OCT13-12/12
PN=515
Transmission Repair
PN=516
Group 15
Assemble Transmission
List of References Install Planetary Ring Gear and RU Idler—IVT™
Below is a list of all items within this group. Install Hydrostatic Assembly—IVT™
Essential, Recommended, and Dealer Fabricated Tools Install Planetary Assembly—IVT™
50A—15
Install Reverse Brake and High-Low Clutch
Other Material 50A—15 Assembly—IVT™
Specifications 50A—15 Install Transmission Output Shaft—IVT™
Install Bearing Cups—IVT™ Install Rear Cover—IVT™
Install CU Idler—IVT™ Install Manifold—IVT™
Install Planetary Input Gears—IVT™ Install Scavenge Pump—IVT™
Install Synchronizer—IVT™ Adjust Bearings—IVT™
Install PTO Drive Gear—IVT™ Install Auxiliary Drive Shaft—IVT™
Install Front Cover—IVT™ Clutch Element Leak Check—IVT™
Install Bearing Cover—IVT™
LN71218,000010D -19-14OCT13-1/1
LN71218,000010F -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=517
Assemble Transmission
Specifications 50A—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=518
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125745 —UN—04APR12
A—Bearing Cups (3 used)
LN71218,0000111 -19-14OCT13-1/2
RXA0125746 —UN—04APR12
5. Proceed to Install CU Idler—IVT™ in this group.
LN71218,0000111 -19-14OCT13-2/2
PN=519
Assemble Transmission
Install CU Idler—IVT™
IMPORTANT: Heat bearing cones in a bearing
heater. Use thermometer and do not
exceed 150 °C (300 °F).
RXA0125747 —UN—04APR12
1. Remove bearing (A).
2. Heat and install new bearing.
A—Bearing
LN71218,0000112 -19-14OCT13-1/2
RXA0125748 —UN—04APR12
A—CU Idler Gear C—Cap Screw
B—JDG1765 Holding Tool
LN71218,0000112 -19-14OCT13-2/2
A—Gear Assembly
RXA0125749 —UN—04APR12
PN=520
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125750 —UN—04APR12
A—Bearing B—Bearing
LN71218,0000113 -19-14OCT13-2/9
A—Oil Dam
RXA0125751 —UN—04APR12
LN71218,0000113 -19-14OCT13-3/9
RXA0125752 —UN—04APR12
PN=521
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125753 —UN—04APR12
A—Socket Head Screw C—Bearing Support
B—Adjusting Ring
LN71218,0000113 -19-14OCT13-5/9
A—Bearing Cup
RXA0125754 —UN—04APR12
LN71218,0000113 -19-14OCT13-6/9
RXA0125755 —UN—04APR12
Assembly Bearing Frame
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
PN=522
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125756 —UN—04APR12
Ring Socket Head
Screw—Torque..............................................................................50 N·m
(36 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000113 -19-14OCT13-8/9
RXA0125757 —UN—04APR12
LN71218,0000113 -19-14OCT13-9/9
Install Synchronizer—IVT™
1. Install CU gear assembly (A) and retaining ring (B).
RXA0125758 —UN—04APR12
PN=523
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125759 —UN—04APR12
A—Synchronizer Assembly B—Retaining Ring
and Shift Assembly
LN71218,0000114 -19-14OCT13-2/2
RXA0125760 —UN—04APR12
1. Replace bearings (B).
LN71218,0000115 -19-14OCT13-1/2
RXA0125761 —UN—04APR12
Housing Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
A—Washer C—Sleeve
B—PTO Gear D—PTO Gear-to-Front Housing
Cap Screw
LN71218,0000115 -19-14OCT13-2/2
PN=524
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125764 —UN—04APR12
Front Cover Cap Screws
(M20)—Torque............................................................................430 N·m
(318 lb.-ft.)
Front Cover Cap Screws
(M12)—Torque............................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-1/12
RXA0125765 —UN—04APR12
IMPORTANT: Ensure bearing cup is fully
seated in housing.
PN=525
Assemble Transmission
8. Install O-ring (A) and seal (B) into front cover seal
groove (C).
RXA0125766 —UN—04APR12
A
RXA0082379 —UN—15JUL05
B
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-3/12
A—Gear C—Bearing
B—Spacer
RXA0125767 —UN—04APR12
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-4/12
A—Line C—O-ring
B—Gear Assembly D—O-ring
PN=526
Assemble Transmission
RXA0157181 —UN—02FEB17
High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket.
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-6/12
15. Install front housing (A), front cover M12 cap screws
(B), and front cover M20 cap screws with washers (C).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Front Cover Cap Screws
RXA0125789 —UN—10APR12
(M12)—Torque............................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
Front Cover Cap Screws
(M20)—Torque............................................................................430 N·m
(318 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-7/12
RXA0125791 —UN—10APR12
A—Shims C—CU Idler Shaft Nut
B—Bearing Cone
PN=527
Assemble Transmission
A—Cap Screw
RXA0125792 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-9/12
RXA0125793 —UN—10APR12
21. Reinstall bearing and tighten NEW nut.
A—Dial Indicator
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-10/12
A—Staking
RXA0125794 —UN—10APR12
PN=528
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125795 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,0000116 -19-02FEB17-12/12
RXA0098533 —UN—14JUL08
Bearing Cover Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000117 -19-14OCT13-1/4
A—Dial Indicator
RXA0125796 —UN—10APR12
PN=529
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125798 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,0000117 -19-14OCT13-3/4
RXA0098543 —UN—14JUL08
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000117 -19-14OCT13-4/4
RXA0125814 —UN—09APR12
MUST be installed as a complete set. DO
NOT mix parts with other sets.
PN=530
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125815 —UN—09APR12
Nut—Torque................................................................................200 N·m
(148 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00003F3 -19-18APR18-2/5
A—Dents
RXA0125816 —UN—09APR12
LN71218,00003F3 -19-18APR18-3/5
RXA0125801 —UN—10APR12
A—Bearing C—Bearing Retaining
B—Clips (4 used) Clip-to-Planetary Ring Gear
Screws (4 used)
PN=531
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125817 —UN—09APR12
A—Ring Gear B—Retaining Ring
LN71218,00003F3 -19-18APR18-5/5
A—Hydrostatic Yokes
RXA0125802 —UN—10APR12
Continued on next page LN71218,00021FC -19-09JAN17-1/3
PN=532
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125803 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00021FC -19-09JAN17-2/3
A—Hydrostatic Assembly
RXA0125804 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,00021FC -19-09JAN17-3/3
PN=533
Assemble Transmission
RXA0123259 —UN—03FEB12
RXA0123257 —UN—03FEB12
Planetary Assembly
Continued on next page LN71218,000011A -19-14OCT13-1/2
PN=534
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125807 —UN—09APR12
Assembly—IVT™ this group.
LN71218,000011A -19-14OCT13-2/2
RXA0125805 —UN—09APR12
B—Lower Reverse Brake Plate D—Outer Springs (8 used)
LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-1/11
PN=535
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125808 —UN—09APR12
chamfer (D).
RXA0080031 —UN—05JUL05
C
LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-3/11
A—Drum Height
RXA0125809 —UN—09APR12
Continued on next page LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-4/11
PN=536
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125810 —UN—09APR12
LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-5/11
RXA0107030 —UN—23MAR10
LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-6/11
RXA0151774 —UN—15APR16
(78 lb.-ft.)
PN=537
Assemble Transmission
RXA0151780 —UN—22APR16
RXA0151781 —UN—21APR16
A—Flats
NOTE: If only TWO flats on threaded section of shaft, 10. Recall note for number of flats (A) on threaded section
use Early Version procedure. of shaft from disassembly and follow appropriate
procedure.
If THREE flats on threaded section of shaft,
use Late Version procedure.
Late Version parts will replace Early Version shaft,
gear, and bearing if they are unavailable.
LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-8/11
RXA0151773 —UN—15APR16
retaining ring in shaft and gear grooves.
If retaining ring can be installed without lifting
shaft, clutch plates are not all fully engaged.
RXA0125812 —UN—09APR12
PN=538
Assemble Transmission
RXA0151779 —UN—19APR16
mm (3-1/2 in.) driver disk and a press until bearing
bottoms.
IMPORTANT: Shaft must be lifted slightly to install
retaining ring in shaft and gear grooves.
If retaining ring can be installed without lifting
shaft, clutch plates are not all fully engaged.
RXA0151776 —UN—15APR16
RXA0151929 —UN—27APR16
Continued on next page LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-10/11
PN=539
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125813 —UN—09APR12
A—Drum Height
13. Ensure that drum height is still 61.3—64.5 mm 14. Proceed to Install Transmission Output Shaft—IVT™
(2.41—2.54 in.). in this group.
LN71218,000011B -19-22JUN16-11/11
RXA0135463 —UN—12SEP13
A—M12 Lifting Eye B—Transmission Output Shaft
LN71218,000011C -19-14OCT13-1/1
PN=540
Assemble Transmission
RW35217 —UN—03MAR94
2. Install one seal ring (A).
A—Seal Ring
RXA0135464 —UN—12SEP13
LN71218,000011D -19-18DEC13-1/5
A—O-rings (5 used)
RXA0135465 —UN—12SEP13
LN71218,000011D -19-18DEC13-2/5
A—Sealing Surface
RXA0135466 —UN—12SEP13
PN=541
Assemble Transmission
5. Install cover.
RXA0135467 —UN—12SEP13
LN71218,000011D -19-18DEC13-4/5
RXA0138002 —UN—18DEC13
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000011D -19-18DEC13-5/5
PN=542
Assemble Transmission
Install Manifold—IVT™
NOTE: (See Service Hydrostatic Jumper Tubes—IVT™
in Group 05.)
RXA0125846 —UN—10APR12
1. Install short jumper tubes at locations (A).
2. Install long jumper tubes at locations (B).
LN71218,000011E -19-14OCT13-1/7
RXA0125785 —UN—05APR12
4. Install seal rings (A) on shafts.
LN71218,000011E -19-14OCT13-2/7
RXA0125784 —UN—05APR12
PN=543
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125782 —UN—05APR12
Screws—Torque............................................................................85 N·m
(62 lb.-ft.)
A—Manifold-to-Rear Cover
Socket Head Screws (6
used)
LN71218,000011E -19-14OCT13-4/7
RXA0125783 —UN—05APR12
8. Install and tighten manifold-to-rear cover cap screws
(C) to specification.
Specification
Manifold-to-Rear Cover
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000011E -19-14OCT13-5/7
RXA0125781 —UN—05APR12
PN=544
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125847 —UN—10APR12
A—Bearing Adjusting Nuts (2
used)
LN71218,000011E -19-14OCT13-7/7
RXA0125869 —UN—10APR12
A— O-rings (2 used)
LN71218,000011F -19-14OCT13-1/3
A— O-ring
RXA0125870 —UN—10APR12
PN=545
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125871 —UN—10APR12
(52 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000011F -19-14OCT13-3/3
Adjust Bearings—IVT™
IMPORTANT: Do not exceed 17.23 bar (250 psi)
when releasing park brake.
RXA0125848 —UN—10APR12
1. Use JDG1666 Park Brake Release Hand Pump Kit to
release park brake.
2. Connect hand pump hose (A) to diagnostic receptacle
(B).
3. Connect jumper harness (C) to solenoids (D and E)
and to a 12 volt power source.
LN71218,0000120 -19-14OCT13-1/5
RXA0125849 —UN—10APR12
Planetary Output—End
Play..................................................................................0.00—0.15 mm
(0.000—0.006 in.)
PN=546
Assemble Transmission
6. Use M12 Lifting Eye (A) with washer (B) and overhead
hoist to check shaft end play with a dial indicator (C).
Specification
Transmission Output
Shaft—End Play...............................................................0.00—0.15 mm
RXA0125850 —UN—10APR12
(0.000—0.006 in.)
LN71218,0000120 -19-14OCT13-3/5
RXA0125851 —UN—10APR12
Continued on next page LN71218,0000120 -19-14OCT13-4/5
PN=547
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125852 —UN—10APR12
cover/seal plate cap screws (E) to specification.
Specification
Bearing Cover/Seal Plate
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000120 -19-14OCT13-5/5
RXA0125853 —UN—09APR12
3. Install bearing using JDG1841 Bearing Installer and a
hydraulic press.
LN71218,0000121 -19-14OCT13-1/6
RXA0125854 —UN—09APR12
PN=548
Assemble Transmission
A—Retaining Ring
RXA0125855 —UN—09APR12
LN71218,0000121 -19-14OCT13-3/6
RXA0125856 —UN—09APR12
LN71218,0000121 -19-14OCT13-4/6
7. Use cap screw (A), nut (B), and washer (C) to install
hub (D) until it bottoms out on shaft.
RXA0125857 —UN—09APR12
B—Nut
PN=549
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125858 —UN—09APR12
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Pulley
Cap Screw—Torque....................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000121 -19-14OCT13-6/6
A—Solenoid C—Spring
RXA0125859 —UN—09APR12
B—Spool
LN71218,0000067 -19-17APR14-1/4
RXA0125860 —UN—10APR12
5. Remove plug (B).
PN=550
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125861 —UN—10APR12
NOTE: See list of adapters and connectors in
DFRW212 Leak Test Assembly for correct
combination for each test port.
NOTE:
Continued on next page LN71218,0000067 -19-17APR14-3/4
PN=551
Assemble Transmission
RXA0125862 —UN—10APR12
Shift Solenoids—Torque................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
RXA0125863 —UN—10APR12
RXA0125864 —UN—10APR12
LN71218,0000067 -19-17APR14-4/4
PN=552
Section 50B
e23™ Transmission (e23™)
Contents
Page
Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
List of References........................................50B-00-1 Cross Sectional View—12 Disk
Essential, Recommended, and Clutch Pack—e23™ ..............................50B-10-44
Fabricated Tools 50B—00 .......................50B-00-1 Repair 12 Disk Clutch
Other Material 50B—00...............................50B-00-1 Pack—e23™ .........................................50B-10-44
Specifications 50B—00 ...............................50B-00-2 6 Disk Clutch Pack
Remove Transmission—e23™....................50B-00-2 Identification—e23™ .............................50B-10-49
Install Transmission—e23™......................50B-00-16 Cross Sectional View—6 Disk
Clutch Pack—e23™ ..............................50B-10-50
Group 05—In Tractor Repair Repair 6 Disk Clutch
List of References........................................50B-05-1 Pack—e23™ .........................................50B-10-50
Essential, Recommended, and Cross Sectional View—Output
Fabricated Tools 50B—05 .......................50B-05-1 Shaft Assembly—e23™ ........................50B-10-56
Other Material 50B—05...............................50B-05-1 Repair Output Shaft
Specifications 50B—05 ...............................50B-05-1 Assembly—e23™..................................50B-10-58
Replace Auxiliary Drive Shaft Cross Sectional View—B Counter-
Seal—e23™ ............................................50B-05-2 shaft Assembly—e23™ .........................50B-10-71
Replace Input Shaft Front Repair B Countershaft
Seal—e23™ ............................................50B-05-5 Assembly—e23™..................................50B-10-72
Replace Rear PTO Drive Shaft Cross Sectional View—C Counter-
Seal—e23™ ............................................50B-05-6 shaft Assembly—e23™ .........................50B-10-86
Replace Output Shaft Repair C Countershaft
Seal—e23™ ............................................50B-05-7 Assembly—e23™..................................50B-10-87
Cross Sectional View—Input Shaft
Group 10—Transmission Repair Assembly—e23™................................50B-10-102
List of References........................................50B-10-1 Repair Input Shaft
Essential, Recommended, and Assembly—e23™................................50B-10-103
Fabricated Tools 50B—10 .......................50B-10-1 Exploded View—Rear PTO Drive
Other Material 50B—10...............................50B-10-2 Shaft Assembly—e23™ ...................... 50B-10-115
Specifications 50B—10 ...............................50B-10-3 Repair Rear PTO Shaft
General Repair Procedures Assembly—e23™................................ 50B-10-116
50B—10...................................................50B-10-6 Inspect Clutch Disks—e23™...................50B-10-121
Install Transmission Onto Repair
Stand—e23™ ..........................................50B-10-7 Group 15—Assemble Transmission
Disassemble Transmis- List of References........................................50B-15-1
sion—e23™.............................................50B-10-7 Essential, Recommended, and
Repair Upper Manifold Fabricated Tools 50B—15 .......................50B-15-1
Valves—e23™ .......................................50B-10-12 Other Material 50B—15...............................50B-15-1
Repair Lower Manifold Specifications 50B—15 ...............................50B-15-1
Valves—e23™ .......................................50B-10-13 Install Transmission Shaft
Cleaning Procedures—Manifold, Assemblies—e23™ .................................50B-15-2
Rear Cover, and Install Rear Cover—e23™...........................50B-15-5
Valves—e23™ .......................................50B-10-18 Install Auxiliary Drive—e23™ ......................50B-15-9
Repair Auxiliary Drive—e23™...................50B-10-19 Remove and Install Upper
Repair Park Brake—e23™ ........................50B-10-26 Manifold—e23™....................................50B-15-10
Repair Rear Cover—e23™ .......................50B-10-30 Remove and Install Lower
Repair Scavenge Pump—e23™ ...............50B-10-33 Manifold—e23™....................................50B-15-12
Clutch Backing Plate
Orientation—e23™................................50B-10-36
Cross Sectional View—9 Disk Cast
Clutch Pack—e23™ ..............................50B-10-36
Repair 9 Disk Cast Clutch
Pack—e23™ .........................................50B-10-37
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
List of References
Specifications 50B—00
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove Transmission—e23™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50B—00
Install Transmission—e23™
Other Material 50B—00
LN71218,0000838 -19-21MAY13-1/1
D01044AA Bushing, Bearing and Seal Driver Set JT07122-6 Rear Adapter Plates
LN71218,000083A -19-21MAY13-1/1
PN=555
Component Removal and Installation
Specifications 50B—00
Item Measurement Specification
Remove Transmission—e23™
1. Position hood forward. (See Position Hood Forward in
Section 80A, Group 05.)
2. Discharge air conditioning system. (See Discharge Air
RXA0098399 —UN—09JUL09
Conditioning System in Section 90, Group 05.)
3. Relieve system air pressure by depressing vent valve
(A).
4. Adjust left-hand track frame tread spacing out to
allow transmission removal. (See Adjust Track Tread
Settings in Section 80B, Group 05.)
5. Drain transmission oil. (See Drain Hydraulic System
in Section 70, Group 10.) A—Vent Valve
6. Remove platform step assembly. (See Remove and
Install Platform Step Assembly in Section 80A, Group
10.)
Continued on next page LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-1/28
PN=556
Component Removal and Installation
A—Weights
RXA0138452 —UN—06MAR14
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-2/28
RXA0138453 —UN—06MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-3/28
PN=557
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135773 —UN—09OCT13
RXA0135774 —UN—09OCT13
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-4/28
A—Ground Cable
RXA0135495 —UN—18SEP13
Continued on next page LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-5/28
PN=558
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135497 —UN—18SEP13
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-6/28
RXA0135496 —UN—18SEP13
A—Power Cable C—Bracket
B—Cap Screws (2 used)
PN=559
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138450 —UN—20JAN14
A—Cap Screws (3 used) C—Oil Lines (6 used)
B—Bottom Cover
RXA0138451 —UN—20JAN14
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-8/28
RXA0138932 —UN—04FEB14
A—Cap Screws (5 used) C—Exhaust Pipe
B—Shield
PN=560
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117619 —UN—26MAY11
A—Cab Riser Panel C—Line Clamp
B—Cap Screws (2 used) D—Air Conditioning Lines (2
used)
RXA0117620 —UN—27MAY11
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-10/28
RXA0138943 —UN—05FEB14
A—Auxiliary Drive Belt C—Mounting Cap Screws (2
B—Alternator Wiring used)
D—Alternator
PN=561
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135775 —UN—12MAR14
29. Remove cap screws (D) and fan drive control valve (A).
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-12/28
RXA0139287 —UN—12MAR14
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-13/28
RXA0139290 —UN—12MAR14
34. Cap and plug lines to prevent contamination.
PN=562
Component Removal and Installation
35. Remove cap screws (A) and fuel supply line (B).
36. Disconnect oil cooler hoses (C).
RXA0139282 —UN—13FEB14
RXA0139283 —UN—13FEB14
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-15/28
RXA0139284 —UN—13FEB14
A—Connector C—Filter Housing Bracket Cap
B—Cap Screw, Clamp, and Screw
Ground Wires
PN=563
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135776 —UN—09OCT13
Screw Screws (4 used)
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-17/28
RXA0140040 —UN—12MAR14
A—Wiring Connector C—Harness
B—Harness clamps (2 used)
PN=564
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0134267 —UN—30AUG13
45. Note harness routing and remove harness (C) from
clamps (D).
46. Move harness from mid frame to avoid damage to
harness.
RXA0134266 —UN—30AUG13
RXA0134265 —UN—30AUG13
PN=565
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0078566 —UN—15MAR05
48. Remove drive shaft-to-engine cap screws.
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-20/28
RXA0084628 —UN—01NOV05
when splitting tractor.
PN=566
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0084410 —UN—01NOV05
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-22/28
RXA0138934 —UN—04FEB14
Supports (2 used)
PN=567
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138936 —UN—12MAR14
57. Position air cleaner support bracket (D) under air
cleaner and attach to support.
NOTE: Use a prybar to assist lifting of auxiliary
drive housing off dowel pins.
58. Turn lifting screw (E) to lift auxiliary drive and air
cleaner off transmission dowel pins.
59. Tighten cross-member cap screws.
A—JDG1935 Auxiliary Drive D—Air Cleaner Support
60. Lower rear wheel of splitting stand so rear of engine is Support Tool Bracket
correctly supported. B—Upright Support E—Lifting Screw
C—Cap Screws (2 used) F— Cap Screws (10 used)
CAUTION: Avoid possible injury. DO NOT remove
transmission-to-mid-frame cap screws. Doing so
will collapse the splitting stand. Remove ONLY 62. Carefully roll front of tractor forward approximately
front frame-to-transmission cap screws. 380—455 mm (15—18 in.).
RXA0104303 —UN—27AUG09
(C) and attach with cap screw (B).
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-25/28
PN=568
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138937 —UN—04FEB14
and spacers from JDG1760 Spacer Kit (D) on front
cap screws.
RXA0138938 —UN—04FEB14
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-27/28
71. Turn tie rod (A) rearward into mid-frame and out of
RXA0138939 —UN—04FEB14
transmission.
72. Remove remaining transmission-to-mid-frame cap
screws (B).
73. Move transmission forward and slide off drive shafts
and mid-frame.
74. Lower transmission, rotate 90°, and remove from
left-hand side.
LN71218,0000888 -19-30MAR15-28/28
PN=569
Component Removal and Installation
Install Transmission—e23™
1. Replace O-rings (B) in drive shafts.
2. Install two DFRW231—Guide Pins (A) in mid-frame.
RXA0139286 —UN—13FEB14
3. Raise transmission, rotate 90°, and install from
left-hand side.
4. Move transmission rearward and slide on drive shafts
and mid-frame.
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-1/26
RXA0138940 —UN—04FEB14
1
Screws —Torque........................................................................490 N·m
(361 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138939 —UN—04FEB14
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
Continued on next page LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-2/26
PN=570
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138938 —UN—04FEB14
Specification
Transmission-to-
Mid-Frame Cap
1
Screws —Torque........................................................................490 N·m
(361 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138937 —UN—04FEB14
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-3/26
PN=571
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138936 —UN—12MAR14
13. Turn lifting screw (E) to lower auxiliary drive and air
cleaner onto transmission dowel pins.
14. Remove air cleaner support bracket (D) from under
air cleaner.
15. Remove cap screws (C) and JDG1935 Auxiliary Drive
Support (A) from right-hand upright support (B).
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-5/26
RXA0138935 —UN—04FEB14
Supports (2 used)
RXA0138934 —UN—04FEB14
PN=572
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0084410 —UN—01NOV05
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-7/26
RXA0134268 —UN—30AUG13
to specification.
Specification
Drive Shaft-to-Engine
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................126 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
PN=573
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0134265 —UN—30AUG13
RXA0134266 —UN—30AUG13
RXA0134267 —UN—30AUG13
PN=574
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140040 —UN—12MAR14
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-10/26
RXA0120032 —UN—12OCT11
(94 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-11/26
RXA0139284 —UN—13FEB14
(92 lb.-ft.)
PN=575
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139283 —UN—13FEB14
RXA0139282 —UN—13FEB14
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-13/26
RXA0139290 —UN—12MAR14
A—Fuel Return Hose C—Vent Line
B—Fan Drive Supply Line
PN=576
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0139287 —UN—12MAR14
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-15/26
34. Install fan drive control valve (A) and cap screws (D).
35. Connect lines (B and C).
36. Connect harness to fan drive control valve (A).
RXA0135775 —UN—12MAR14
A—Fan Drive Control Valve C—Lines (2 used)
B—Line D—Cap Screws (2 used)
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-16/26
RXA0138943 —UN—05FEB14
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-ft.)
PN=577
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117620 —UN—27MAY11
A—Cab Riser Panel C—Cap Screw and Line Clamp
B—Cap Screws (2 used) D—Air Conditioning Lines (2
used)
RXA0117619 —UN—26MAY11
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-18/26
RXA0138932 —UN—04FEB14
A—Cap Screws (5 used) C—Exhaust Pipe
B—Shield
PN=578
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138450 —UN—20JAN14
Access Plate Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb·ft)
RXA0138451 —UN—20JAN14
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-20/26
RXA0135496 —UN—18SEP13
Continued on next page LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-21/26
PN=579
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135497 —UN—18SEP13
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-22/26
RXA0135495 —UN—18SEP13
Continued on next page LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-23/26
PN=580
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0135773 —UN—09OCT13
RXA0135774 —UN—09OCT13
LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-24/26
RXA0138453 —UN—06MAR14
Continued on next page LN71218,000031B -19-09MAR18-25/26
PN=581
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138452 —UN—06MAR14
IMPORTANT: If a failure occurred causing
contamination of transmission and hydraulic
system, clean-up procedures must be
performed. Clean and flush differential
housing and clean oil reservoir.
PN=582
Group 05
In Tractor Repair
List of References Replace Auxiliary Drive Shaft Seal—e23™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Input Shaft Front Seal—e23™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50B—05
Replace Rear PTO Drive Shaft Seal—e23™
Other Material 50B—05
Replace Output Shaft Seal—e23™
Specifications 50B—05
LN71218,0000E79 -19-29APR15-1/1
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used to retain cap screws and
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength) seal surfaces.
242 Loctite™ (U.S.)
LN71218,0000E7B -19-29APR15-1/1
Specifications 50B—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=583
In Tractor Repair
RXA0147781 —UN—26MAR15
A—Shield Cap Screws (3 used) C—Hood Shield
B—Wear Shield D—Panel
RXA0147780 —UN—26MAR15
LN71218,0000E7D -19-29APR15-1/6
RXA0147778 —UN—21APR15
PN=584
In Tractor Repair
RXA0145534 —UN—21APR15
A—Auxiliary Drive Pulley Cap C—Auxiliary Drive Shaft
Screws (2 used)
B—Auxiliary Drive Pulley
LN71218,0000E7D -19-29APR15-3/6
RXA0147752 —UN—26MAR15
and Auxiliary Drive Seal Driver (F).
11. Install auxiliary drive pulley (B).
12. Install auxiliary drive pulley cap screws (A). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Pulley
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0145534 —UN—21APR15
C—Auxiliary Drive Shaft Auxiliary Drive Seal Driver
PN=585
In Tractor Repair
RXA0148080 —UN—21APR15
A—Belt D—Auxiliary Drive
B—Auxiliary Drive Cap Screws E—O-ring
(15 used)
C—Auxiliary Drive Long Cap
Screw
LN71218,0000E7D -19-29APR15-5/6
RXA0147780 —UN—26MAR15
Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................12 N·m
(106 lb.-in.)
RXA0147781 —UN—26MAR15
LN71218,0000E7D -19-29APR15-6/6
PN=586
In Tractor Repair
RXA0147777 —UN—26MAR15
A—Damper and Inertia Ring B—Input Hub
RXA0147782 —UN—26MAR15
LN71218,0000E7E -19-17JAN17-1/3
RXA0147776 —UN—26MAR15
Specification
Flywheel-to-Crankshaft
Cap Screws—Torque
Turn..................................................................................... 90 N·m + 90°
(67 lb.-ft.+ 90°)
A—Flywheel C—Seal
B—Flywheel-to-Crankshaft D—JDG851 Seal Installer
Cap Screws (10 used)
PN=587
In Tractor Repair
RXA0147782 —UN—26MAR15
A—Damper and Inertia Ring B—Input Hub
RXA0147777 —UN—26MAR15
LN71218,0000E7E -19-17JAN17-3/3
RXA0147779 —UN—26MAR15
NOTE: Procedure shown without mid-frame for
illustration purpose only.
PN=588
In Tractor Repair
RXA0147494 —UN—23MAR15
6. Install dust seal (C) with lip facing seal (A).
7. Install drive shaft in mid-frame. (See Remove and
Install Drive Shafts in Section 50C, Group 25.)
LN71218,0000E7F -19-30APR15-2/2
RXA0147635 —UN—26MAR15
A—Dust Seal C—Transmission Output Drive
B—Seal Shaft
PN=589
In Tractor Repair
RXA0147631 —UN—26MAR15
6. Install dust seal (C) with lip facing seal (B) using
opposite end of JDG11838 Output Shaft Seal Driver
(A).
7. Install drive shaft in mid-frame. (See Remove and
Install Drive Shafts in Section 50C, Group 25.)
RXA0147630 —UN—26MAR15
LN71218,0000E80 -19-30APR15-2/2
PN=590
Group 10
Transmission Repair
List of References
Repair 9 Disk Cast Clutch Pack—e23™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Cross Sectional View—12 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50B—10
Repair 12 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™
Other Material 50B—10
6 Disk Clutch Pack Identification—e23™
Specifications 50B—10
Cross Sectional View—6 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™
General Repair Procedures 50B—10
Repair 6 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™
Install Transmission Onto Repair Stand—e23™
Cross Sectional View—Output Shaft Assembly—e23™
Disassemble Transmission—e23™
Repair Output Shaft Assembly—e23™
Repair Upper Manifold Valves—e23™
Cross Sectional View—B Countershaft Assembly—e23™
Repair Lower Manifold Valves—e23™
Repair B Countershaft Assembly—e23™
Cleaning Procedures—Manifold, Rear Cover, and
Valves—e23™ Cross Sectional View—C Countershaft Assembly—e23™
Cross Sectional View—9 Disk Cast Clutch Pack—e23™ Inspect Clutch Disks—e23™
LN71218,0000E82 -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=591
Transmission Repair
LN71218,0000EB1 -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=592
Transmission Repair
Specifications 50B—10
Item Measurement Specification
PN=593
Transmission Repair
PN=594
Transmission Repair
PN=595
Transmission Repair
PN=596
Transmission Repair
RXA0147628 —UN—23MAR15
Plate in Section 99, Group 05.)
LN71218,0000E87 -19-29APR15-1/1
Disassemble Transmission—e23™
IMPORTANT: Thoroughly clean all parts as
well as interior of transmission case
during disassembly.
RXA0145500 —UN—21APR15
NOTE: Refer to Cross-Sectional Views during
transmission disassembly.
PN=597
Transmission Repair
RXA0147857 —UN—30MAR15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E76 -19-20MAR18-2/7
PN=598
Transmission Repair
RXA0145505 —UN—16OCT14
NOTE: Rear cover has jack screw holes to aid
in housing removal.
RXA0145697 —UN—23OCT14
RXA0145506 —UN—16OCT14
PN=599
Transmission Repair
RXA0148111 —UN—29APR15
and pry support from dowels.
LN71218,0000E76 -19-20MAR18-4/7
RXA0145508 —UN—22APR15
16. Remove speed sensors in housing.
17. Attach JDG11693 transmission shaft lifting fixture (F)
to an overhead hoist, and carefully place over shafts.
18. Thread shaft adapters (A—E) in ends of shafts.
19. Install lifting fixture latches (G).
RXA0145507 —UN—22APR15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E76 -19-20MAR18-5/7
PN=600
Transmission Repair
RXA0147887 —UN—01APR15
on level shop floor.
RXA0145511 —UN—02DEC14
RXA0147888 —UN—01APR15
PN=601
Transmission Repair
RXA0147856 —UN—30MAR15
LN71218,0000E76 -19-20MAR18-7/7
RXA0146352 —UN—01DEC14
on hydraulic components.
Replace and lubricate all O-rings with
clean hydraulic oil before installing plugs,
sensors, and valves.
RXA0146353 —UN—01DEC14
Specification
Proportional Solenoid
Valve—Torque...............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000E88 -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=602
Transmission Repair
RXA0146369 —UN—01DEC14
on hydraulic components.
Replace and lubricate all O-rings with
clean hydraulic oil before installing plugs,
sensors, and valves.
PN=603
Transmission Repair
13. Remove plug (A), spring (B), and check valve (C).
14. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
Specification
Transmission Oil
RXA0146361 —UN—01DEC14
Boost Check Valve
Spring—Free Length..................................................................... 48 mm
(1.89 in.)
Test Length ............................................................ 35.2 mm at 45—55 N
(1.39 in. at 10—12.36 lb.-force)
PN=604
Transmission Repair
22. Install spring (D), valve (C), spool (B), and hydraulic
oil cooler control solenoid valve (A). Tighten to
RXA0146362 —UN—01DEC14
specification.
Specification
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Control Solenoid
Valve—Torque...............................................................................46 N·m
(34 lb.-ft.)
23. Remove solenoid valve (E), spool (F), and spring (G).
24. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
A—Hydraulic Oil Cooler E—Lube Priority Solenoid
Specification Control Solenoid Valve Valve
Lube Priority Solenoid B—Hydraulic Oil Cooler F— Lube Priority Solenoid
Valve Spring—Free Control Solenoid Valve Valve Spool
Length........................................................................................... 48 mm Spool G—Lube Priority Solenoid
C—Hydraulic Oil Cooler Valve Spring
(1.89 in.)
Control Solenoid Relief
Test Length ............................................................ 35.2 mm at 45—55 N Valve
(1.39 in. at 7.4—12.4 lb.-force) D—Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Control Solenoid Valve
25. Install spring (G), spool (F), and lube priority solenoid Spring
valve (E). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lube Priority Solenoid
Valve—Torque...............................................................................46 N·m
(34 lb.-ft.)
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E89 -19-29APR15-3/8
PN=605
Transmission Repair
RXA0146364 —UN—01DEC14
28. Install retainer clips (D) and position valve connectors
at twelve o'clock. Tighten proportional solenoid valve
retaining cap screws (E) to specification.
Specification
Proportional Solenoid
Valve Retaining Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................30 N·m
(266 lb.-in.)
A—R1 Proportional Solenoid D—Retainer Clips (2 used)
Valve E—Proportional Solenoid
B—R2 Proportional Solenoid Valve Retaining Cap Screws
Valve (2 used)
C—O-rings (2 used)
LN71218,0000E89 -19-29APR15-4/8
RXA0146365 —UN—01DEC14
clean hydraulic oil before installing plugs,
sensors, and valves.
PN=606
Transmission Repair
32. Remove cap screw (B), clamps (C), park sump block
solenoid valve (A).
33. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
34. Install park sump block solenoid valve (A), clamp (C),
RXA0146356 —UN—01DEC14
and park sump block solenoid valve cap screw (B).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Sump Block
Solenoid Valve Clamp
Cap Screw—Torque........................................................................7 N·m
(62 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000E89 -19-29APR15-6/8
35. Remove plug (A), O-ring (B), spring (C), and ball (D).
36. Remove inlet check valve seat (E) and replace
packing (F).
37. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
RXA0146366 —UN—01DEC14
Specification
Park Brake Inlet Check
Valve Spring—Free
Length........................................................................................ 18.5 mm
(.72 in.)
Test Length ...................................................................15.9 mm at 4.5 N
(.63 in. at 39.8 lb.-in.)
38. Install ball (D), spring (C), and plug (A) with O-ring (B).
Tighten to specification. A—Park Brake Inlet Check D—Park Brake Inlet Check
Valve Plug Valve Ball
Specification
B—O-ring E—Park Brake Inlet Check
Park Brake Inlet Check C—Park Brake Inlet Check Valve Seat
Valve Plug—Torque.......................................................................46 N·m Valve Spring F— Packing
(34 lb.-ft.)
PN=607
Transmission Repair
39. Remove plug (A), O-ring (B), poppet valve (C), and
relief valve spring (D).
40. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
Specification
Lube and Filter Relief
Valve Spring—Free
Length........................................................................................ 46.4 mm
(1.83 in.)
Test Length ........................................................... 38 mm at 138—182 N
(1.50 in. at 31—41 lb.-force)
41. Install relief valve spring (D), poppet valve (C), and
plug (A) with O-ring (B). Tighten to specification.
RXA0146367 —UN—01DEC14
Specification
Lube and Filter Relief
Valve Plug—Torque.......................................................................46 N·m
(34 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000E89 -19-29APR15-8/8
PN=608
Transmission Repair
RXA0145500 —UN—21APR15
A—Auxiliary Drive Cap Screws C—Auxiliary Drive
(15 used) D—Jack Screw Holes
B—Auxiliary Drive Long Cap
Screw
RXA0145914 —UN—27OCT14
LN71218,0000E8B -19-29APR15-1/8
RXA0145534 —UN—21APR15
auxiliary drive shaft (C).
RXA0145533 —UN—27OCT14
PN=609
Transmission Repair
RXA0145535 —UN—24APR15
RXA0145911 —UN—27OCT14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E8B -19-29APR15-3/8
PN=610
Transmission Repair
RXA0145951 —UN—27OCT14
RXA0145531 —UN—27OCT14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E8B -19-29APR15-4/8
PN=611
Transmission Repair
14. Install bearing preset (D) in gear (B) snap ring grove.
15. Press both bearing cups (C) into gear (B).
RXA0145913 —UN—27OCT14
16. Install both bearing cones (A) with bearing preset snap
ring and spacer (D) between cones.
RXA0145912 —UN—27OCT14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E8B -19-29APR15-5/8
PN=612
Transmission Repair
RXA0145535 —UN—24APR15
RXA0145911 —UN—27OCT14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E8B -19-29APR15-6/8
PN=613
Transmission Repair
20. Install low idler shaft (E) through low idler gear (D) in
housing and orient two machined marks (F) as shown.
RXA0145532 —UN—27OCT14
21. Install high idler shaft (B) through high idler gear (C)
and align idler cap screw (A) with machined mark (G).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Idler Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0146046 —UN—27OCT14
RXA0146047 —UN—27OCT14
PN=614
Transmission Repair
22. Install washer (F) and gear cap screw (E) in auxiliary
drive shaft (C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Gear Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................35 N·m
RXA0145533 —UN—27OCT14
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0147493 —UN—25FEB15
Auxiliary Drive Pulley
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0145534 —UN—21APR15
LN71218,0000E8B -19-29APR15-8/8
PN=615
Transmission Repair
RXA0146627 —UN—19DEC14
CAUTION: Ensure housing is completely
loose from transmission housing before
removing cap screws (B).
RXA0145527 —UN—19DEC14
LN71218,0000E77 -19-29APR15-1/6
RXA0145525 —UN—19DEC14
A—Cap Screws (6 used) C—Springs (3 used)
B—Piston Assembly
RXA0146741 —UN—12JAN15
PN=616
Transmission Repair
A—Seal B—Seal
RXA0125943 —UN—11APR12
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E77 -19-29APR15-3/6
PN=617
Transmission Repair
RXA0145526 —UN—19DEC14
12. Align oil passage of park brake piston assembly with
O-ring (A).
13. Install and tighten park brake piston assembly cap
screws (E) evenly until piston assembly bottoms out.
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Brake Piston
Assembly Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
A—O-ring D—Piston
B—Springs (3 used) E—Park Brake Piston
RXA0146742 —UN—12JAN15
C—Seals Assembly Cap Screws
(6 used)
RXA0145528 —UN—19DEC14
PN=618
Transmission Repair
RXA0146627 —UN—19DEC14
A—Housing Cap Screws (9 D—Separator Plates (8 used)
used) E—Clutch Disks (8 used)
B—Housing Cap Screws (3
used)
C—Housing
RXA0145527 —UN—19DEC14
LN71218,0000E77 -19-29APR15-5/6
16. Install park brake drum (A) to align disks and remove.
RXA0147855 —UN—30MAR15
17. Tighten park brake housing-to-transmission cap
screws (B). Tighten evenly to specification.
Specification
Park Brake Housing-to-
Transmission Housing
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000E77 -19-29APR15-6/6
PN=619
Transmission Repair
RXA0145898 —UN—29OCT14
RXA0145899 —UN—29OCT14
LN71218,0000E8C -19-30APR15-1/7
RXA0145900 —UN—29OCT14
7. Install shaft adjusting nuts (B and D) until they can
no longer be turned.
NOTE: Bearing cups may need to be staked
to stay in place.
PN=620
Transmission Repair
RXA0145901 —UN—29OCT14
Test Length ......................................................... 50 mm at 27.1—30.1 N
(1.97 in. at 6.1—6.8 lb.-force)
13. Install small accumulator caps (B). Tighten to A—Sleeves (2 used) D—Pistons (2 used)
specification. B—Caps (2 used) E—Springs (2 used)
C—O-rings (2 used) F— Springs (2 used)
Specification
Small Accumulator
Caps—Torque...............................................................................45 N·m
(33 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000E8C -19-30APR15-3/7
RXA0145908 —UN—29OCT14
PN=621
Transmission Repair
RXA0145909 —UN—29OCT14
Length (Approximate).................................................................. 302 mm
(11.9 in.)
Test Length ..................................................... 235 mm at 2362—2822 N
(9.25 in. at 530—627 lb.-force)
LN71218,0000E8C -19-30APR15-5/7
A—Piston C—Accumulator
B—O-ring
RXA0145910 —UN—29OCT14
PN=622
Transmission Repair
RXA0145909 —UN—29OCT14
LN71218,0000E8C -19-30APR15-7/7
RXA0145902 —UN—30OCT14
3. Remove scavenge pump cover (B).
PN=623
Transmission Repair
RXA0145904 —UN—29OCT14
A—Scavenge Pump Cover C—Gear
B—Pump Drive Gear
RXA0145905 —UN—29OCT14
LN71218,0000E8D -19-29APR15-2/5
RXA0145906 —UN—29OCT14
PN=624
Transmission Repair
RXA0145905 —UN—29OCT14
A—Scavenge Pump Cover C—Gear
B—Pump Drive Gear
RXA0145904 —UN—29OCT14
LN71218,0000E8D -19-29APR15-4/5
12. Install scavenge pump cover (B) and check that gears
rotate freely.
13. Install scavenge pump cover cap screws (A). Tighten
to specification.
RXA0145902 —UN—30OCT14
Specification
Scavenge Pump Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000E8D -19-29APR15-5/5
PN=625
Transmission Repair
RXA0091632 —UN—28NOV06
Figure shows correct clutch backing plate (A) orientation.
LN71218,0000E8E -19-29APR15-1/1
RXA0145288 —UN—24SEP14
9 Disk Cast Clutch Pack
A—Clutch Drum E—Piston I— Separator Plates (9 used)
B—Oil Seal F— Inner Piston Seal J— Cover Plate
C—Spring Retaining Snap Ring G—Outer Piston Seal K—Retaining Ring
D—Piston Return Springs (9 H—Clutch Disks (9 used)
used)
LN71218,0000E8F -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=626
Transmission Repair
RXA0145279 —UN—24SEP14
LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-1/11
RXA0145280 —UN—24SEP14
PN=627
Transmission Repair
RXA0145282 —UN—24SEP14
RXA0145283 —UN—24SEP14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-3/11
PN=628
Transmission Repair
RXA0145284 —UN—24SEP14
LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-4/11
RXA0145285 —UN—24SEP14
PN=629
Transmission Repair
RXA0145286 —UN—24SEP14
13. Install parts (A—C).
RXA0148104 —UN—24APR15
LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-6/11
RXA0145287 —UN—24SEP14
PN=630
Transmission Repair
RXA0146737 —UN—07JAN15
Piston Return Springs Orientation
RXA0145284 —UN—24SEP14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-8/11
PN=631
Transmission Repair
RXA0145282 —UN—24SEP14
used)
C RXA0145283 —UN—24SEP14
RXA0145289 —UN—02DEC14
PN=632
Transmission Repair
RXA0145280 —UN—24SEP14
LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-10/11
20. Install clutch backing plate (B) and retaining ring (A)
in clutch drum (C).
21. Install NEW seal ring (D).
RXA0145279 —UN—24SEP14
LN71218,0000E90 -19-29APR15-11/11
PN=633
Transmission Repair
H G B
RXA0141122 —UN—28APR15
E
F
A D
12 Disk Clutch Pack
A—Clutch Drum D—Piston H—Separator Plates (12 used)
B—Piston Return Springs (7 E—Inner Piston Seal I— Cover Plate
used) F— Outer Piston Seal J— Retaining Ring
C—Spring Retaining Snap Ring G—Clutch Disks (12 used)
LN71218,0000E91 -19-29APR15-1/1
RXA0141264 —UN—13MAY14
A—Snap Ring C—Clutch Drum
B—Clutch Cover Plate
PN=634
Transmission Repair
RXA0141265 —UN—13MAY14
LN71218,0000E92 -19-30APR15-2/10
RXA0141266 —UN—12MAY14
5. Compress piston return springs (B) enough to remove
spring retaining snap ring (C).
PN=635
Transmission Repair
RXA0141268 —UN—12MAY14
LN71218,0000E92 -19-30APR15-4/10
RXA0141285 —UN—13MAY14
9. Remove and replace outer piston seal (C) from piston
(D).
LN71218,0000E92 -19-30APR15-5/10
PN=636
Transmission Repair
RXA0123273 —UN—03FEB12
A
RXA0141268 —UN—12MAY14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E92 -19-30APR15-7/10
PN=637
Transmission Repair
RXA0141266 —UN—12MAY14
13. Install JDG754 Spring Compressor (A).
14. Compress piston return springs (B) and install spring
retaining snap ring (C) in orientation shown.
RXA0145289 —UN—02DEC14
B
LN71218,0000E92 -19-30APR15-8/10
RXA0141265 —UN—13MAY14
PN=638
Transmission Repair
RXA0141264 —UN—13MAY14
17. Install snap ring (A).
LN71218,0000E92 -19-30APR15-10/10
A—Long Hub Six Disk Clutch C—Short Hub Six Disk Clutch
B—Medium Hub Six Disk
Clutch
RXA0155282 —UN—01NOV16
OURX956,000010B -19-11JAN17-1/1
PN=639
Transmission Repair
K I
C
B
G J
H
RXA0141121 —UN—22APR14
A F
RXA0141256 —UN—13MAY14
1. Remove snap ring (A).
2. Remove cover plate (B) from clutch drum (C).
PN=640
Transmission Repair
RXA0141257 —UN—12MAY14
plates (B). (See Inspect Clutch Disks—e23™ in this
group.)
LN71218,0000E95 -19-30APR15-2/10
RXA0141259 —UN—12MAY14
LN71218,0000E95 -19-30APR15-3/10
RXA0141260 —UN—12MAY14
PN=641
Transmission Repair
RXA0141262 —UN—12MAY14
9. Compress piston return springs (C) enough to remove
spring retaining snap ring (B).
10. Remove JDG754 Spring Compressor (A) and piston
return springs (C).
11. Using a rubber tipped compressed air nozzle, force air
in piston oil passage and remove clutch piston (D).
12. Remove and replace outer piston seal (E) from piston
(D).
13. Remove and replace inner piston seal (G) in clutch
hub (F).
RXA0141263 —UN—12MAY14
A—JDG754 Spring E—Outer Piston Seal
Compressor F— Clutch Hub
B—Spring Retaining Snap Ring G—Inner Piston Seal
C—Piston Return Springs (5
used)
D—Piston
LN71218,0000E95 -19-30APR15-5/10
RXA0141430 —UN—12MAY14
A—JDG11644 Piston Installer C—Clutch Hub
B—Piston
PN=642
Transmission Repair
RXA0141262 —UN—12MAY14
Ensure correct spring orientation.
RXA0147316 —UN—27APR15
C
RXA0141281 —UN—27MAR15
C
PN=643
Transmission Repair
RXA0141258 —UN—12MAY14
RXA0141259 —UN—12MAY14
LN71218,0000E95 -19-30APR15-8/10
RXA0141257 —UN—12MAY14
A—Clutch Disks (6 used) B—Separator Plates (6 used)
PN=644
Transmission Repair
RXA0141256 —UN—13MAY14
22. Install snap ring (A).
LN71218,0000E95 -19-30APR15-10/10
PN=645
Transmission Repair
C
E
D
H F
F
G
I L
M
K
J
O Q
P
R
C
S
B
RXA0140662 —UN—23APR15
PN=646
Transmission Repair
PN=647
Transmission Repair
RXA0145540 —UN—12FEB15
for removal of output shaft.
2. Remove output shaft assembly (D) from JDG11693
Transmission Shafts Lifting Fixture (A).
3. Install output shaft assembly (D) into JT07203
Transmission Shafts Holding Fixture (C).
4. Remove lifting bracket (E).
RXA0145543 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0145516 —UN—17FEB15
PN=648
Transmission Repair
RXA0147267 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0147268 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-2/21
PN=649
Transmission Repair
RXA0147269 —UN—12FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-3/21
RXA0147270 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-4/21
PN=650
Transmission Repair
RXA0147272 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0147273 —UN—12FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-5/21
RXA0147275 —UN—12FEB15
A—JT07206 Clutch Lifting Tool C—Set Screws (2 used)
B—JDG11784 Lifting Brackets D—R2 Clutch and Gear
(2 used) Assembly
PN=651
Transmission Repair
RXA0147277 —UN—12FEB15
15. Remove snap ring (B) and replace bearings (C).
16. Remove and replace clutch seal (D).
RXA0147278 —UN—12FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-7/21
RXA0147281 —UN—12FEB15
PN=652
Transmission Repair
RXA0147283 —UN—12FEB15
A—JT07206 Clutch Lifting Tool C—Set Screws (2 used)
B—JDG11784 Lifting Brackets D—R1 Clutch and Gear
(2 used)
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-9/21
22. Remove R1 clutch gear (A) from nine disk cast clutch
RXA0147284 —UN—12FEB15
(B).
PN=653
Transmission Repair
RXA0147286 —UN—12FEB15
A—R1 Clutch Gear C—Bearings (2 used)
B—Snap Ring D—Clutch Seal
RXA0147285 —UN—12FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-11/21
RXA0147287 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0147288 —UN—12FEB15
PN=654
Transmission Repair
RXA0147284 —UN—12FEB15
A—R1 Clutch Gear C—Seal
B—Nine Disk Cast Clutch
RXA0147280 —UN—17FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-13/21
PN=655
Transmission Repair
RXA0147281 —UN—12FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-15/21
RXA0147280 —UN—17FEB15
A—R2 Clutch Gear C—Seal
B—Nine Disk Cast Clutch
RXA0147279 —UN—17FEB15
PN=656
Transmission Repair
RXA0147276 —UN—18FEB15
A—JT07206 Clutch Lifting Tool C—Set Screws (2 used)
B—JDG11784 Lifting Brackets D—R2 Clutch and Gear
(2 used)
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-17/21
39. Install snap ring (B) and snap ring retainer (A).
RXA0147272 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0147273 —UN—12FEB15
PN=657
Transmission Repair
40. Install bearings (B) and PTO and Idler gear (A).
RXA0147269 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-19/21
PN=658
Transmission Repair
RXA0147268 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0147267 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-20/21
PN=659
Transmission Repair
RXA0145516 —UN—17FEB15
43. Install lifting bracket (E).
44. Remove output shaft assembly (D) from JT07203
Transmission Shafts Holding Fixture (C).
45. Install output shaft assembly (D) into JDG11693
Transmission Shafts Lifting Fixture (A).
46. Replace seal rings on lower end of output shaft
assembly (D).
47. Install B countershaft shaft (B) into JDG11693
Transmission Shafts Lifting Fixture (A).
RXA0145543 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0145540 —UN—12FEB15
LN71218,0000E97 -19-29APR15-21/21
PN=660
Transmission Repair
A
B
C
F D
E G
K I
J
N
E
D
O
RXA0155283 —UN—01NOV16
R
C
Q
PN=661
Transmission Repair
RXA0145515 —UN—15JAN15
3. Install B countershaft shaft (B) into JDG11785 Shaft
Holding Cup.
4. Remove lifting bracket (D).
RXA0145539 —UN—15JAN15
RXA0146811 —UN—17FEB15
PN=662
Transmission Repair
RXA0146812 —UN—17FEB15
A—Bearing B—S2 Clutch and Gear
RXA0146813 —UN—15JAN15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-2/22
PN=663
Transmission Repair
NOTE: For repair of medium hub six disk clutch pack. (See
Repair 6 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™ in this group.)
RXA0146815 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-3/22
RXA0146816 —UN—15JAN15
PN=664
Transmission Repair
RXA0146817 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-5/22
RXA0146818 —UN—15JAN15
PN=665
Transmission Repair
13. Remove S3 clutch gear (A) from long hub six disk
clutch (B).
RXA0146819 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-7/22
RXA0146820 —UN—15JAN15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-8/22
PN=666
Transmission Repair
15. Remove low driven gear (A) and S1 drive gear (B).
RXA0146822 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-9/22
NOTE: For repair of short hub six disk clutch, see Repair
6 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™ in this group.
16. Remove short hub six disk clutch (A) and high driven
gear (C) from B countershaft (B).
RXA0146823 —UN—15JAN15
PN=667
Transmission Repair
17. Remove snap ring (C) and bearings (B) from high
driven gear (A).
18. Remove spacer (D).
19. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
20. Install bottom bearing (B) and snap ring (C).
RXA0146826 —UN—29APR15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-11/22
RXA0146827 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-12/22
PN=668
Transmission Repair
RXA0146827 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-14/22
RXA0146829 —UN—15JAN15
NOTE: Install reverse driven gear and clutch together
onto shaft to keep clutch disks aligned.
24. Install high driven gear (A) in high driven clutch (B).
25. Align clutch lube passage (C) with shaft lube passage
(D) and install clutch.
26. Install spacer (E) and bearing (F) in high driven gear.
RXA0146824 —UN—15JAN15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-15/22
PN=669
Transmission Repair
27. Install S1 drive gear (B) and low driven gear (A).
RXA0146822 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-16/22
28. Install S3 clutch gear (A) in long hub six disk clutch (B).
RXA0146819 —UN—15JAN15
A—S3 Clutch Gear B—Long Hub Six Disk Clutch
PN=670
Transmission Repair
RXA0146818 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-18/22
RXA0146817 —UN—15JAN15
PN=671
Transmission Repair
31. Align clutch lube passage (C) with shaft lube passage
(B) and install S2 clutch assembly (A).
32. Install bearing spacer (D) and bearing (E) in S2 drive
gear.
RXA0146814 —UN—15JAN15
A—S2 Clutch Assembly D—Bearing Spacer
B—Shaft Large Lube Passage E—Bearing
C—Clutch Lube Passage
PN=672
Transmission Repair
RXA0146812 —UN—17FEB15
34. Install lifting bracket (D) in B countershaft shaft (B).
35. Remove B countershaft shaft (B) from JT07203
Transmission Shafts Holding Fixture (C).
RXA0146811 —UN—17FEB15
RXA0145539 —UN—15JAN15
PN=673
Transmission Repair
RXA0145515 —UN—15JAN15
OURX956,000010D -19-11JAN17-22/22
PN=674
Transmission Repair
PN=675
Transmission Repair
C A
I
F
H
G
J L
K
M
G
F
O
I
P
Q
U
S
RXA0155285 —UN—01NOV16
R T
B
V
PN=676
Transmission Repair
A—Seal Rings (4 used) F— Ball Bearings (4 used) K—Snap Ring R—S4 Gear
B—Bearing G—Snap Rings (2 used) L— PTO Gear S—Spacer
C—C Countershaft H—R3 Gear M—S3 Gear T— Bearing (2 used)
D—S2 Gear I— Spacers (2 used) N—R2 Gear U—Snap Ring
E—Twelve Disk Clutches (2 used) J— Ball Bearing O—S1 Gear V—Snap Ring
P—R1 Gear
Q—Medium Hub Six Disk Clutch
OURX956,000010E -19-11JAN17-2/2
RXA0145513 —UN—12FEB15
3. Install C countershaft shaft (C) into JDG11785 Shaft
Holding Cup.
4. Remove lifting bracket (D).
RXA0145514 —UN—12FEB15
PN=677
Transmission Repair
RXA0146943 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-2/26
RXA0146944 —UN—12FEB15
A—JT07206 Clutch Lifting Tool C—Set Screws (2 used)
B—Lifting Brackets (2 used) D—R3 Clutch and Gear
PN=678
Transmission Repair
10. Remove R3 clutch gear (A) from twelve disk clutch (B).
11. Repair twelve disk clutch assembly (B). (See Repair
RXA0146946 —UN—12FEB15
12 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™ in this group.)
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-4/26
RXA0146947 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-5/26
PN=679
Transmission Repair
RXA0146948 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-6/26
RXA0146949 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-7/26
PN=680
Transmission Repair
RXA0146951 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-8/26
RXA0146953 —UN—12FEB15
PN=681
Transmission Repair
RXA0146954 —UN—12FEB15
A—S1 Clutch Gear C—Bearing
B—Snap Ring
RXA0146956 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-10/26
RXA0146958 —UN—03FEB15
PN=682
Transmission Repair
RXA0146960 —UN—03FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-12/26
26. Remove medium hub six disk clutch assembly (A) and
S4 driven gear (B) from C countershaft (C).
RXA0146961 —UN—03FEB15
PN=683
Transmission Repair
27. Remove snap ring (C) and bearings (B) from S4 drive
gear (A).
28. Remove spacer (D).
29. Repair medium hub six disk clutch assembly (E). (See
Repair 6 Disk Clutch Pack—e23™ in this group.)
RXA0155331 —UN—04NOV16
A—S4 Drive Gear D—Spacer
B—Bearings (2 used) E—Medium Hub Six Disk
C—Snap Ring Clutch Assembly
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-14/26
RXA0155332 —UN—04NOV16
Continued on next page OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-15/26
PN=684
Transmission Repair
31. Install bearings (B) and spacer (D) in S4 drive gear (A).
32. Install snap ring (C).
33. Install S4 drive gear (A) into medium hub six disk
clutch (E).
RXA0155331 —UN—04NOV16
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-16/26
34. Rotate medium hub six disk clutch (A) and S4 driven
gear (B) and install.
35. Align clutch lube passage (D) with shaft lube passage
(E) on C countershaft (C).
RXA0146963 —UN—12FEB15
A—Medium Hub Six Disk D—Clutch Lube Passage
Clutch Assembly E—Shaft Lube Passage
B—S4 Driven Gear
C—C Countershaft
PN=685
Transmission Repair
RXA0146960 —UN—03FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-18/26
RXA0146958 —UN—03FEB15
PN=686
Transmission Repair
RXA0146953 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-20/26
RXA0146951 —UN—12FEB15
PN=687
Transmission Repair
41. Install PTO idler gear (B) with snap ring (C) facing
down.
42. Install spacer (A).
RXA0146948 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0146950 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-22/26
PN=688
Transmission Repair
RXA0146946 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-23/26
RXA0146944 —UN—12FEB15
46. Tighten set screws (C) to prevent tool from slipping
off gear.
47. Carefully install R3 clutch and gear assembly (D) on
C countershaft.
PN=689
Transmission Repair
RXA0146943 —UN—12FEB15
Continued on next page OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-25/26
PN=690
Transmission Repair
RXA0145514 —UN—12FEB15
RXA0145513 —UN—12FEB15
OURX956,000010F -19-11JAN17-26/26
PN=691
Transmission Repair
B
A
F C D
G
H
K I
L
RXA0155284 —UN—01NOV16
O
P S
R
PN=692
Transmission Repair
RXA0145518 —UN—12JAN15
3. Remove lifting bracket (D).
RXA0145519 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-1/18
PN=693
Transmission Repair
RXA0146755 —UN—12JAN15
RXA0146756 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-2/18
PN=694
Transmission Repair
RXA0146757 —UN—12JAN15
A—Bearing Support C—Bearing
B—Input Shaft Assembly
RXA0146758 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-3/18
PN=695
Transmission Repair
RXA0146759 —UN—12JAN15
8. Remove snap ring (A).
9. Remove short hub six disk clutches (B) and low drive
gear (C).
RXA0146760 —UN—12JAN15
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-4/18
10. Remove snap ring (A) from low drive gear (C) and
replace bearing (B).
RXA0146763 —UN—12JAN15
PN=696
Transmission Repair
RXA0146761 —UN—12JAN15
RXA0146764 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-6/18
PN=697
Transmission Repair
13. Remove high drive gear (A) from input shaft assembly
(B).
RXA0146765 —UN—12JAN15
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-7/18
14. Remove short hub six disk clutch (A) and reverse drive
gear (B) from input shaft assembly (C).
RXA0146766 —UN—12JAN15
PN=698
Transmission Repair
15. Remove snap ring (C) and bearing (B) from reverse
drive gear (A).
RXA0146767 —UN—12JAN15
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-9/18
16. Remove and replace snap rings (B) on input shaft (A).
RXA0146769 —UN—12JAN15
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-10/18
17. Install reverse drive gear (A) in reverse drive clutch (B).
18. Align clutch lube passage (C) with shaft large lube
passage (D) and install clutch and gear assembly.
RXA0146768 —UN—12JAN15
PN=699
Transmission Repair
19. Install high drive gear (A) in input shaft assembly (B).
RXA0146765 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-12/18
PN=700
Transmission Repair
RXA0146764 —UN—12JAN15
RXA0146761 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-13/18
PN=701
Transmission Repair
22. Install low drive gear (A) in low drive clutch (B).
23. Align clutch lube passage (C) with shaft large lube
passage (D) and install clutch and gear assembly.
RXA0146762 —UN—12JAN15
A—Low Drive Gear C—Clutch Lube Passage
B—Low Drive Clutch D—Shaft Large Lube Passage
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-14/18
A—Snap Ring
RXA0146759 —UN—12JAN15
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-15/18
PN=702
Transmission Repair
26. Install PTO drive gear (B) and snap ring (A).
RXA0146756 —UN—12JAN15
RXA0146755 —UN—12JAN15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-17/18
PN=703
Transmission Repair
RXA0145519 —UN—12JAN15
RXA0145518 —UN—12JAN15
LN71218,0000E9D -19-29APR15-18/18
PN=704
Transmission Repair
RXA0147315 —UN—24APR15
A—Rear PTO Bearing Support D—Snap Ring G—Snap Rings (2 used) I— Rear PTO Drive Shaft
B—Bearing E—Bearing Sleeve H—Seal Rings (2 used)
C—Snap Ring F— PTO Drive Gear
LN71218,0000E9E -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=705
Transmission Repair
RXA0145522 —UN—25FEB15
A—JDG11693 Transmission C—Lifting Bracket
Shafts Lifting Fixture
B—Rear PTO Shaft Assembly
RXA0147292 —UN—25FEB15
Continued on next page LN71218,0000E9F -19-29APR15-1/9
PN=706
Transmission Repair
3. Remove tie bands (A) from around PTO drive gear (B)
and rear PTO bearing support (C).
RXA0147310 —UN—24APR15
LN71218,0000E9F -19-29APR15-2/9
RXA0147311 —UN—24APR15
A—Rear PTO Shaft C—Snap Ring
B—Rear PTO Bearing Support D—Bearing
RXA0147312 —UN—24APR15
PN=707
Transmission Repair
RXA0147313 —UN—24APR15
LN71218,0000E9F -19-29APR15-4/9
7. Remove snap ring (A) and rear PTO drive gear (B).
8. Replace seal rings (D).
9. Remove snap ring (C) from rear PTO drive shaft (E).
RXA0147314 —UN—24APR15
10. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
11. Install snap ring (C) onto rear PTO drive shaft (E).
12. Install rear PTO drive gear (B) and snap ring (A).
LN71218,0000E9F -19-29APR15-5/9
13. Install NEW bearing sleeve (B) and snap ring (A).
RXA0147313 —UN—24APR15
PN=708
Transmission Repair
14. Install NEW bearing (D) and snap ring (C) in rear PTO
bearing support (B).
15. Install rear PTO shaft (A) into rear PTO bearing
support (C).
RXA0147311 —UN—24APR15
A—Rear PTO Shaft C—Snap Ring
B—Rear PTO Bearing Support D—Bearing
RXA0147312 —UN—24APR15
LN71218,0000E9F -19-29APR15-7/9
16. Install tie bands (A) around PTO drive gear (B) and
rear bearing support (C).
RXA0147310 —UN—24APR15
PN=709
Transmission Repair
RXA0147292 —UN—25FEB15
RXA0145522 —UN—25FEB15
LN71218,0000E9F -19-29APR15-9/9
PN=710
Transmission Repair
RXA0123238 —UN—01FEB12
Inspect clutch disks and replace any clutch pack that
shows signs of heat.
Specification
Clutch Disk—Thickness
(NEW)........................................................................................... 2.9 mm
(0.114 in.)
LN71218,0000EA2 -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=711
Transmission Repair
PN=712
Group 15
Assemble Transmission
List of References Install Transmission Shaft Assemblies—e23™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Install Rear Cover—e23™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50B—15
Install Auxiliary Drive—e23™
Other Material 50B—15
Remove and Install Upper Manifold—e23™
Specifications 50B—15
Remove and Install Lower Manifold—e23™
LN71218,0000EAC -19-29APR15-1/1
LN71218,0000EAE -19-29APR15-1/1
Specifications 50B—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=713
Assemble Transmission
RXA0147995 —UN—22APR15
A—O-ring
PN=714
Assemble Transmission
RXA0145512 —UN—23OCT14
4. Lower JDG11693 Transmission Shaft Lifting Fixture
(A) and shafts into transmission case moving back and
forth slightly to prevent binding of shafts in housing.
RXA0145511 —UN—02DEC14
RXA0145510 —UN—24MAR15
PN=715
Assemble Transmission
RXA0145508 —UN—22APR15
A—Input Shaft Adapter E—PTO Shaft Adapter
B—B Shaft Adapter F— JDG11693 Transmission
C—C Shaft Adapter Shaft Lifting Fixture
D—Output Shaft Adapter G—Lifting Fixture Latches (5
used)
RXA0145507 —UN—22APR15
LN71218,0000EA7 -19-20MAR18-3/4
RXA0148111 —UN—29APR15
PTO Bearing Support
Cap Screws —Torque.................................................................310 N·m
(230 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000EA7 -19-20MAR18-4/4
PN=716
Assemble Transmission
RXA0145505 —UN—16OCT14
4. Install rear cover studs (C) and rear cover cap screws
(D). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Rear Cover
Studs—Torque.............................................................................128 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
Rear Cover Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0145697 —UN—23OCT14
RXA0145506 —UN—16OCT14
PN=717
Assemble Transmission
A—O-ring C—Plug
B—Sump Screen
RXA0148106 —UN—27APR15
LN71218,0000EA8 -19-29APR15-2/6
RXA0147753 —UN—23MAR15
B—Snap Ring
PN=718
Assemble Transmission
RXA0147633 —UN—23MAR15
NOTE: B and C shaft assemblies weigh 105 kg (232
lb.) and 160 kg (353 lb.) respectively.
RXA0147751 —UN—23MAR15
B and C Shaft
Bearings—End Play.........................................................0.13—0.28 mm
(0.005—0.011 in.)
PN=719
Assemble Transmission
RXA0147634 —UN—23MAR15
NOTE: Output shaft assembly weighs 135 kg (300 lb.).
RXA0147756 —UN—23MAR15
Bearing—End Play...........................................................0.08—0.23 mm
(0.003—0.009 in.)
LN71218,0000EA8 -19-29APR15-5/6
RXA0147754 —UN—23MAR15
21. Install lower manifold. (See Remove and Install Lower
Manifold—e23™ in this group.)
22. Install upper manifold. (See Remove and Install Upper
Manifold—e23™ in this group.)
23. Replace speed sensors in main housing and rear
cover.
LN71218,0000EA8 -19-29APR15-6/6
PN=720
Assemble Transmission
RXA0147834 —UN—22APR15
(A and B). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Auxiliary Drive Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
RXA0148107 —UN—27APR15
LN71218,0000EA9 -19-29APR15-1/1
PN=721
Assemble Transmission
RXA0145501 —UN—16OCT14
3. Remove cap screws (C) and upper manifold (D)
from transmission. (See Repair Upper Manifold
Valves—e23™ in Group 10.)
4. Remove seal rings (E) from B and C shafts.
RXA0145502 —UN—16OCT14
LN71218,0000EAA -19-30APR15-1/5
RXA0146355 —UN—19DEC14
A—Upper Housing D—Cap Screws (8 used)
B—Lower Housing E—O-rings (4 used)
C—Gasket
PN=722
Assemble Transmission
RXA0146359 —UN—23APR15
11. Install lower housing (A).
12. Install cap screws (B), do not tighten at this time.
LN71218,0000EAA -19-30APR15-3/5
RXA0146360 —UN—19DEC14
16. Install cap screws (E), do not tighten at this time.
LN71218,0000EAA -19-30APR15-4/5
Screws (9 used)
LN71218,0000EAA -19-30APR15-5/5
PN=723
Assemble Transmission
RXA0145503 —UN—16OCT14
RXA0145504 —UN—16OCT14
LN71218,0000EAB -19-30APR15-1/3
RXA0146368 —UN—19DEC14
A—Seal Rings (4 used) C—Lower Manifold
B—Lower Manifold Gasket
PN=724
Assemble Transmission
RXA0146363 —UN—19DEC14
Specification
Lower Manifold Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000EAB -19-30APR15-3/3
PN=725
Assemble Transmission
PN=726
Section 50C
Drive Train
Contents
Page
Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
List of References....................................... 50C-00-1
Essential, Recommended, and Group 10—Steering Gears
Fabricated Tools 50C—00 ...................... 50C-00-1 List of References....................................... 50C-10-1
Other Material 50C—00.............................. 50C-00-1 Essential, Recommended, and
Specifications 50C—00 .............................. 50C-00-1 Fabricated Tools 50C—10 ...................... 50C-10-1
Remove Rear Axle Assembly..................... 50C-00-2 Other Material 50C—10.............................. 50C-10-1
Install Rear Axle Assembly......................... 50C-00-6 Specifications 50C—10 .............................. 50C-10-1
Remove Final Drive Assembly ................... 50C-00-9 Remove Steering Planetary, Ring
Install Final Drive Assembly ..................... 50C-00-12 Gear, and Sun Gear ............................... 50C-10-2
Recondition Steering Planetary .................. 50C-10-3
Group 05—Rear Axle Assembly Install Steering Planetary, Ring
List of References....................................... 50C-05-1 Gear, and Sun Gear ............................... 50C-10-4
Essential, Recommended and Remove, Recondition, and Install
Fabricated Tools 50C—05 ...................... 50C-05-1 Steering Idler Gears ............................... 50C-10-5
Other Material 50C—05.............................. 50C-05-1 Remove, Recondition, and Install
Specifications 50C—05 .............................. 50C-05-2 Steering Motor Output Gear ................... 50C-10-6
General Repair Procedures Remove, Recondition, and Install
50C—05 ................................................. 50C-05-3 Cross Shaft Gear Assembly ................... 50C-10-8
Remove Input Gears .................................. 50C-05-4
Disassemble and Assemble Input Group 15—Final Drives
Shaft/Gear Assembly.............................. 50C-05-6 List of References....................................... 50C-15-1
Disassemble and Assemble Essential, Recommended, and
Steering Pump Drive Gear ..................... 50C-05-7 Fabricated Tools 50C—15 ...................... 50C-15-1
Disassemble and Assemble Other Material 50C—15.............................. 50C-15-1
Integrated Hydraulic Pump Drive Specifications 50C—15 .............................. 50C-15-1
Gear........................................................ 50C-05-7 Disassemble Axle Assembly ...................... 50C-15-2
Disassemble and Assemble Idler Assemble Axle Assembly and
Gear........................................................ 50C-05-7 Determine Shim Pack............................50C-15-11
Install Input Gears ...................................... 50C-05-8 Preload Shim Pack Example and
Adjust Input Shaft Bearing Worksheet—Final Drives ...................... 50C-15-23
Preload ................................................. 50C-05-10 Remove, Recondition, Assemble
Remove and Install Pump Drive Brakes .................................................. 50C-15-24
Housing ................................................ 50C-05-15
Cross-Sectional View—Spiral Group 20—PTO
Bevel Pinion Shaft ................................ 50C-05-17 List of References....................................... 50C-20-1
Disassemble and Recondition Essential, Recommended, and
Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft ...................... 50C-05-17 Fabricated Tools 50C—20 ...................... 50C-20-1
Assemble and Install Spiral Bevel Other Material 50C—20.............................. 50C-20-1
Pinion Shaft .......................................... 50C-05-20 Specifications 50C—20 .............................. 50C-20-2
Cross-Sectional View—Spiral Cross-Sectional View—PTO Clutch
Bevel Ring Gear Assembly................... 50C-05-25 Assembly ................................................ 50C-20-3
Remove and Recondition Spiral Remove PTO Clutch................................... 50C-20-4
Bevel Ring Gear Assembly................... 50C-05-26 Recondition PTO Clutch ............................. 50C-20-8
Install Spiral Bevel Ring Gear Install PTO Clutch..................................... 50C-20-12
Assembly .............................................. 50C-05-30 Remove and Install PTO Output
Side Quill Adjustment Information............. 50C-05-31 Housing Assembly................................ 50C-20-17
Adjust Carrier Assembly Bearing Cross-Sectional View—PTO
Preload ................................................. 50C-05-31 Output Housing Assembly .................... 50C-20-18
Adjust Spiral Bevel Ring Gear Recondition PTO Output Housing............. 50C-20-18
Backlash ............................................... 50C-05-33
PN=1
Contents
Page
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
List of References Remove Rear Axle Assembly
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Install Rear Axle Assembly
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50C—00
Remove Final Drive Assembly
Other Material 50C—00
Install Final Drive Assembly
Specifications 50C—00
LN71218,00009B0 -19-31MAY13-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 50C—00
DFRW144—European Narrow Rear Axle Lift Tool
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,00009B1 -19-21MAR14-1/1
PM37397 (U.S.) Pipe Sealant with TEFLON™ Used to seal pipe plug threads.
PM38613 (Canadian)
592 Loctite™ (U.S.)
TO84419,000008A -19-14MAR14-1/1
Specifications 50C—00
Item Measurement Specification
TO84419,00000AC -19-19MAR14-1/1
PN=729
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138466 —UN—28JAN14
3. Remove pump drive housing drain plug (B).
RXA0138467 —UN—28JAN14
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-1/10
RXA0103291 —UN—09JUL09
Continued on next page TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-2/10
PN=730
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138468 —UN—28JAN14
Frame in Section 80B, Group 15.)
8. Remove final drive assembly. (See Remove Final
Drive Assembly in this group.)
9. Remove draw bar.
10. Remove draft links and lift links.
11. Remove lift cylinders. (See Remove and Install Lift
Cylinder in Section 70, Group 20.)
A—Filters
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-3/10
RXA0138470 —UN—28JAN14
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-4/10
RXA0138471 —UN—28JAN14
A—Oil Supply Line
PN=731
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0098399 —UN—09JUL09
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-6/10
RXA0138578 —UN—31JAN14
19. Move air spring toward outside of tractor to unseat
hanger shoulder (A).
RXA0138577 —UN—31JAN14
C—Air Fitting (2 used)
F— Swing Arm-to-Air Spring
Cap Screws (2 used)
PN=732
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138469 —UN—28JAN14
A—Cab Mount Cap Screw B—Support Cap Screw
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-8/10
RXA0105136 —UN—28OCT09
Adapter
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-9/10
RXA0138472 —UN—28JAN14
A—JT07122 Splitting Stand B—Rear Axle Assembly-to-Mid
Frame Cap Screws (20
used)
TO84419,000008B -19-14MAR14-10/10
PN=733
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138472 —UN—28JAN14
Specification
Rear Axle Assembly-
to-Mid Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m
(317 lb.-ft.)
TO84419,000008C -19-14MAR14-1/8
RXA0138469 —UN—28JAN14
specification.
Specification
Cab Mount Cap Screw
1
—Torque....................................................................................300 N·m
(221 lb.-ft.)
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
Continued on next page TO84419,000008C -19-14MAR14-2/8
PN=734
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138578 —UN—31JAN14
9. Move air spring toward inside of tractor to seat hanger
shoulder (A).
10. Install cap screws (E and F). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Plate-to-Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
Swing Arm-to-Air Spring
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138577 —UN—31JAN14
12. Install air supply line (B) on inside of mid-frame.
TO84419,000008C -19-14MAR14-3/8
RXA0138471 —UN—28JAN14
A—Oil Supply Line
PN=735
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138470 —UN—28JAN14
(75 lb.-ft.)
Suction Tube Shield-to-
Differential Case Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................500 N·m
(369 lb.-ft.)
A—Filters
RXA0138468 —UN—28JAN14
TO84419,000008C -19-14MAR14-6/8
23. Install filter shield (B) and cap screws (A). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Filter Shield Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................30 N·m
RXA0103291 —UN—09JUL09
(266 lb.-in.)
PN=736
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138466 —UN—28JAN14
27. Connect battery ground cable.
RXA0138467 —UN—28JAN14
TO84419,000008C -19-14MAR14-8/8
RXA0058612 —UN—15NOV01
before removing track frame.
PN=737
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138474 —UN—28JAN14
12. Remove brake bleed diagnostic receptacle (D).
13. Disconnect remaining lines from axle.
LN71218,0002225 -19-02FEB17-2/7
RXA0104558 —UN—18SEP09
Continued on next page LN71218,0002225 -19-02FEB17-3/7
PN=738
Component Removal and Installation
16. Install JDG10758 Rear Final Drive Lift Tool (A) onto
axle.
RXA0104559 —UN—18SEP09
17. Attach lifting device to JDG10758 Rear Final Drive
Lift Tool.
18. Remove remaining inner axle housing-to-differential
case cap screws.
19. Carefully remove final drive assembly. A—JDG10758 Rear Final Drive
Lift Tool
LN71218,0002225 -19-02FEB17-4/7
RXA0138475 —UN—28JAN14
A—Lines (6 used) C—Hose
B—Brake Bleed Diagnostic D—Line
Receptacle
LN71218,0002225 -19-02FEB17-5/7
PN=739
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138571 —UN—28JAN14
23. Install JDG10758 Rear Final Drive Lift Tool (A) onto
axle.
24. Attach lifting device to JDG10758 Rear Final Drive
Lift Tool.
25. Remove remaining inner axle housing-to-differential
case cap screws.
CAUTION: Ring gear, pinion shaft, brake A—JDG10758 Rear Final Drive
backing plate, and disk are loose and can Lift Tool
fall causing injury.
RXA0105003 —UN—23OCT09
for left-hand side final drive.
JDG10758-P1 and JDG10758-P3 will be used
for right-hand side final drive.
PN=740
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138573 —UN—28JAN14
backing plate, and disk are loose and can
fall causing injury.
RXA0138574 —UN—28JAN14
Continued on next page LN71218,0002226 -19-02FEB17-2/3
PN=741
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138575 —UN—28JAN14
rotate axle shaft to aid in aligning ring gear onto
steering planetary.
8. Install washers and New inner housing-to-differential
case cap screws (A).
9. Remove JDG10757 Rear Final Drive Bearing and
Seal Installer (B) and JDG10758 Rear Final Drive Lift
Tool (C).
10. Install remaining washers and New inner
housing-to-differential case cap screws (A). Tighten A—Inner Housing-to- C—JDG10758 Rear Final Drive
Differential Case Cap Lift Tool
to specification. Screws (14 used) D—Studs (7 used)
Specification B—JDG10757 Rear Final Drive
Bearing and Seal Installer
Inner Housing-to-
Differential Case Cap
Screws—Torque Turn........................................................ 145 N·m + 90°
(107 lb.-ft. + 90°) 14. For right-hand axle perform the following:
NOTE: Do not reuse studs. Double nut studs to install. • Install steering motor (See Remove and Install
Steering Motor in Section 60B, Group 20.)
11. Install washers and New studs (D).
15. Install lines and hoses.
12. Remove extra nuts. Tighten to specification.
16. Install brake bleed diagnostic receptacle.
Specification
Studs—Torque Turn........................................................ 370 N·m + 180° 17. Install track frame (See Remove and Install Track
(273 lb.-ft. + 180°) Frame in Section 80B, Group 15).
PN=742
Group 05
Rear Axle Assembly
List of References Adjust Input Shaft Bearing Preload
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Pump Drive Housing
Essential, Recommended and Fabricated Tools 50C—05
Cross-Sectional View—Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft
Other Material 50C—05
Disassemble and Recondition Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft
Specifications 50C—05
Assemble and Install Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft
General Repair Procedures 50C—05 Cross-Sectional View—Spiral Bevel Ring Gear Assembly
Remove Input Gears
Remove and Recondition Spiral Bevel Ring Gear
Disassemble and Assemble Input Shaft/Gear Assembly Assembly
Disassemble and Assemble Steering Pump Drive Gear Install Spiral Bevel Ring Gear Assembly
Disassemble and Assemble Integrated Hydraulic Pump Side Quill Adjustment Information
Drive Gear Adjust Carrier Assembly Bearing Preload
Disassemble and Assemble Idler Gear Adjust Spiral Bevel Ring Gear Backlash
Install Input Gears
LN71218,0000243 -19-08JAN18-1/1
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Used to seal transmission housings.
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 Loctite™ (U.S.)
LN71218,00009CF -19-31MAY13-1/1
PN=743
Rear Axle Assembly
Specifications 50C—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=744
Rear Axle Assembly
• Lubricate each component part with clean hydraulic oil. • Inspect springs for distortion, wear, or damage.
• Lightly coat needle bearings, thrust washers, and seals Clutch Disks and Plates
with petroleum jelly during assembly.
• Use new O-rings, seals, and gaskets. • Inspect clutch disks and plates. Replace disks if more
• Tighten fasteners to specified torque. than 5% of facing area is missing, chipped, flaked, heat
distressed, or scratches easily regardless of facing
Cleaning Parts: thickness. Soak new disks in clean hydraulic oil for 15
minutes before assembling.
• Clean all parts and flush any debris from oil passages • Inspect the disk and plate teeth. Check for flatness.
with clean solvent.
• Use moisture-free air to dry parts (except bearings) and Hubs, Gears, and Shafts
to clean out oil passages.
• Inspect thrust washers and thrust surfaces.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use solvent to clean clutch • Check hub thrust surfaces and splines for scoring.
disks; use a lint-free cloth. • Inspect shaft bearing surfaces and splines.
• Check planetary pins and shafts for loose fit and/or
Inspection: complete disengagement.
• Inspect gear and pinion teeth for damage or excessive
Bearings and Bushings wear.
• Dry bearings thoroughly and lubricate with clean oil • Check for smooth rotation of gears and pinions.
before inspection. Never dry bearings with compressed
air.
IMPORTANT: Spinning a bearing without lubrication
can damage the bearing.
LN71218,0002216 -19-02FEB17-1/1
PN=745
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0101136 —UN—05AUG09
3. Remove integrated hydraulic pump. (See Remove
and Install Integrated Hydraulic Pump in Section 70,
Group 00.)
4. Remove coupler retaining snap ring (A) and coupler
(B).
5. Remove V-ring seal (C) and oil seal (D).
6. Remove PTO clutch retaining snap ring (E).
7. Remove wheel speed sensors (F and G).
RXA0101138 —UN—05AUG09
Ring Ring
B—Coupler F— Wheel Speed Sensor
C—V-ring Seal G—Wheel Speed Sensor
D—Oil Seal
TO84419,00002FE -19-28JAN14-1/6
RXA0101139 —UN—06AUG09
PN=746
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0137409 —UN—03DEC13
A—Steering Pump Drive C—PTO Pump Drive Input Gear
Output Gear Assembly
B—Snap Ring
TO84419,00002FE -19-28JAN14-3/6
RXA0101146 —UN—05AUG09
Drive Gear Retaining Cap
Screw
TO84419,00002FE -19-28JAN14-4/6
14. Remove O-ring (A) and drive gear (B) from drive shaft.
15. Remove integrated hydraulic pump drive output gear
assembly (C).
16. Remove oil baffle (D).
RXA0101147 —UN—05AUG09
A—O-ring C—Integrated Hydraulic
B—Drive Gear Pump Drive Output Gear
Assembly
D—Oil Baffle
PN=747
Rear Axle Assembly
17. Remove cap screw (A), washer (B) and idler gear
assembly (C) from pump drive cover.
18. Remove idler gear pin (D) from cover. Inspect and
replace as necessary.
RXA0104128 —UN—05AUG09
A—Cap Screw C—Idler Gear Assembly
B—Washer D—Idler Gear Pin
RXA0104129 —UN—05AUG09
TO84419,00002FE -19-28JAN14-6/6
RXA0104125 —UN—05AUG09
CAUTION: Heat parts in a bearing heater. Use a
thermometer and do not exceed 150 °C (300 °F).
Plan safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
TO84419,00002FF -19-28JAN14-1/1
PN=748
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0104126 —UN—05AUG09
puller.
2. Install bearing (C) using a press and 70 mm (2-3/4 in.)
driver disk. Install bearing tight against shoulder.
TO84419,0000300 -19-28JAN14-1/1
RXA0104127 —UN—05AUG09
2. Install bearing (C) using a press and 110 mm (4-11/16
in.) driver disk. Install bearing tight against shoulder.
TO84419,0000301 -19-28JAN14-1/1
RXA0104130 —UN—05AUG09
1. Remove bearings (A) from gear using a punch.
2. Remove snap ring (B).
PN=749
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0104131 —UN—05AUG09
A—Snap Ring C—Bearings (2 used)
B—Groove D—Gear Surface
RXA0104132 —UN—05AUG09
TO84419,0000302 -19-28JAN14-2/2
RXA0104133 —UN—06AUG09
2. Install new seal with part markings and dirt lip towards
rear of tractor using JDG938 Seal Installer and
JDG926A Bearing Installer.
3. Install integrated hydraulic pump drive gear assembly
(B) into pump drive gear housing.
4. Install steering pump drive gear assembly (C) into
pump drive gear housing.
A—Seal C—Steering Pump Drive Gear
B—Integrated Hydraulic Pump Assembly
Drive Gear Assembly
PN=750
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0104134 —UN—05AUG09
Strength) to cap screw threads.
9. Install washer (B) and differential drive shaft gear
retaining cap screw (C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Differential Drive Shaft
Drive Gear Retaining Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................435 N·m
(320 lb.-ft.)
RXA0104295 —UN—06AUG09
12. Apply PM38656 Rigid Thread Lock and Sealer (High
Strength) to cap screw threads.
13. Install pump drive housing oil baffle cap screws (G).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Pump Drive Housing
Oil Baffle Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
A—Drive Gear E—Input Shaft/Gear Assembly
(52 lb.-ft.) B—Washer F— Oil Baffle Plates (2 used)
. C—Differential Drive Shaft G—Pump Drive Housing Oil
Drive Gear Retaining Cap Baffle Cap Screws (3 used)
NOTE: Fabricate two guide pins by removing heads Screw
D—Guide Pins (2 used)
from M10 x 110 mm length cap screws.
15. Install idler gear (A) into pump drive gear cover.
16. Install pin (B) into gear.
17. Clean threads of idler gear retaining cap screw (D).
18. Apply PM38656 Rigid Thread Lock and Sealer (High
Strength) to cap screw threads.
RXA0104224 —UN—05AUG09
19. Install washer (C) and idler gear retaining cap screw
(D). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Idler Gear Retaining
Screw—Torque............................................................................375 N·m
(277 lb.-ft.)
PN=751
Rear Axle Assembly
20. Clean pump drive gear cover and pump drive housing
sealing surfaces and apply PM38657High Flex
Form-In-Place Gasket to ONE surface only.
21. Install pump drive gear cover and pump drive gear
cover cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
RXA0104184 —UN—05AUG09
Pump Drive Gear Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
RXA0104186 —UN—05AUG09
necessary. (See Adjust Input Shaft Bearing Preload in
this group.)
TO84419,0000303 -19-29MAR18-4/4
RXA0137410 —UN—03DEC13
A—Bearing Quill-to-Cover Cap B—Jack Screw Threaded Holes
Screws (3 used)
PN=752
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0137411 —UN—10JAN14
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-2/14
RXA0059082 —UN—17DEC01
8. Remove O-ring packing (C).
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-3/14
RXA0137495 —UN—12DEC13
cover.
PN=753
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0137496 —UN—12DEC13
12. Rotate shaft and tighten cap screws in 3 increments
indicated, to 6 N·m (50 lb.-in.).
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-5/14
RXA0137498 —UN—12DEC13
0.097 mm (0.004 in.)
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-6/14
PN=754
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0137496 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-8/14
RXA0137499 —UN—12DEC13
A—Shim Pack C—O-ring Packing
B—Guide Pins (2 used) D—Input Shaft Quill
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-9/14
RXA0137500 —UN—12DEC13
PN=755
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0137501 —UN—12DEC13
(52 lb.-ft.)
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-11/14
24. Install seal (A) into quill flush with quill surface using
JDG851 Seal Installer (B).
RXA0137502 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-12/14
A—V-ring Seal
RXA0137503 —UN—12DEC13
PN=756
Rear Axle Assembly
26. Install coupler (A) and coupler retaining snap ring (B).
RXA0137539 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,0000304 -19-28JAN14-14/14
RXA0105304 —UN—29OCT09
Transmission Pump in Section 70, Group 00.)
4. Disconnect oil lines and wire harnesses as necessary.
5. Attach JDG19 Lifting Eyes (A) to housing using cap
screws and nuts.
6. Attach a chain and overhead hoist.
7. Remove pump drive housing-to-differential case cap
screws (B). A—Lifting Brackets B—Cap Screws (34 used)
8. Separate housing from differential case.
Continued on next page TO84419,0000305 -19-07MAR18-1/2
PN=757
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0137412 —UN—03DEC13
to ONE surface only. Ensure sealant completely
encircles all holes.
11. Install all internal lines.
NOTE: Fabricate guide pins by removing heads from
M20 x 150 mm cap screws.
PN=758
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0104024 —UN—05AUG09
A—Pump Drive Housing F— Oil Seal J— Shim Pack N—Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft
B—O-ring G—Front Bearing Cone K—Cone Point Shim Pack
C—Cap Screw H—Front Bearing Cup L— Rear Bearing Cup
D—Washer I— Spacer M—Rear Bearing Cone
E—Drive Gear
LN71218,00009C6 -19-31MAY13-1/1
PN=759
Rear Axle Assembly
A—Oil Seal
RXA0104038 —UN—05AUG09
TO84419,00002E8 -19-14JAN14-2/6
RXA0104039 —UN—05AUG09
A—Shaft B—Bearing Cone
TO84419,00002E8 -19-14JAN14-3/6
RXA0059051 —UN—17DEC01
PN=760
Rear Axle Assembly
7. Inspect front bearing cup (A) and rear bearing cup (B).
8. Remove and replace bearing cups as necessary.
RXA0104040 —UN—05AUG09
A—Front Bearing Cup B—Rear Bearing Cup
RXA0104041 —UN—05AUG09
TO84419,00002E8 -19-14JAN14-5/6
RXA0104042 —UN—05AUG09
11. Remove cone from shaft using a press and knife-edge
puller.
TO84419,00002E8 -19-14JAN14-6/6
PN=761
Rear Axle Assembly
RW36478 —UN—30MAY97
1. Install a .89 mm (.035 in) shim pack (A) and large
bearing cup (B) into housing using JDG931 Driver
Disk (178 mm or 7 in.). Ensure cup is tight against
shims on bottom of bore.
2. Install small bearing cup (C) into front of housing using
JDT35 Driver Disk. Ensure cup is tight against bottom
of bore.
RW36450 —UN—30MAY97
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-1/13
RXA0104042 —UN—05AUG09
shoulder. Allow bearing to cool and seat bearing using
a brass drift.
4. Install spacer (B).
5. Add 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) shims to shim pack that was
removed in order to create intentional end play for
measurement only.
6. Install shim pack (A) onto shaft.
7. Install shaft into pump drive housing.
8. Install JDG10577 Spiral Bevel Pinion Holding Tool (D)
onto spiral bevel pinion shaft.
RXA0138070 —UN—09JAN14
PN=762
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0138127 —UN—09JAN14
10. DO NOT install oil seal.
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-3/13
RXA0138126 —UN—09JAN14
14. Tighten cap screw.
15. Remove spiral bevel pinion holding tool.
16. Rotate gear and shaft to seat bearing.
17. Install spiral bevel pinion holding tool.
18. Tighten drive gear cap screw to specification.
Specification
Drive Gear Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................435 N·m A—Drive Gear C—Drive Gear Cap Screw
B—Washer
(320 lb.-ft.)
19. Remove tool, rotate gear and shaft, install tool, and
retighten. Repeat this sequence until cap screw does 20. Remove spiral bevel pinion holding tool.
not advance anymore.
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-4/13
PN=763
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0104245 —UN—05AUG09
due to slight variations in thickness. Never
measure an entire shim pack.
27. Install shaft (A) with spacer and shim pack into pump
drive housing.
28. Install JDG10577 Spiral Bevel Pinion Holding Tool.
RXA0138127 —UN—09JAN14
CAUTION: Heat parts in a bearing heater. Use a
thermometer and do not exceed 150 °C (300 °F).
Plan safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-7/13
31. Install spiral bevel pinion shaft oil seal (A) using
JDG938 Seal Installer (B) and JDG926A Bearing
Installer (C) with spring side of seal facing driver.
Surface of seal must be flush with surface of pump
drive housing.
RXA0138129 —UN—09JAN14
A—Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft C—JDG926A Bearing Installer
Oil Seal
B—JDG938 Seal Installer
PN=764
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0138130 —UN—09JAN14
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-9/13
RXA0138126 —UN—09JAN14
Specification
Drive Gear Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................435 N·m
(320 lb.-ft.)
PN=765
Rear Axle Assembly
36. Clean pump drive gear cover and pump drive housing
sealing surfaces and apply PM38657High Flex
Form-In-Place Gasket to ONE surface only.
37. Install cover and pump drive gear cover cap screws
(A). Tighten to specification.
RXA0137542 —UN—12DEC13
Specification
Pump Drive Gear Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
RXA0104186 —UN—05AUG09
Ring
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-11/13
A—V-ring Seal
RXA0137503 —UN—12DEC13
Continued on next page TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-12/13
PN=766
Rear Axle Assembly
42. Install coupler (A) and coupler retaining snap ring (B).
RXA0137539 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,0000306 -19-28JAN14-13/13
RW36434 —UN—30MAY97
A—Lock Plate Cap Screws D—Tapered Roller Bearing Cone H—Center Drive Shaft K—Bevel Ring Gear
(2 used) E—Bearing Cup I— Tapered Roller Bearing Cone L— Bushing
B—Lock Plates (2 used) F— Bearing Cup J— Bevel Ring Gear Spool M—Snap Ring
C—Bearing Quill G—Bearing Quill
TO84419,0000307 -19-28JAN14-1/1
PN=767
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0138067 —UN—08JAN14
2. Remove drawbar.
3. Remove draft links and lift links.
4. Remove lift arms.
5. Remove hitch frame retaining cap screws (A).
6. Attach lifting strap to center link pin (B) and attach to
an overhead hoist.
7. Remove hitch frame and PTO output assembly (C). A—Hitch Frame Retaining Cap C—PTO Output Assembly
Screws (20 used)
8. Remove rear axle assembly. (See Remove Rear Axle B—Center Link Pin
Assembly in Group 00.)
9. Remove pump drive housing. (See Remove and
Install Pump Drive Housing in this group.)
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-1/10
10. Remove oil reservoir tube (A) and oil baffle (B).
RXA0137414 —UN—03DEC13
Continued on next page TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-2/10
PN=768
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0138065 —UN—08JAN14
A—Snap Ring D—Spacer
B—Steering Planetary E—Bushing
C—Sun Gear
RXA0138068 —UN—09JAN14
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-3/10
RXA0137415 —UN—03DEC13
16. Remove differential case from splitting stand and
place on floor front end down.
PN=769
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0105296 —UN—28OCT09
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-5/10
RXA0138066 —UN—08JAN14
A—Bearing Quill B—JDG1120 Differential Quill
Adjustment Tool
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-6/10
20. Inspect ring gear teeth and remove and replace ring
gear as necessary.
21. Install ring gear using M16 guide pins.
22. Install ring gear-to-spool cap screws. Tighten to
specification.
RW36432 —UN—30MAY97
Specification
Ring Gear-to-Spool Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................310 N·m
(229 lb.-ft.)
PN=770
Rear Axle Assembly
RW36433 —UN—30MAY97
28. Install bushing retaining snap ring.
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-8/10
RW36461 —UN—30MAY97
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-9/10
RW36462 —UN—30MAY97
TO84419,0000308 -19-28JAN14-10/10
PN=771
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0105297 —UN—28OCT09
Lift Tool
TO84419,0000309 -19-28JAN14-1/2
RXA0138064 —UN—15JAN14
gear assembly end play.
TO84419,0000309 -19-28JAN14-2/2
PN=772
Rear Axle Assembly
RW37428 —UN—21NOV00
G
D
LN71218,00009CC -19-07JAN14-1/1
RXA0138131 —UN—09JAN14
end of center drive shaft (B).
NOTE: Two people are required to measure and adjust
carrier assembly bearing preload.
PN=773
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0138132 —UN—10JAN14
(0.017—0.022 in.)
EXAMPLE:
0.10 mm Measured End Play
+ 0.50 mm Desired Preload
RW37429 —UN—21NOV00
NOTE: By adding two adjustments together, a total of
0.57 mm (0.023 in.) of adjustment was made
and should provide preload of 0.47 mm (0.019 F
in.) which is within specification.
TO84419,000030A -19-28JAN14-2/2
PN=774
Rear Axle Assembly
RXA0138133 —UN—10JAN14
1. Install a dial indicator on case with pointer resting
against a ring gear tooth at OD of gear.
2. Rotate ring gear, noting backlash while holding pinion
shaft stationary. Check backlash at three locations
120° apart.
Specification
Spiral Bevel Ring
Gear-to-Bevel Pinion
Shaft—Backlash...............................................................0.15—0.40 mm
(0.006—0.016 in.) 4. If backlash is high, rotate left quill counterclockwise
and right quill clockwise.
IMPORTANT: Rotate both quills same amount to
maintain correct preload. 5. If backlash is low, rotate right quill counterclockwise
and left quill clockwise.
3. Count number of notches, and loosen opposite quill
same number of notches when quill is tightened.
TO84419,000012C -19-29JAN14-1/7
RXA0138063 —UN—08JAN14
Specification
Spool Assembly Bearing
Quill Lock Plate Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
TO84419,000012C -19-29JAN14-2/7
A—Spacer B—Bushing
RXA0138062 —UN—08JAN14
PN=775
Rear Axle Assembly
9. Install sun gear (A) with spacer (B) onto center drive
shaft (C) on both sides of differential case.
RXA0138061 —UN—08JAN14
TO84419,000012C -19-29JAN14-4/7
RXA0138060 —UN—08JAN14
TO84419,000012C -19-29JAN14-5/7
11. Install oil reservoir tube (A) and oil baffle (B). Tighten
cap screws to specification.
Specification
Oil Reservoir Tube Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................73 N·m
RXA0138134 —UN—10JAN14
(54 lb.-ft.)
Oil Baffle Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
PN=776
Rear Axle Assembly
14. Attach lifting strap to center link pin (B) and attach to
an overhead hoist.
15. Install hitch frame and PTO output assembly (C) onto
differential case.
RXA0138067 —UN—08JAN14
16. Install hitch frame-to-differential case cap screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hitch Frame-to-
Differential Case Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................610 N·m
(450 lb.-ft.)
PN=777
Rear Axle Assembly
PN=778
Group 10
Steering Gears
List of References Recondition Steering Planetary
Below is a list of all items within this group. Install Steering Planetary, Ring Gear, and Sun Gear
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50C—10 Remove, Recondition, and Install Steering Idler Gears
Other Material 50C—10 Remove, Recondition, and Install Steering Motor Output
Specifications 50C—10 Gear
Remove Steering Planetary, Ring Gear, and Sun Gear Remove, Recondition, and Install Cross Shaft Gear
Assembly
LN71218,00009E8 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 50C—10
D01045AA Disk Set
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog. JDG1148 Adapter
LN71218,00009E7 -19-05JUN13-1/1
LN71218,00009E6 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Specifications 50C—10
Item Measurement Specification
PN=779
Steering Gears
RXA0126558 —UN—30MAY12
CAUTION: Planetary assembly weighs
approximately 27 kg (60 lb.). Sun gear assembly
weighs approximately 20 kg (44 lb.). Use proper
lifting equipment to prevent injury.
RXA0126559 —UN—30MAY12
TO84419,000030B -19-29JAN14-1/4
RW36409 —UN—27MAY97
Continued on next page TO84419,000030B -19-29JAN14-2/4
PN=780
Steering Gears
A—Bearing
RW36410 —UN—27MAY97
TO84419,000030B -19-29JAN14-3/4
RW36409 —UN—27MAY97
TO84419,000030B -19-29JAN14-4/4
RXA0126560 —UN—30MAY12
being careful not to lose needle rollers.
NOTE: Keep parts together as a set.
PN=781
Steering Gears
RXA0126559 —UN—30MAY12
drive shaft (C).
RXA0126561 —UN—31MAY12
LN71218,00009E2 -19-05JUN13-1/2
RXA0126562 —UN—31MAY12
LN71218,00009E2 -19-05JUN13-2/2
PN=782
Steering Gears
RXA0126588 —UN—27JUN12
2. Remove steering planetary, ring gears, and sun gears.
(See Remove Steering Planetary, Ring Gear, and Sun
Gear in this group.)
3. Support gears (A) and install M10 x 30 mm cap screws
(B).
4. Remove gear shafts (C).
Right-Hand Side
5. Remove idler gears from differential case.
RXA0126587 —UN—31MAY12
Left-Hand Side
TO84419,000026F -19-03DEC13-1/3
RW36413 —UN—30MAY97
8. Install new bearings until fully seated against inner
snap ring using a 71 mm (2-13/16 in.) driver disk.
PN=783
Steering Gears
RXA0126587 —UN—31MAY12
(See Install Steering Planetary, Ring Gear, and Sun
Gear in this group.)
12. Install final drives. (See Install Final Drive Assembly in
Group 00.)
RXA0126588 —UN—27JUN12
Right-Hand Side
TO84419,000026F -19-03DEC13-3/3
RXA0126589 —UN—31MAY12
1. Remove steering motor. (See Remove and Install
Steering Motor in Section 60B, Group 20.)
2. Remove snap ring (A).
A—Snap Ring
PN=784
Steering Gears
RXA0126590 —UN—31MAY12
A—Output Gear
TO84419,000012F -19-18OCT13-2/6
RXA0126591 —UN—31MAY12
Plan a safe handling procedure to avoid burns.
TO84419,000012F -19-18OCT13-3/6
RXA0126592 —UN—31MAY12
A—Outer Race
PN=785
Steering Gears
A—Output Gear
RXA0126590 —UN—31MAY12
TO84419,000012F -19-18OCT13-5/6
RXA0126589 —UN—31MAY12
A—Snap Ring
TO84419,000012F -19-18OCT13-6/6
RXA0137494 —UN—03DEC13
2. Remove steering planetaries, ring gear, and sun gear.
(See Remove Steering Planetary, Ring Gear, and Sun
Gear in this group.)
3. Remove steering idler gears. (See Remove,
Recondition, and Install Steering Idler Gears in this
group.)
4. Remove PTO output housing. (See Remove and
Install PTO Output Housing Assembly in Group 20.)
A—Cap Screws (2 used) B—Cover
5. Remove hitch frame. (See Remove and Install Hitch
Frame in Section 70, Group 00.)
6. Remove cap screws (A) and cover (B).
Continued on next page TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-1/13
PN=786
Steering Gears
RXA0126604 —UN—08JUN12
10. Install new bearing and O-ring in cover.
A—O-ring B—Bearing
TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-2/13
RXA0126605 —UN—08JUN12
Continued on next page TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-3/13
PN=787
Steering Gears
RXA0126693 —UN—11JUN12
TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-4/13
RXA0126608 —UN—11JUN12
PN=788
Steering Gears
RXA0126670 —UN—08JUN12
case.
16. Install bearing from inside differential case.
A—Bearing
TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-6/13
RXA0126671 —UN—28JUN12
TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-7/13
RW36426 —UN—30MAY97
driver disk (B) against end of shaft.
20. Repeat for opposite end, if necessary.
PN=789
Steering Gears
RXA0126672 —UN—07JUN12
23. Repeat for opposite end if race was removed.
TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-9/13
PN=790
Steering Gears
RXA0126693 —UN—11JUN12
TO84419,00002E9 -19-14JAN14-11/13
RXA0137494 —UN—03DEC13
(A) with long end into differential case. Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Cross Shaft
Cover-to-Differential Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
PN=791
Steering Gears
RXA0126605 —UN—08JUN12
Plug—Torque...............................................................................217 N·m
(160 lb.-ft.)
PN=792
Group 15
Final Drives
List of References Disassemble Axle Assembly
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Assemble Axle Assembly and Determine Shim Pack
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50C—15
Preload Shim Pack Example and Worksheet—Final Drives
Other Material 50C—15
Remove, Recondition, Assemble Brakes
Specifications 50C—15
LN71218,00009EA -19-05JUN13-1/1
LN71218,00009F3 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Specifications 50C—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=793
Final Drives
RXA0104669 —UN—21SEP09
A—Ring/Sun Gear Assembly C—Brake Disk
B—Brake Backing Plate D—Springs
RXA0104977 —UN—12OCT09
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-1/16
3. Remove all but two cap screws (A) from outer housing.
RXA0104686 —UN—21SEP09
PN=794
Final Drives
RXA0104670 —UN—21SEP09
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-3/16
RXA0104847 —UN—08OCT09
6. Attach to suitable overhead lifting device and install
axle assembly into JDG10759 Final Drive Support
Stand (B).
PN=795
Final Drives
RXA0104671 —UN—21SEP09
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-5/16
RXA0104672 —UN—21SEP09
PN=796
Final Drives
11. Remove bearing cup and shims from axle housing (A)
using JDG11002 Bearing Cup Installation Disk (B) and
JDG537 Driver Handle (C).
12. Remove O-ring (D).
RXA0104774 —UN—23SEP09
A—Axle Housing C—JDG537 Driver Handle
B—JDG11002 Bearing Cup D—O-ring
Installation Disk
RXA0104923 —UN—08OCT09
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-7/16
13. Install JDG10859 Rear Final Drive Ring Gear Lift Tool
(A) onto ring gear.
RXA0104673 —UN—21SEP09
PN=797
Final Drives
14. Install jack screws (A) into outer axle housing (B) until
ring gear separates from axle housing.
15. Attach lifting device to ring gear lift tool (C) and remove
ring gear.
16. Remove jack screws.
RXA0104674 —UN—21SEP09
17. Remove dowel pin (D).
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-9/16
A—Carrier Bearing
RXA0104676 —UN—21SEP09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-10/16
PN=798
Final Drives
RXA0104677 —UN—21SEP09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-11/16
PN=799
Final Drives
RXA0104689 —UN—21SEP09
RXA0104690 —UN—21SEP09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-12/16
PN=800
Final Drives
RXA0104691 —UN—21SEP09
27. Remove outer axle housing (C) from support stand.
RXA0104692 —UN—21SEP09
RXA0104701 —UN—21SEP09
PN=801
Final Drives
RXA0104726 —UN—23SEP09
A—Bearing Cup B—O-rings (2 used)
RXA0137547 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-14/16
RXA0104693 —UN—22SEP09
A—Cap Screws (21 used) C—Carrier
B—Washers (21 used) D—Thrust Washer
RXA0104700 —UN—21SEP09
PN=802
Final Drives
RXA0104725 —UN—23SEP09
TO84419,000030C -19-29JAN14-16/16
RXA0104799 —UN—08OCT09
A—Outer Axle Housing
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-1/19
PN=803
Final Drives
RXA0104830 —UN—08OCT09
B—Cap Screws (2 used)
RXA0104827 —UN—08OCT09
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-3/19
RXA0104831 —UN—08OCT09
PN=804
Final Drives
RXA0104832 —UN—08OCT09
10. Remove axle assembly from fixture.
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-5/19
11. Install axle assembly (A) into outer axle housing (B).
RXA0104833 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-6/19
PN=805
Final Drives
RXA0104834 —UN—08OCT09
screws (E).
14. Install nuts on pinion pin retaining cap screws. Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Pinion Pin Retaining Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................18 N·m
(159 lb.-in.)
RXA0104835 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-7/19
PN=806
Final Drives
RXA0104845 —UN—08OCT09
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-8/19
RXA0104848 —UN—08OCT09
17. For all tractors perform the following:
• Heat bearing (A) to 121 °C (250 °F) and install tight
against shoulder.
18. Install O-ring (B) into outer axle housing.
19. Install dowel pin (C).
RXA0104861 —UN—08OCT09
PN=807
Final Drives
RXA0104870 —UN—08OCT09
A—Ring Gear B—Cap Screws with Nuts (4
used)
RXA0104872 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-10/19
PN=808
Final Drives
RXA0104883 —UN—08OCT09
23. Determine preload shim pack:
• Measure distance in four places from top of plate (A)
to bearing cup bore surface (B).
24. Add four readings and divide by four to obtain average.
25. Subtract 23.37 mm (.920 in.) gauge plate thickness
from Step 24 average.
RXA0104892 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-11/19
PN=809
Final Drives
RXA0104893 —UN—08OCT09
28. Rotate planetary carrier (D) several times in both
directions to roll in bearings.
RXA0104894 —UN—15OCT09
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-12/19
RXA0104896 —UN—08OCT09
thickness from Step 31 average.
33. Subtract result of Step 32 from result of Step 25.
34. Subtract 0.1 mm (.004 in.) bearing growth factor from
result of Step 33.
35. Add 0.508 mm (.020 in.) preload target to result of
Step 34.
36. Result of Step 35 is shim pack needed for required
A—Plate C—Hole
bearing preload. B—Ring Gear
PN=810
Final Drives
37. Install calculated shim pack (A) and bearing cup (B)
RXA0104922 —UN—08OCT09
tight against shims in bottom of bore using JDG1556
Driver Disk 229 mm (9 in.) (C) .
38. Install O-ring (D) into inner axle housing.
RXA0104923 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-14/19
PN=811
Final Drives
40. Install housing (B) onto ring gear (C) aligning marks
(D) made during disassembly.
41. Install eight evenly spaced outer housing-to-inner
housing cap screws (E).
RXA0104924 —UN—15OCT09
used)
RXA0104925 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-15/19
PN=812
Final Drives
RXA0104926 —UN—08OCT09
cap screws will require two people.
RXA0104928 —UN—08OCT09
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-16/19
RXA0104929 —UN—08OCT09
46. If rolling drag is not to specification remove inner axle
housing. Remove bearing cup and add or remove
shims until specification is correct. Repeat steps 37-45.
Specification
New Axle
Bearings—Rolling Drag
Torque................................................................................... 14—19 N·m
(124—168 lb.-in.)
A—Torque Wrench B—JDG10770 Planetary
Used Axle Rotating Tool
Bearings—Rolling Drag
Torque..................................................................................... 7—10 N·m
(62—89 lb.-in.) assembly. Continue rotating assembly and tighten to
47. Install remaining outer housing-to-inner housing cap 300 N·m (221 lb.-ft).
screws.
48. Tighten outer housing-to-inner housing cap screws
to 150 N·m (111 lb.-ft.) while rotating ring/sun gear
Continued on next page TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-17/19
PN=813
Final Drives
RXA0104949 —UN—08OCT09
53. Install axle onto tractor. (See Install Final Drive
Assembly in Group 00.)
54. Tighten outer housing-to-inner housing cap screws
to specification.
Specification
Outer Housing-to-Inner
Housing Cap
Screws—Torque Turn........................................................ 370 N·m + 90°
273 lb.-ft. + 90°
A—Ring/Sun Gear Assembly C—Springs
B—Brake Disk D—Brake Backing Plate
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-18/19
55. Install seal (A) into outer axle housing using JDG10757
Rear Final Drive Bearing and Seal Installer (B).
RXA0104950 —UN—08OCT09
TO84419,000030D -19-01SEP16-19/19
PN=814
Final Drives
LN71218,00009F0 -19-06SEP16-1/1
PN=815
Final Drives
RXA0104669 —UN—21SEP09
plate (B), brake disk (C), and springs (D) from inner
axle housing.
3. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
RXA0104977 —UN—12OCT09
TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-1/11
4. Remove all but two cap screws (A) from outer housing.
RXA0104686 —UN—21SEP09
PN=816
Final Drives
RXA0104670 —UN—21SEP09
TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-3/11
RXA0104671 —UN—21SEP09
PN=817
Final Drives
RXA0104991 —UN—12OCT09
TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-5/11
RXA0105004 —UN—12OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-6/11
PN=818
Final Drives
RXA0105021 —UN—12OCT09
Brake Retrac-
tor—Torque....................................................................................15 N·m
(133 lb.-in.)
RXA0105022 —UN—12OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-7/11
PN=819
Final Drives
RXA0105023 —UN—12OCT09
RXA0105025 —UN—12OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-8/11
PN=820
Final Drives
17. Install housing (B) onto ring gear (C) aligning marks
(D) made during disassembly.
18. Install eight evenly spaced outer housing-to-inner
housing cap screws (E).
RXA0104924 —UN—15OCT09
used)
RXA0104925 —UN—08OCT09
Continued on next page TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-9/11
PN=821
Final Drives
RXA0104926 —UN—08OCT09
cap screws will require two people.
RXA0104928 —UN—08OCT09
TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-10/11
RXA0104949 —UN—08OCT09
26. Install axle onto tractor. (See Install Final Drive
Assembly in Group 00.)
TO84419,000030E -19-29JAN14-11/11
PN=822
Group 20
PTO
List of References
Recondition PTO Clutch
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Install PTO Clutch
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 50C—20
Remove and Install PTO Output Housing Assembly
Other Material 50C—20
Cross-Sectional View—PTO Output Housing Assembly
Specifications 50C—20
Recondition PTO Output Housing
Cross-Sectional View—PTO Clutch Assembly
Remove PTO Clutch
LN71218,00009F4 -19-21MAR14-1/1
PM38657 (U.S.) High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket Used to seal transmission housings.
PM38628 (Canadian)
17430 Loctite™ (U.S.)
LN71218,0000A00 -19-05JUN13-1/1
PN=823
PTO
Specifications 50C—20
Item Measurement Specification
PN=824
PTO
RW36498A —UN—17DEC01
A—Clutch Hub F— Backing Plate K—Belleville Springs (5 used) O—Sealing Rings (2 used)
B—Snap Ring G—Snap Ring L— Clutch Piston P—Clutch Drum Inner Sleeve
C—Pump Drive Gear H—Snap Ring M—Anti-Rotation Pin
D—Needle Roller Bearing I— Disks (9 used) N—Roller Bearing
E—Clutch Drum J— Clutch Drive Plates (9 used)
TO84419,000030F -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=825
PTO
RXA0101136 —UN—05AUG09
3. Remove steering pump. (See Remove and Install
Steering Motor in Section 60B, Group 20.)
4. Remove integrated hydraulic pump. (See Remove
and Install Integrated Hydraulic Pump in Section 70,
Group 00.)
5. Remove coupler retaining snap ring (A) and coupler
(B).
6. Remove V-ring seal (C) and oil seal (D).
7. Remove PTO clutch retaining snap ring (E).
8. Remove wheel speed sensors (F and G).
RXA0101138 —UN—05AUG09
A—Coupler Retaining Snap E—PTO Clutch Retaining Snap
Ring Ring
B—Coupler F— Wheel Speed Sensor
C—V-ring Seal G—Wheel Speed Sensor
D—Oil Seal
TO84419,00002ED -19-14JAN14-1/10
RXA0101139 —UN—06AUG09
PN=826
PTO
RXA0101144 —UN—05AUG09
B—Snap Ring
TO84419,00002ED -19-14JAN14-3/10
RXA0101146 —UN—05AUG09
B—Spiral Bevel Pinion Shaft
Drive Gear Retaining Cap
Screw
TO84419,00002ED -19-14JAN14-4/10
15. Remove O-ring (A) and drive gear (B) from drive shaft.
16. Remove integrated hydraulic pump drive output gear
assembly (C).
17. Remove oil baffle (D).
RXA0101147 —UN—05AUG09
A—O-ring C—Integrated Hydraulic
B—Drive Gear Pump Drive Output Gear
Assembly
D—Oil Baffle
PN=827
PTO
RXA0138257 —UN—14JAN14
A—PTO Clutch Retainer Cap B—Retainer
Screws (3 used)
TO84419,00002ED -19-14JAN14-6/10
RXA0137469 —UN—03DEC13
A—Diagnostic Receptacle
PN=828
PTO
RW78394 —UN—22NOV99
RW78393 —UN—22NOV99
TO84419,00002ED -19-14JAN14-8/10
RW35415 —UN—10MAY94
PN=829
PTO
26. Remove front (A) and rear (B) bearing cups from
bearing support using a two-jaw puller and a slide
hammer.
27. Remove rear seal (C).
RW35455 —UN—10MAY94
A—Front Bearing Cup C—Oil Seal
B—Rear Bearing Cup
TO84419,00002ED -19-14JAN14-10/10
RXA0137833 —UN—03JAN14
1. Remove snap ring (A) and remove clutch drive gear
(B).
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-1/12
RXA0137548 —UN—03JAN14
A—Snap Ring
PN=830
PTO
A—Plate
RXA0137549 —UN—03JAN14
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-3/12
RXA0137831 —UN—03JAN14
A—Needle Roller Bearing
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-4/12
RW35421 —UN—10MAY94
Compressor
PN=831
PTO
RW35532 —UN—18JUN94
A—Sealing Rings B—Bearing Cone
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-6/12
A—Piston
RXA0137834 —UN—03JAN14
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-7/12
RW35421 —UN—10MAY94
A—Retainer Snap Ring B—JDG754 Spring
Compressor
PN=832
PTO
RW36503 —UN—10JUN97
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-9/12
RXA0137832 —UN—03JAN14
A—Hub C—Backing Plate
B—Plate
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-10/12
A—Snap Ring
RXA0137548 —UN—03JAN14
PN=833
PTO
RXA0137833 —UN—03JAN14
TO84419,0000310 -19-29JAN14-12/12
RW78393 —UN—22NOV99
2. Install brake disk (A) onto dowels in housing.
RW78394 —UN—22NOV99
PN=834
PTO
RW35455 —UN—10MAY94
and Seal Installer (D).
6. Install rear bearing cup (B) using JDG926A Bearing
Installer and handle from JDG311 Bearing Cup
Installer.
RW36483 —UN—02JUN97
TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-2/10
A—Diagnostic Receptacle
RXA0137469 —UN—03DEC13
Continued on next page TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-3/10
PN=835
PTO
RXA0137546 —UN—12DEC13
specification.
Specification
PTO Clutch Retainer Cap
Screws—Torque...........................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-4/10
RXA0137545 —UN—12DEC13
14. Install integrated hydraulic pump drive gear assembly
(B) into pump drive gear housing.
15. Install steering pump drive gear assembly (C) into
pump drive gear housing.
PN=836
PTO
RXA0137544 —UN—12DEC13
19. Apply PM38656 Rigid Thread Lock and Sealer (High
Strength) to cap screw threads.
20. Install washer (B).
21. Install differential drive shaft drive gear retaining cap
screw (C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Differential Drive Shaft
Drive Gear Retaining Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................435 N·m
(320 lb.-ft.)
RXA0137543 —UN—12DEC13
22. Install input shaft and gear assembly (E) into pump
drive gear housing.
23. Install oil baffle plates (F) into cover.
24. Apply PM38656 Rigid Thread Lock and Sealer (High
Strength) to cap screw threads.
25. Install pump drive housing oil baffle cap screws (G).
Tighten to specification.
Specification A—Drive Gear E—Input Shaft and Gear
Pump Drive Housing B—Washer Assembly
Oil Baffle Cap C—Differential Drive Shaft F— Oil Baffle Plates (2 used)
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m Drive Gear Retaining Cap G—Pump Drive Housing Oil
Screw Baffle Cap Screws (3 used)
(52 lb.-ft.) D—Guide Pins (2 used)
.
NOTE: Fabricate two guide pins by removing heads 26. Install guide pins (D).
from M10 x 110 mm length cap screws.
TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-6/10
27. Clean pump drive gear cover and pump drive housing
sealing surfaces and apply PM38657 High Flex
Form-In-Place Gasket to ONE surface only.
28. Install pump drive gear cover and pump drive gear
cover cap screws (A). Tighten to specification. RXA0137542 —UN—12DEC13
Specification
Pump Drive Gear Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
PN=837
PTO
RXA0137502 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-8/10
A—V-ring Seal
RXA0137503 —UN—12DEC13
TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-9/10
32. Install coupler (A) and coupler retaining snap ring (B).
33. Install integrated hydraulic pump. (See Remove and
Install Integrated Hydraulic Pump in Section 70, Group
00.)
RXA0137539 —UN—12DEC13
34. Install steering pump. (See Remove and Install
Steering Motor in Section 60B, Group 20.)
35. Install rear axle assembly. (See Install Rear Axle
Assembly in Group 00.)
TO84419,0000311 -19-29JAN14-10/10
PN=838
PTO
RXA0137470 —UN—03DEC13
A—Differential Case Drain Plug
TO84419,0000312 -19-29JAN14-1/2
RXA0137471 —UN—03DEC13
6. Clean housing flange and adjoining surface and apply
PM38657 High Flex Form-In-Place Gasket to ONE
surface only.
NOTE: Slightly rotate shaft to align splines.
RXA0137472 —UN—03DEC13
Studded Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
TO84419,0000312 -19-29JAN14-2/2
PN=839
PTO
RW36504 —UN—10JUN97
1— Cap Screws (4 used) 5— PTO Output Shaft 9— PTO Output Housing 11— Hitch Frame
2— Bearing Retaining Plate 6— Oil Seal 10— Regular Cap Screws (5 used)
3— Shim Pack 7— Dust Seal Special Cap Screws (4 used)
4— Bearing Cones (2 used) 8— Bearing Cups (2 used)
TO84419,0000313 -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=840
PTO
A—Plate B—Shims
RXA0138147 —UN—13JAN14
TO84419,0000314 -19-29JAN14-2/9
A—Cone
RXA0138148 —UN—13JAN14
TO84419,0000314 -19-29JAN14-3/9
5. Remove oil seal (A) with dust seal and rear bearing
cup (B) from housing, if necessary.
6. Install rear bearing cup in housing using a 92 mm
(3-5/8 in.) driver disk.
RXA0138149 —UN—13JAN14
A—Seal B—Bearing Cup
PN=841
PTO
RW35432 —UN—10MAY94
8. Heat front and rear bearing cones and install on shaft.
TO84419,0000314 -19-29JAN14-5/9
RXA0138147 —UN—13JAN14
A—Bearing Retainer B—Shims
TO84419,0000314 -19-29JAN14-6/9
RXA0138146 —UN—13JAN14
(52 lb.-ft.)
PN=842
PTO
RW35434 —UN—10MAY94
14. Measure and add or remove shims to obtain correct
end play.
Specification
PTO Output Shaft—End
Play..................................................................................0.03—0.13 mm
(0.001—0.005 in.)
A—D01006AA Bench-Mounted
Holding Fixture
TO84419,0000314 -19-29JAN14-8/9
RXA0138154 —UN—13JAN14
TO84419,0000314 -19-29JAN14-9/9
PN=843
PTO
PN=844
Group 25
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
List of References Cross-Sectional View—Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Drive Shafts
Other Material 50C—25
Specifications 50C—25
LN71218,0000A01 -19-05JUN13-1/1
LN71218,0000A07 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Specifications 50C—25
Item Measurement Specification
PN=845
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
RXA0125310 —UN—05MAR12
A—Transmission Drive Shaft C—Cap Screws (24 used) E—Transmission Output Shaft H—Auxiliary Drive Shaft
O-rings D—Transmission Drive Shaft F— Snap Ring
B—Auxiliary Drive Shaft O-rings G—Coupler
LN71218,0000A04 -19-05JUN13-1/1
A—Lower Shields
RXA0125311 —UN—05MAR12
PN=846
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
RXA0137473 —UN—03DEC13
A—Pump Drive Housing Drain C—Oil Tube
Plug
B—Rear Differential Drain Plug
LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-2/13
RXA0137474 —UN—03DEC13
LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-3/13
RXA0137475 —UN—03DEC13
shaft if oil is hot.
PN=847
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
A—Drive Shaft
RXA0137476 —UN—03DEC13
Continued on next page LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-5/13
PN=848
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
RXA0098399 —UN—09JUL09
10. Remove air supply line (B) on inside of mid-frame.
11. Remove air fitting (G) from air spring.
12. Remove cap screws (C) and (D).
13. Move air spring toward outside of tractor to unseat
hanger cap screw (E).
RXA0137468 —UN—10JAN14
C—Cap Screw (2 used) G—Air Fitting
D—Cap Screw (2 used)
RXA0098331 —UN—09JUL09
PN=849
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
RXA0137477 —UN—03DEC13
Specification
Transmission
Output Shaft Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................90 N·m
(66 lb.-ft.)
A—Drive Shaft
LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-7/13
RXA0103318 —UN—09JUL09
A—Screen C—Suction Tube
B—O-ring
LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-8/13
A—O-ring
RXA0137478 —UN—03DEC13
PN=850
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
RXA0137479 —UN—03DEC13
to-Integrated
Hydraulic Pump Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
PN=851
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
25. Lift air spring into position and install hanger cap screw
(D) in hole.
26. Let air spring settle and ensure air spring is properly
seated on studs (F) in swing arm.
RXA0138258 —UN—14JAN14
27. Install plate-to-frame cap screws (B). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Plate-to-Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138259 —UN—14JAN14
30. Install air supply line (A) onto air fitting (G).
31. Inflate track air suspension. (See Inflate Track Air
Suspension System in Section 80B, Group 20.)
32. Check fittings for air leaks.
RXA0138260 —UN—14JAN14
PN=852
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
RXA0137480 —UN—03DEC13
to-Mid-Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................105 N·m
(77 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-12/13
RXA0137493 —UN—03DEC13
Mid-Frame Cover Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................105 N·m
(77 lb.-ft.)
Suction Tube Shield-to-
Differential Case Cap
Screw—Torque............................................................................500 N·m
(369 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000239E -19-15MAY17-13/13
PN=853
Mid-Frame Drive Shafts
PN=854
Section 60A
Brakes
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 05
Service Brakes
List of References
Repair Secondary Brake and Steering Control Manifold
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Primary and Secondary Brake
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 60A—05 Manifold
Specifications 60A—05 Remove and Install Backup Pump
General Repair Procedures 60A—05 Remove and Install Park Pump Off Manifold
Remove and Install Brake Rod Repair Park Pump Off Manifold
Remove and Install Brake Valve Bleed Brakes
Repair Brake Valve Check Brakes
Remove and Install Priority and Load Sense Manifold Manually Release Park Brake—IVT™
Repair Priority and Load Sense Manifold Manually Release Park Brake—e23™
Remove and Install Secondary Brake and Steering
Control Manifold
LN71218,0000A08 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated JDG1666 Park Brake Release Hand Pump Kit
Tools 60A—05
JT05412 Universal Pressure Test Kit
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog. JT07115 Master Hydraulic Kit
JT07115SUP Supplemental Master Hydraulic Kit
Below are tools listed in this group.
JT07118 Two-Valve Manifold
DFRW168—Park Brake Solenoid Harness
JT07119 Test Hose
DFRW213—Hydraulic Trailer Brake Test / Bleed Assembly
LN71218,0000A09 -19-05JUN13-1/1
PN=857
Service Brakes
Specifications 60A—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=858
Service Brakes
PN=859
Service Brakes
RXA0111063 —UN—28OCT10
LN71218,0001148 -19-26JAN16-1/3
4. Remove retaining rings (A), pin (B), and brake rod (C).
NOTE: Handle and driver disks are part of
D01045AA Disk Set.
RXA0111042 —UN—28OCT10
in.) pilot with a 38 mm (1-1/2 in.) driver disk.
7. Install brake rod (C), pin (B), and retaining rings (A).
PN=860
Service Brakes
RXA0111063 —UN—28OCT10
calibration is required.
LN71218,0001148 -19-26JAN16-3/3
RXA0140449 —UN—26MAR14
A—Cap Screws (2 used) C—Exhaust Pipe
B—Shield
PN=861
Service Brakes
RXA0140450 —UN—26MAR14
6. Apply clean hydraulic oil to threads of brake
valve-to-cab cap screws (E), install, and tighten to
specification.
Specification
Brake Valve-to-Cab Cap
Screws —Torque...........................................................................85 N·m
(62 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,000029F -19-12FEB18-2/3
RXA0140449 —UN—26MAR14
IMPORTANT: If valve was repaired or replaced,
calibration is required.
LN71218,000029F -19-12FEB18-3/3
PN=862
Service Brakes
RXA0125350 —UN—01MAR12
bracket (B).
3. Remove isolators (C) from mounting bracket (B).
4. Remove gasket (D) and boot (E).
RXA0104779 —UN—30SEP09
RXA0125351 —UN—01MAR12
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-1/15
PN=863
Service Brakes
8. Remove inlet fitting (A), O-ring (B), and inlet screen (C).
RXA0162663 —UN—27MAR18
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-3/15
RXA0125353 —UN—01MAR12
Test Length ...................................................... 20.9 mm at 734—1034 N
(0.82 in. at 165—232 lb.-force)
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-4/15
RXA0108077 —UN—12JUL10
Test Length ........................................................ 87.5 mm at 105—117 N
(3.45 in. at 23.7—26.3 lb.-force)
Test Length ........................................................ 57.5 mm at 224—248 N
(2.26 in. at 50.3—55.7 lb.-force)
PN=864
Service Brakes
RXA0125358 —UN—01MAR12
Spring —Free Length...................................................................... 9 mm
(0.36 in.)
Test Length ............................................................ 4.9 mm at 1.0—1.9 N
(0.19 in. at 0.23—0.43 lb.-force)
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-6/15
RXA0125355 —UN—01MAR12
14. Remove wiper rings (C), stroke limiter cover (D), and
pistons (E).
15. Inspect cover (B) and stroke limiter cover (D), replace
as necessary.
PN=865
Service Brakes
RXA0125354 —UN—01MAR12
18. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
19. Replace O-ring (C) and install plug.
20. Lightly lubricate spools with clean hydraulic oil.
21. Install spools into same bores in which they were
removed.
RXA0122203 —UN—11NOV11
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-8/15
RXA0108065 —UN—12JUL10
Plunger Springs—Free
Length........................................................................................... 24 mm
(0.9 in.)
Test Length ........................................................ 20.9 mm at 744—944 N
(0.82 in. at 168—210 lb.-force)
24. Install NEW wiper rings (D) and quad rings (E).
25. Install plunger springs and plungers into pistons.
PN=866
Service Brakes
26. Install pistons (E), stroke limiter cover (D), and wiper
rings (C).
27. Install cover (B) and screw (A).
RXA0125355 —UN—01MAR12
A—Screw D—Stroke Limiter Cover
B—Cover E—Pistons (2 used)
C—Wiper Rings (2 used)
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-10/15
RXA0125358 —UN—01MAR12
30. Tighten plugs to specification.
Specification
Load-Sense Shuttle
Valve Inner Plug
—Torque..........................................................................................8 N·m
(72 lb.-in.)
Load-Sense Shuttle
Valve Outer Plug
—Torque........................................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.) A—Outer Plug C—Ball
B—Inner Plug D—Spring
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-11/15
RXA0108077 —UN—12JUL10
PN=867
Service Brakes
33. Install inlet screen (C), NEW O-ring (B), and inlet fitting
(A). Tighten to specification.
RXA0162663 —UN—27MAR18
Specification
Inlet Fitting—Torque......................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
PN=868
Service Brakes
RXA0125352 —UN—01MAR12
36. Lightly lubricate isolators (C) with warm soapy water.
37. Press isolators (C) into mounting bracket (B) by hand.
IMPORTANT: Allow isolators to dry before
further installation.
To prevent brake rod from binding, ensure
boot (E) and gasket (D) are properly
aligned and seated.
RXA0125351 —UN—01MAR12
mounting bracket is installed on valve.
RXA0104779 —UN—30SEP09
RXA0125350 —UN—01MAR12
PN=869
Service Brakes
RXA0085946 —UN—17JAN06
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
(221 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000037F -19-28MAR18-15/15
RXA0121837 —UN—31OCT11
2. Remove hydraulic lines (A).
3. Disconnect hydraulic hoses (B).
4. Remove priority and load sense manifold cap screws
(C) and priority and load sense manifold (D).
5. Install priority and load sense manifold (D) and priority
and load sense manifold cap screws (C). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Priority and Load
Sense Manifold Cap
RXA0121838 —UN—31OCT11
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
NL54298,0000A67 -19-28MAR14-1/1
PN=870
Service Brakes
RXA0121833 —UN—07NOV11
2. Remove priority and load sense manifold shuttle valve
(A).
3. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
4. Lubricate O-rings (B) with clean hydraulic oil and
install priority and load sense manifold shuttle valve.
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Priority and Load
Sense Manifold Shuttle
Valve—Torque...............................................................................40 N·m B
(30 lb.-ft.)
RXA0108709 —UN—05AUG10
A—Priority and Load Sense B—O-rings (3 used)
Manifold Shuttle Valve
NL54298,0000A68 -19-28MAR14-1/4
RXA0121834 —UN—07NOV11
install priority and load sense manifold check valve
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Priority and Load
Sense Manifold Check
Valve—Torque.............................................................................122 N·m
(90 lb.-ft.)
PN=871
Service Brakes
RXA0121835 —UN—07NOV11
Specification
Backup Pump Check
Valve—Torque...............................................................................54 N·m
(40 lb.-ft.)
RXA0108706 —UN—05AUG10
NL54298,0000A68 -19-28MAR14-3/4
RXA0121836 —UN—31OCT11
Sensors—Torque...........................................................................16 N·m
(142 lb.-in.)
NL54298,0000A68 -19-28MAR14-4/4
PN=872
Service Brakes
RXA0121839 —UN—31OCT11
1. Identify, label, and disconnect wiring harness from
manifold.
2. Identify, label, and disconnect hydraulic lines (A—E).
3. Remove secondary brake and steering control
manifold cap screws (F) and secondary brake and
steering control manifold.
4. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
A—Return Line D—Secondary Left Brake
5. Install secondary brake and steering control manifold B—Supply Line Supply Line
and secondary brake and steering control manifold C—Secondary Right Brake E—Load Sense Line
Supply Line F— Secondary Brake and
cap screws (F). Tighten to specification. Steering Control Manifold
Specification Cap Screws (2 Used)
Secondary Brake and
Steering Control Manifold
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................35 N·m 7. Connect wiring harness.
(26 lb.-ft.)
8. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in this group.)
6. Connect hydraulic lines (A—E).
NL54298,0000A69 -19-28MAR14-1/1
RXA0121683 —UN—27OCT11
and Steering Control Manifold in this group.)
2. Remove brake proportional solenoid valve cap screws
(A) and brake proportional solenoid valve (B).
3. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
4. Lubricate O-rings (C) with clean hydraulic oil and
install brake proportional solenoid valve.
5. Install and tighten brake proportional solenoid valve
cap screws (A) to specification.
Specification
Brake Proportional Valve RXA0121684 —UN—27OCT11
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................13 N·m
(115 lb.-in.)
PN=873
Service Brakes
RXA0121685 —UN—27OCT11
install brake on-off solenoid valves (B). Tighten brake
on-off solenoid valve cap screws (A) to specification.
Specification
Brake On-Off
Solenoid Valve Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................13 N·m
(115 lb.-in.)
RXA0121686 —UN—27OCT11
NL54298,0000A6A -19-28MAR14-2/3
RXA0121687 —UN—27OCT11
(142 lb.-in.)
NL54298,0000A6A -19-28MAR14-3/3
PN=874
Service Brakes
RXA0121840 —UN—31OCT11
1. Identify, label, and disconnect hydraulic lines (A—F).
2. Remove primary and secondary brake manifold cap
screws (G) and manifold.
3. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
4. Install manifold and primary and secondary brake
manifold cap screws (G). Tighten to specification.
Specification A—Left Service Brake Supply E—Secondary Right Brake
Primary and Secondary Line Supply Line
Brake Manifold Cap B—Right Service Brake Supply F— Load Sense Lines (3 used)
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m Line G—Primary and Secondary
C—Brake Supply Brake Manifold Cap Screws
(26 lb.-ft.) D—Secondary Left Brake (2 Used)
Supply Line
5. Connect hydraulic lines (A—F).
6. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in this group.)
NL54298,0000A6B -19-28MAR14-1/1
RXA0122000 —UN—07NOV11
5. Install backup pump and backup pump cap screws
(E). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Backup Pump Cap
Screws —Torque...........................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
NL54298,0000A6C -19-28MAR14-1/1
PN=875
Service Brakes
RXA0122000 —UN—07NOV11
Park Pump Off Manifold in this group.)
5. Install park pump off manifold (G) and connect fitting
(F).
6. Ensure O-rings on fittings are correctly positioned and
connect hydraulic lines (C—E).
7. Install shield (B) and shield cap screws (A). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Shield Cap Screws
—Torque........................................................................................73 N·m
(54 lb.-ft.)
RXA0121999 —UN—07NOV11
8. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in this group.)
NL54298,0000A6D -19-28MAR14-1/1
RXA0108589 —UN—12NOV10
3. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
4. Lubricate O-rings (B) with clean hydraulic oil and
install park pump off check valves (A). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Park Pump Off Check
Valve—Torque...............................................................................16 N·m
(144 lb.-in.)
B
A—Park Pump Off Check B—O-rings
Valves (2 used)
RXA0108703 —UN—05AUG10
PN=876
Service Brakes
RXA0108590 —UN—12NOV10
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Park Pump Off
Pressure Reducing
Valve—Torque...............................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0108704 —UN—05AUG10
NL54298,0000A6E -19-28MAR14-2/2
PN=877
Service Brakes
Bleed Brakes
NOTE: JT07118 and JT07119 are part of JT07115 Master
Hydraulic Kit and JT07115SUP Supplemental
Master Hydraulic Kit.
RXA0122039 —UN—07NOV11
4. For tractors equipped with hydraulic trailer brakes,
perform the following:
• Connect a drain hose to the hydraulic trailer brake
implement coupler (D) using DFRW213—Hydraulic
Trailer Brake Test / Bleed Assembly.
NOTE: JT03087 Quick Disconnect Snubber Valve
Assembly is part of JT05412 Universal
Pressure Test Kit.
RXA0122040 —UN—07NOV11
6. Place transmission in PARK.
7. Start vehicle and set engine to 1200 +/- 20 rpm.
8. Heat hydraulic oil to 20 °C (68 °F).
9. Open valves on manifold.
10. Open bleed fitting (F) on trailer brake valve 1/2 to one
turn.
11. For tractors equipped with secondary brake, A—Left Diagnostic Receptacle D—Trailer Brake Implement
perform the following: B—Right Diagnostic Coupler
Receptacle E—Fill Tube
• Fully raise secondary brake lever for minimum 30 C—Return Diagnostic
Receptacle
F— Bleed Fitting
seconds.
IMPORTANT: Do not install any type of brake pedal
depressors. There is a high upward kickback 14. For tractors equipped with hydraulic trailer brakes,
force by brake pedal when bleed ports are perform the following:
closed with engine running.
• Close hydraulic trailer brake implement coupler
12. Depress brake pedal three times, fully releasing brake valve.
pedal between pedal depressions. • Close bleed fitting (F).
13. Depress pedal and hold for minimum of 30 seconds. 15. Close valves for service brake diagnostic receptacles.
IMPORTANT: Maintain pressure on pedal until all test 16. Remove equipment and check brakes. (See Check
hoses have been disconnected or isolated. Brakes in this group.)
Continued on next page NL54298,0000A6F -19-28MAR14-1/2
PN=878
Service Brakes
NL54298,0000A6F -19-28MAR14-2/2
Check Brakes
1. For tractors equipped with secondary brakes,
NOTE: Disconnect all implements or trailers from vehicle. perform the following:
• With engine at slow idle, depress brake pedal. • Drive vehicle to a sloped location (loading dock
ramp).
• Pedal should feel solid within 43 mm (1-3/ 4 in.) of
• Place shift lever into PARK.
pedal travel.
• Set engine to 1500 rpm. • Engage and hold secondary brake switch.
• Drive vehicle straight forward at 8 km/h (5 mph). • Place shift lever into NEUTRAL and verify that
secondary brake holds vehicle on incline.
• Depress clutch and brake pedal to verify brakes stop
• Release secondary brake switch.
vehicle.
• Drive vehicle to a sloped location (loading dock • Ensure secondary brake is fully released and tractor
ramp). rolls.
• Depress clutch and brake pedal to verify brakes hold
vehicle on incline
NL54298,0000A70 -19-28MAR14-1/1
PN=879
Service Brakes
RXA0105118 —UN—23OCT09
• Keep park brake engaged except when
moving tractor.
• Before performing park release procedure,
chock tractor wheels to prevent rolling.
• Releasing park brake is only temporary. Perform
release procedure immediately before towing
and reverse procedure when finished towing.
PN=880
Service Brakes
RXA0112227 —UN—24NOV10
diagnostic receptacle.
5. Connect hand pump hose to diagnostic receptacle and
connect other end of hose with gauge to hand pump
IMPORTANT: Avoid debris that can cause
valve leakage and unexpected park brake
engagement. Use filters included in kit
when adding oil to pump.
RXA0140457 —UN—28MAR14
bleed screw 1/4 turn from point of O-ring contact.
8. Operate hand pump handle and observe pressure
gauge.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible damage to transmission.
Do Not exceed 1725 kPa (17.25 bar) (250
psi) to release park brake.
PN=881
Service Brakes
RXA0140451 —UN—26MAR14
• Keep park brake engaged except when
moving tractor.
• Before performing park release procedure,
chock tractor wheels to prevent rolling.
• Releasing park brake is only temporary. Perform
release procedure immediately before towing
and reverse procedure when finished towing.
PN=882
Service Brakes
RXA0112222 —UN—24NOV10
diagnostic receptacle.
5. Connect hand pump hose to diagnostic receptacle and
connect other end of hose with gauge to hand pump.
IMPORTANT: Avoid debris that can cause
valve leakage and unexpected park brake
engagement. Use filters included in kit
when adding oil to pump.
RXA0140457 —UN—28MAR14
bleed screw 1/4 turn from point of O-ring contact.
8. Operate hand pump handle and observe pressure
gauge.
IMPORTANT: Avoid possible damage to transmission.
Do Not exceed 1725 kPa (17.25 bar) (250
psi) to release park brake.
IMPORTANT: If tractor movement must be stopped 13. Disconnect hand pump from diagnostic receptacle.
immediately, open hand pump shutoff valve. 14. Remove diagnostic receptacle from pump off port and
install plug (B).
NOTE: Tractor in tow should roll freely to a stop. If tractor
stops quickly, park brake may be dragging. If park 15. Remove JDG1666 Park Brake Release Hand Pump
brake is dragging, check release procedure and Kit.
brake port to ensure that hand pump pressure is
greater than 1240 kPa (12.4 bar) (179 psi). 16. Install shield on engine.
NL54298,0000A72 -19-28MAR14-2/2
PN=883
Service Brakes
PN=884
Group 10
Hydraulic Trailer Brakes
List of References Hydraulic Trailer Brake System
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve
Specifications 60A—10
LN71218,0000A21 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Specifications 60A—10
Item Measurement Specification
RXA0122204 —UN—11NOV11
A—Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve B—Trailer Brake Coupler
PN=885
Hydraulic Trailer Brakes
RXA0119472 —UN—08AUG11
Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve
A—Hydraulic Trailer Brake Valve D—Pressure to Trailer Brake F— Return to Sump
B—Supply from Main Hydraulic Coupler G—Bleed Screw for Pilot from
Pump E—Brake Pilot Signal from Rear Brake Circuit
C—Trailer Brake Load Sense to Primary/Secondary Brake
Primary/Secondary Brake Manifold
Manifold
LN71218,0000A23 -19-28MAR14-2/2
PN=886
Hydraulic Trailer Brakes
RXA0121845 —UN—31OCT11
Brake Valve Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,00010F8 -19-19JAN16-1/1
PN=887
Hydraulic Trailer Brakes
PN=888
Section 60B
Steering
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 05
Steering Column
List of References Repair Steering Column
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Repair Clutch and Brake Pedals
Other Material 60B—05
Remove and Install Steering Wheel Position Input
Specifications 60B—05 Assembly
Remove and Install Control Support Repair Steering Wheel Position Input Assembly
OURX985,000325B -19-14MAR18-1/1
LN71218,0000347 -19-28MAR18-1/1
Specifications 60B—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=891
Steering Column
RXA0135454 —UN—12SEP13
2. Remove steering wheel and steering column cowl.
(See Repair Steering Column in this group.)
3. Remove steering wheel position input assembly. (See
Remove and Install Steering Wheel Position Input
Assembly in this group.)
4. Remove spring (A) from clutch operating arm (B).
5. Remove linkage (C).
A—Spring D—Clutch Pedal Cap Screw
6. Remove cap screw (D) and E-clip (E). B—Clutch Operating Arm E—E-clip
C—Linkage
7. Remove clutch pedal assembly.
8. Remove brake valve and rods. (See Remove and
Install Brake Valve in Section 60A, Group 05.)
LN71218,0000021 -19-01APR14-1/3
RXA0135451 —UN—12SEP13
used)
B—Foot Rest-to-Cab Floor Cap
Screws (2 used)
PN=892
Steering Column
RXA0135452 —UN—12SEP13
(25 lb.-ft.)
Foot Rest-to-Control
Support Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
Foot Rest-to-Cab Floor
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0135453 —UN—12SEP13
Support-to-Cab Floor Cap
Screws (2 used)
LN71218,0000021 -19-01APR14-3/3
RXA0135454 —UN—12SEP13
2. Remove spring (A) from clutch operating arm (B).
3. Remove linkage (C).
4. Remove cap screw (D) and E-clip (E).
5. Remove clutch pedal assembly.
PN=893
Steering Column
RXA0162474 —UN—15MAR18
9. Apply PM1330799 Medium Strength Thread Lock and
Sealer to the cap screw threads (C).
10. Assemble pedal (B), spacer (E), and cap screw (C).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Clutch Pedal Pivot Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................72 N·m
(53 lb·ft)
11. Assemble linkage, clutch return spring, and any other A—Bearing D—Threads in Control Support
parts removed. B—Clutch Pedal E—Spacer
C—Clutch Pedal Pivot Cap
12. Install upper and lower steering column cowl. Screw
LN71218,0000346 -19-22MAR18-2/7
Brake Pedal
1. Remove upper and lower steering column cowl. (See
Repair Steering Column).
2. Remove brake valve and rods. (See Remove and
Install Brake Valve in Section 60A, Group 05.)
3. Remove brake pedal mounting cap screw (A).
4. Remove brake pedal (B) and spacer (C).
RXA0111063 —UN—28OCT10
Continued on next page LN71218,0000346 -19-22MAR18-3/7
PN=894
Steering Column
5. Remove retaining rings (A), pin (B), and brake rod (C).
6. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
7. Press new bearing (D) into pedal with a 16 mm (5/8
in) pilot with a 38 mm (1-1/2 in) driver disk.
RXA0111042 —UN—28OCT10
LN71218,0000346 -19-22MAR18-4/7
RXA0162477 —UN—15MAR18
10. Assemble pedal (C), spacers (D), and cap screw (B).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Brake Pedal Pivot Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................72 N·m
(53 lb·ft)
LN71218,0000346 -19-22MAR18-5/7
RXA0162478 —UN—15MAR18
Brake Rod Guide Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
(25 lb·ft)
PN=895
Steering Column
13. Connect brake rod to pedal with pin (A) and clips (B).
14. If removed, install brake valve. (See Remove and
Install Brake Valve in Section 60A, Group 05.)
15. Install upper and lower steering column cowl.
RXA0162475 —UN—15MAR18
A—Pin B—Clip (2 used)
RXA0162476 —UN—15MAR18
LN71218,0000346 -19-22MAR18-7/7
RXA0100841 —UN—18MAR09
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
PN=896
Steering Column
RXA0137447 —UN—09JAN14
A—Tray D—Alignment Pins (2 used)
B—Screws (2 used) E—Clips (2 used)
C—Upper Cowl F— Module
RXA0137448 —UN—09JAN14
LN71218,0000345 -19-22MAR18-2/9
PN=897
Steering Column
10. Remove hex head screws (A) and cap screw (B).
11. Remove ignition switch nut (C).
12. Remove steering wheel tilt knob (D) and steering
assembly cover.
RXA0137450 —UN—09JAN14
A—Hex Head Screws (2 used) C—Ignition Switch Nut
B—Steering Assembly Cap D—Steering Wheel Tilt Knob
Screw
LN71218,0000345 -19-22MAR18-4/9
RXA0137451 —UN—09JAN14
LN71218,0000345 -19-22MAR18-5/9
RW25111A —UN—20OCT98
PN=898
Steering Column
RXA0057904 —UN—25OCT01
A—Retaining Ring D—Outer Shaft
B—Washer E—Snap Ring
C—Inner Shaft F— Shaft
RXA0100967 —UN—09JUL09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000345 -19-22MAR18-7/9
PN=899
Steering Column
19. Remove snap ring (A) and steering shaft (B) from
control support (C).
20. Remove snap ring (D) and bearing (E) from steering
shaft (B).
21. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
RXA0162440 —UN—22MAR18
RXA0162439 —UN—22MAR18
Continued on next page LN71218,0000345 -19-22MAR18-8/9
PN=900
Steering Column
RXA0162515 —UN—15MAR18
2. Apply PM1330799 Medium Strength Thread
Lock and Sealer to cap screw threads. Install
and tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Column Pivot
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................25 N·m
(222 lb·in)
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
PN=901
Steering Column
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
A—Tray D—Alignment Pins (2 used)
B—Screws (2 used) E—Clips (2 used)
C—Upper Cowl F— Module
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-2/13
RXA0130710 —UN—09APR13
PN=902
Steering Column
RXA0155813 —UN—21NOV16
used)
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-4/13
A—Wiring Harness
RXA0155814 —UN—21NOV16
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-5/13
RXA0155815 —UN—21NOV16
PN=903
Steering Column
RXA0155816 —UN—21NOV16
assembly cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Input Assembly
Cap Screws —Torque...................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-7/13
13. Install bracket (B) and bracket cap screws (A). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
RXA0155815 —UN—21NOV16
(221 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-8/13
A—Wiring Harness
RXA0155814 —UN—21NOV16
PN=904
Steering Column
RXA0155813 —UN—21NOV16
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-10/13
RXA0130710 —UN—09APR13
Continued on next page LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-11/13
PN=905
Steering Column
RXA0130295 —UN—22JAN13
RXA0130294 —UN—10JAN13
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-12/13
RXA0128967 —UN—10JAN13
Steering Wheel
Nut—Torque....................................................................................6 N·m
(53 lb.-in.)
A—Emblem E—Knob
B—O-ring F— Large Nut
C—Nut G—Retainer
D—Special Washers (2 used) H—Snap Ring
LN71218,0000A28 -19-22NOV16-13/13
PN=906
Steering Column
RXA0140455 —UN—27MAR14
2. Remove steering wheel position input assembly from
tractor. (See Remove and Install Steering Wheel
Position Input Assembly in this group.)
3. Remove cap screws (A) and sensor assembly (B).
4. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
5. Align key slot (C) with sensor assembly slot and install
sensor assembly (B).
6. Install steering sensor cap screws (A). Tighten to A—Steering Sensor Cap C—Key Slot
specification. Screws (2 used)
B—Sensor Assembly
Specification
Steering Sensor Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................25 N·m
221 lb.-in. 8. Perform calibration procedure. (See Diagnostic
Technical Manual—Section 245.)
7. Install steering wheel position input assembly on
tractor. (See Remove and Install Steering Wheel
Position Input Assembly in this group.)
LN71218,0000A29 -19-31MAR14-1/1
PN=907
Steering Column
PN=908
Group 10
Steering Valves
List of References Remove and Install Loop Override Valve
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Repair Loop Override Valve
Specifications 60B—10
LN71218,0000A39 -19-05JUN13-1/1
Specifications 60B—10
Item Measurement Specification
RXA0121862 —UN—31OCT11
PN=909
Steering Valves
RXA0121863 —UN—31OCT11
high-pressure leaks by relieving system
pressure before disconnecting any hydraulic
lines, fitting, or connectors.
Specification
Loop Override Valve Cap
7. Connect hydraulic lines (A—D).
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000915 -19-01APR14-2/3
RXA0121862 —UN—31OCT11
LN71218,0000915 -19-01APR14-3/3
PN=910
Steering Valves
RXA0122041 —UN—07NOV11
Specification
Loop Override Solenoid
Valves—Torque.............................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
Solenoid Nut-to-
Valve—Torque.................................................................................7 N·m
(44 lb.-in.)
PN=911
Steering Valves
PN=912
Group 15
Steering Pump
List of References Disassemble, Inspect, Assemble Displacement Control
Below is a list of all items within this group. Valve
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 60B—15 Replace Input Shaft Seal
Specifications 60B—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=913
Steering Pump
RXA0102512 —UN—10JUL09
LN71218,0000A36 -19-26JAN16-2/3
RXA0102513 —UN—10JUL09
9. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
10. Install new O-ring on pump mounting flange.
11. Assemble in reverse order. (See Use Torque Wrench
Adapter in Section 10, Group 05B to calculate torque.)
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Pump-to-Pump
Housing Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................126 N·m A—JT07056 Transmission B—DFRW136 Adapter
Service Jack
(92 lb.-ft.)
PN=914
Steering Pump
G I
D B
D
RXA0163086 —UN—08MAY18
A
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential when 5. Remove socket head cap screws (H) and electronic
working on hydraulic components. displacement control (C).
1. Remove steering pump. (See Remove and Install 6. Install new O-rings (D).
Steering Pump in this group.) 7. Replace EDC (C). Tighten electronic displacement
2. Remove socket head cap screws (G) and displacement control-to-control valve socket head screws (H) to
control valve (B). specification.
Specification
3. Inspect orifices (F) for contamination. Electronic Displacement
4. Ensure screen (I) is clean. Control-to-Control Valve
Screws—Torque...........................................................................5.4 N·m
NOTE: EDC (C) is serviced as an assembly. DO (48 lb·in)
NOT remove black cover.
1
Serviced as an assembly
Continued on next page OURX985,0003311 -19-09MAY18-1/2
PN=915
Steering Pump
RW25726A —UN—27OCT98
Specification
Displacement Control
Valve-to-Steering Pump
Screws—Torque............................................................................16 N·m
(144 lb·in)
OURX985,0003311 -19-09MAY18-2/2
PN=916
Steering Pump
RXA0162471 —UN—09MAR18
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential when
working on hydraulic components.
RW25776 —UN—21JUN97
necessary.
2. Clean valves and check for any contamination.
3. Check valve poppet movement in end of multi-function
valves.
4. Install NEW O-rings (B) and (C).
5. Install multi-function valves. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Multifunction
Valves—Torque.............................................................................90 N·m
(66 lb·ft)
RW25777 —UN—21JUN97
OURX985,0003255 -19-12MAR18-1/1
PN=917
Steering Pump
PN=918
Group 20
Steering Motor
List of References Remove and Install Steering Motor
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Repair Steering Motor
Specifications 60B—20
LN71218,000088B -19-26MAR14-1/1
Specifications 60B—20
Item Measurement Specification
PN=919
Steering Motor
RXA0121854 —UN—31OCT11
pressure before disconnecting any hydraulic
lines, fitting, or connectors.
RXA0121855 —UN—31OCT11
4. Remove cap screws (C) and steering motor.
5. Inspect parts and replace as necessary. (For repair,
see Repair Steering Motor in this group.)
6. Install NEW O-ring (D).
7. Install steering motor and steering motor cap screws
(C). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Motor Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0121856 —UN—01NOV11
9. Inspect steering hose flange clamps (A). (See Four
Bolt Flange Fittings Assembly and Installation—All
Pressure Applications in Section 10, Group 05B.)
10. Connect steering hoses and install steering hose
flange clamp cap screws. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Steering Hose
Flange Clamp Cap
A—Steering Hose Flange C—Steering Motor Cap Screws
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m Clamps (2 used) (4 used)
(94 lb.-ft.) B—Steering Motor Case Drain D—O-ring
LN71218,0000912 -19-01APR14-1/1
PN=920
Steering Motor
RXA0140456 —UN—28MAR14
A—Valve Block Socket Head Cap C—Steering Motor Head Socket E—Steering Motor I— O-rings (2 used)
Screws (2 used) Head Cap Screws (4 used) F— Seal
B—Valve Block D—Steering Motor Head G—Steering Motor Seal Cover
H—Snap Ring
1. Remove steering motor from tractor. (See Remove 7. Install NEW seal (F) and O-rings (I).
and Install Steering Motor in this group.
8. Install steering motor seal cover (G) and snap ring (H).
2. Remove valve block socket head cap screws (A) and
valve block (B). 9. Install steering motor head and steering motor head
socket head cap screws (C) onto steering motor (E).
3. Remove steering motor head socket head cap screws Tighten to specification.
(C) and steering motor head (D) from steering motor Specification
(E). Steering Motor Head
4. Remove snap ring (H) and steering motor seal cover Socket Head Cap
(G). Screws—Torque............................................................................40 N·m
30 (lb.-ft.)
5. Remove seal (F) and O-rings (I).
6. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
NOTE: New seal kits contain seal (F) and all O-rings
used on steering motor.
Continued on next page LN71218,0000913 -19-01APR14-1/2
PN=921
Steering Motor
10. Install valve block and valve block socket head cap 11. Install steering motor onto tractor. (See Remove and
screws (A). Tighten to specification. Install Steering Motor in this group.
Specification 12. Perform steering calibration procedure. (See
Valve Block Socket Head Diagnostic Technical Manual—Section 245.)
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................40 N·m
30 (lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000913 -19-01APR14-2/2
PN=922
Section 70
Hydraulics
Contents
Page
Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
List of References.......................................... 70-00-1 Service Shuttle Valve................................... 70-15-18
Essential, Recommended, and Remove and Install Coupler
Fabricated Tools 70—00............................ 70-00-1 Housing ................................................... 70-15-21
Specifications 70—00.................................... 70-00-2 Repair Couplers........................................... 70-15-22
Remove and Install Integrated Remove and Install Motor Return................ 70-15-24
Hydraulic Pump ......................................... 70-00-3 Remove and Install Motor Return
Remove and Install Transmission with Power Beyond.................................. 70-15-25
Pump ....................................................... 70-00-10
Remove and Install Hitch-SCV Group 20—Rear Hitch
Valve Stack .............................................. 70-00-14 List of References.......................................... 70-20-1
Remove and Install Hitch Frame ................. 70-00-16 Essential, Recommended, and
Fabricated Tools 70—20............................ 70-20-1
Group 05—Hydraulic System Other Material 70—20 ................................... 70-20-1
List of References.......................................... 70-05-1 Specifications 70—20.................................... 70-20-1
Essential, Recommended, and Remove and Install Lift Cylinder.................... 70-20-2
Fabricated Tools 70—05............................ 70-05-1 Disassemble, Inspect, and
Specifications 70-05 ...................................... 70-05-1 Assemble Lift Cylinder............................... 70-20-3
General Repair Procedures Rockshaft Bushings.......................................70-20-3
70—05 ....................................................... 70-05-1 Repair Draft Sensing ..................................... 70-20-5
Install Hydraulic Fittings 70—05 .................... 70-05-2
Drain Hydraulic System ................................. 70-05-2
Fill Hydraulic System ..................................... 70-05-4
Hydraulic Fixed Displacement
Pump Repair.............................................. 70-05-6
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
List of References Remove and Install Transmission Pump
Below is a list of all items within this group. Remove and Install Hitch-SCV Valve Stack
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 70—00 Remove and Install Hitch Frame
Specifications 70—00
Remove and Install Integrated Hydraulic Pump
LN71218,0000B11 -19-15APR14-1/1
PN=925
Component Removal and Installation
Specifications 70—00
Item Measurement Specification
PN=926
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0102834 —UN—10JUN09
A—Rear Mid-Frame Plate Cap C—Front Mid-Frame Plate Cap
Screws (3 used) Screws (8 used)
B—Rear Mid-Frame Plate D—Front Mid-Frame Plate
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-1/20
RXA0140163 —UN—14MAR14
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-2/20
RXA0140164 —UN—14MAR14
A—Filter Line C—Pump Supply Line
B—Pump Supply Line Cap D—Hydraulic Lines (2 used)
Screws (2 used)
PN=927
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0103291 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-4/20
RXA0103292 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-5/20
RXA0103293 —UN—09JUL09
PN=928
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140165 —UN—14MAR14
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-7/20
RXA0140166 —UN—14MAR14
12. Remove cap screws (A) and integrated hydraulic
pump.
RXA0103296 —UN—09JUL09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-8/20
PN=929
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140167 —UN—15APR14
Pump Case—Capacity..................................................................... .45 L
(.47 qt.)
A—Port B—O-ring
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-9/20
RXA0140166 —UN—14MAR14
hydraulic pump cap screws (A). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Integrated Hydraulic
Pump Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................180 N·m
(132 lb.-ft.)
RXA0103296 —UN—09JUL09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-10/20
PN=930
Component Removal and Installation
A—O-rings (2 used)
RXA0103317 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-11/20
19. Install supply line (B) and supply line cap screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Supply Line Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
RXA0103293 —UN—09JUL09
(92 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-12/20
RXA0103318 —UN—09JUL09
A—Screen C—Supply Line
B—O-ring
PN=931
Component Removal and Installation
A—O-ring
RXA0140168 —UN—14MAR14
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-14/20
24. Connect hydraulic hose (B) and hitch supply lines (A).
RXA0140165 —UN—14MAR14
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-15/20
RXA0140164 —UN—14MAR14
Pump Supply Line Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(52 lb.-ft.)
PN=932
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0103292 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-17/20
RXA0103291 —UN—09JUL09
(22 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-18/20
RXA0140163 —UN—14MAR14
(316 lb.-ft.)
PN=933
Component Removal and Installation
31. Install front mid-frame plate (D) and hand tighten front
mid-frame plate cap screws (C).
32. Install rear mid-frame plate (B) and rear mid-frame
plate cap screws (A).
33. Tighten cap screws (A and C) to specification.
Specification
Mid-Frame Bottom Plate
RXA0102834 —UN—10JUN09
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................102 N·m
(75 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B14 -19-15APR14-20/20
RXA0102834 —UN—10JUN09
3. Remove cap screws (C) and front mid-frame plate (D).
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-1/11
PN=934
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140169 —UN—14MAR14
e23™ Transmission Pump Lines and Hoses Illustrated
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-3/11
RXA0140170 —UN—14MAR14
A—Bracket Cap Screws (2 C—Inlet Tube Cap Screws (2
used) used)
B—Filter and Bracket D—Inlet Tube
Assembly
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-4/11
A—Transmission Pump
RXA0140171 —UN—14MAR14
PN=935
Component Removal and Installation
A—O-ring
RXA0140172 —UN—19MAR14
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-6/11
RXA0140212 —UN—14MAR14
B—O-ring
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-7/11
RXA0140170 —UN—14MAR14
Transmission
Pump-to-Steering Pump
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
PN=936
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140169 —UN—14MAR14
e23™ Transmission Pump Illustrated
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-9/11
RXA0140163 —UN—14MAR14
(316 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-10/11
21. Install front mid-frame plate (D) and hand tighten front
mid-frame plate cap screws (C).
22. Install rear mid-frame plate (B) and rear mid-frame
plate cap screws (A).
23. Tighten cap screws (A and C) to specification.
Specification
Mid-Frame Bottom Plate
RXA0102834 —UN—10JUN09
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................102 N·m
(75 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B15 -19-26MAR14-11/11
PN=937
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140244 —UN—17MAR14
1. Fully lower 3-point hitch.
2. Remove quick coupler, if equipped.
3. Remove hoses (A and C) and line (B).
4. Identify, label, and disconnect wire harness (D) from
SCVs.
LN71218,0000B16 -19-28MAR14-1/6
RXA0140245 —UN—17MAR14
Screws (2 used) D—Valve Stack Retaining Nuts
B—Hitch Return Manifold and Washers (2 used)
LN71218,0000B16 -19-28MAR14-2/6
PN=938
Component Removal and Installation
A—O-rings (2 used)
RXA0140241 —UN—17MAR14
LN71218,0000B16 -19-28MAR14-4/6
RXA0140245 —UN—17MAR14
(66 lb.-ft.)
PN=939
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140244 —UN—17MAR14
LN71218,0000B16 -19-28MAR14-6/6
RXA0127027 —UN—05JUL12
A—Hitch Quick Coupler
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-1/11
PN=940
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0140243 —UN—17MAR14
B—Cover
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-3/11
RXA0127029 —UN—05JUL12
10. Remove PTO output assembly (F). (See Remove and
Install PTO Output Housing Assembly in Section 50C,
Group 20.)
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-4/11
RXA0140247 —UN—17MAR14
A—Hydraulic Hoses (4 used) C—Case Drain
B—Power Beyond Return
Couplers (2 used)
PN=941
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0127031 —UN—09JUL12
17. Clean adjoining gasket surfaces.
18. Apply High Strength Form in Place Gasket to
machined surface.
19. Install hitch frame and hitch frame cap screws (B).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hitch Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m
(318 lb.-ft.)
RXA0127072 —UN—09JUL12
(20 used)
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-6/11
RXA0140247 —UN—17MAR14
A—Hydraulic Hoses (4 used) C—Case Drain
B—Power Beyond Return
Couplers (2 used)
PN=942
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0127029 —UN—05JUL12
24. Install hitch-SCV valve stack (C). (See Remove and
Install Hitch-SCV Valve Stack in this group.)
25. Install center link bracket (B). Tighten center link
bracket cap screws to specification.
Specification
Center Link Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m
(318 lb.-ft.)
A—Center Link D—Draft Links (2 used)
26. Install center link (A). B—Center Link Bracket E—Lift Arms (2 used)
C—Hitch-SCV Valve Stack F— PTO Output Assembly
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-8/11
RXA0140243 —UN—17MAR14
Draft Link Cover Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................70 N·m
(51 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-9/11
RXA0140242 —UN—17MAR14
Draw Bar Pin Retainer
Cap Screw—Torque......................................................................70 N·m
(51 lb.-ft.)
PN=943
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0127027 —UN—05JUL12
LN71218,0000B17 -19-24MAR14-11/11
PN=944
Group 05
Hydraulic System
List of References Install Hydraulic Fittings 70—05
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Drain Hydraulic System
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 70—05
Fill Hydraulic System
Specifications 70-05
Hydraulic Fixed Displacement Pump Repair
General Repair Procedures 70—05
OURX985,00032E9 -19-27APR18-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 70—05
JT05746 Portable Filter Caddy
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,0000836 -19-21MAR14-1/1
Specifications 70-05
Item Measurement Specification
General Repair Procedures 70—05 must be performed. Clean and flush differential housing
and clean oil reservoir.
IMPORTANT: Absolute cleanliness is essential
when working on hydraulic system. Inspection:
Contamination can result in serious damage
or inadequate operation. • Inspect components for clear valve passages.
• Valves must smoothly move in their bores. Binding
NOTE: Before beginning hydraulic system repair, review cannot be tolerated.
the following guidelines. These are provided to • Inspect bearings for roughness of rotation and
emphasize the need for attention to detail and excessive wear of rollers.
care when servicing the hydraulic system. • Inspect springs for wear, damage, or distortion.
Disassembly and Assembly: System Startup:
IMPORTANT: Prelubrication procedure MUST be
• Discard and replace shaft seals, O-rings, and gaskets. followed BEFORE engine is started if pump
• Lubricate all internal parts with clean hydraulic oil during drive housing has been drained. Failure
assembly.
to perform this procedure will result in
• Fasteners must be tightened to specified torque. pump drive gear damage.
Cleaning:
• Fill pump drive housing before starting the engine. (See
• Clean all disassembled parts with clean solvent. Use Prelubricate Pump Drive in Fill Hydraulic System in
moisture-free compressed air to dry parts and to clear this group.)
oil passages of any contamination. DO NOT use shop • Fill hydraulic system before starting the engine. (See
towels to dry parts. Fill Hydraulic System in this group.)
• If a failure occurred causing contamination of
transmission and hydraulic system, cleanup procedures
LN71218,0000837 -19-28MAR14-1/1
PN=945
Hydraulic System
RW15638A —UN—30JUL98
3. Tighten fittings to specification. (See Metric Face Seal
And O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—Standard
Pressures, Metric Face Seal and O-Ring Stud End
Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure Applications,
SAE Face Seal and O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque
Chart—Standard Pressures and SAE Face Seal and
O-Ring Stud End Fitting Torque Chart—High Pressure
Applications in Section 10, Group 05B.)
A—O-ring
LN71218,0000839 -19-26MAR14-1/2
RW15637A —UN—30JUL98
3. Hand tighten cap screws.
IMPORTANT: DO NOT overtighten flange clamps.
Doing so can cause flanged head to distort
allowing seal to extrude. Correctly installed
clamps should provide a clearance (B)
between clamp and fitting sealing surface
of 0.25—0.8 mm (0.01—0.03 in.).
A—Flange Clamps B—Clearance
NOTE: Tighten cap screws in a diagonal pattern.
4. Tighten flange clamps (A) to specification. (See SAE Screw Torque Values—High Pressure Applications in
Four Bolt Flange Cap Screw Torque Values—Standard Section 10, Group 05B.)
Pressure Applications and SAE Four Bolt Flange Cap
LN71218,0000839 -19-26MAR14-2/2
PN=946
Hydraulic System
RXA0140262 —UN—17MAR14
e23™ Transmission Drain
RXA0102900 —UN—10JUN09
IVT™ Transmission Drain
LN71218,0000B44 -19-28MAR14-2/4
RXA0100502 —UN—11FEB09
A—Clean Oil Reservoir Drain
Plug
PN=947
Hydraulic System
RXA0103685 —UN—01JUL09
LN71218,0000B44 -19-28MAR14-4/4
RXA0103686 —UN—01JUL09
engine. Failure to have immediate lubrication
will result in premature gear failure.
Ensure differential housing is filled to
proper oil level.
If transmission pump has been removed, pump
gears must be prelubricated before beginning
this procedure. Fill pump inlet ports with oil.
hydraulic fitting.
3. Pump approximately 23 L (6 gal.) of clean hydraulic
oil into clean-oil reservoir.
4. Remove portable filter caddy from straight hydraulic
fitting.
5. Remove straight hydraulic fitting and install steering
motor port (A).
A—Steering Motor Port
PN=948
Hydraulic System
RXA0099670 —UN—31OCT08
1. Fill hydraulic system with clean hydraulic oil until oil
level is approximately 20 mm (3/4 in.) above upper
level mark (A) in sight glass.
IMPORTANT: Prelubricate pump drive if pump drive
gears and housing have been disassembled.
PN=949
Hydraulic System
B
C F
B C
B
C H
B C D
RXA0162843 —UN—27APR18
E A
PN=950
Hydraulic System
C
D
D
C
RXA0162845 —UN—26APR18
E A
2. Disassemble pump.
NOTE: Seal kits are the only service parts available
for these pumps.
A—Scribed Line
PN=951
Hydraulic System
RXA0162848 —UN—25APR18
A
6. Install NEW gasket seals on gear housings and end
cover. Use a small amount of grease to hold seals
in place during assembly.
7. Use exploded view illustrations to assemble pump
ensuring all sections of pump are aligned and installed
correctly.
OURX985,00032E8 -19-27APR18-4/5
4 1
1 4
RXA0162844 —UN—23APR18
RXA0162846 —UN—23APR18
2 3
3 2
Tightening Sequence for Pumps with Tie Bolts and Nuts Tightening Sequence for Pumps with Cap Screws
8. Install retaining washer and nuts or cap screws.
9. Fill pump inlet ports with clean hydraulic oil.
Tighten to specification in sequence shown.
Specification 10. Rotate pump drive shaft counterclockwise four
Hydraulic Pump Tie Bolt complete revolutions to ensure pump gears and
Nuts—Torque................................................................................38 N·m surfaces are lubricated.
(28 lb·ft)
Hydraulic Pump Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................60 N·m
(44 lb·ft)
OURX985,00032E8 -19-27APR18-5/5
PN=952
Group 10
Integrated Hydraulic Pump
List of References Remove and Install Hydraulic Compensator Valve
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Repair Hydraulic Compensator Valve
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 70—10
Repair Hydraulic Pump
Specifications 70—10
LN71218,0000763 -19-13MAR14-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 70—10
D01006AA Bench-Mounted Holding Fixture
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,0000B1A -19-11JUN13-1/1
Specifications 70—10
Item Measurement Specification
RXA0140264 —UN—17MAR14
pressure in system before disconnecting
hydraulic or other lines. Tighten all connections
before applying pressure.
PN=953
Integrated Hydraulic Pump
RXA0066248 —UN—11APR03
Specification
Compensator Valve
Socket Head Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................15 N·m
(137 lb.-in.)
PN=954
Integrated Hydraulic Pump
RXA0128130 —UN—10SEP12
A—Housing H—Plate O—Fitting W—Seals (2 used)
B—O-ring I— O-ring P—O-ring X—Plugs (2 used)
C—Plug J— Backup Ring Q—Plate
D—Load Sense Valve K—Adjusting Screws (2 used) R—Spring
E—Valve Seat L— O-ring S—Plate
F— Spring M—Fitting T— Pressure Limiting Valve
G—Adjusting Screw Dimensions N—Lock Nuts (2 used) U—O-ring
(2 used) V—Orifice
PN=955
Integrated Hydraulic Pump
RXA0089058 —UN—18MAY06
A—Alignment Marks C—Charge Pump Cover
B—Socket Head Screws (4
used)
LN71218,0000B1E -19-24MAR14-1/9
A—Charge Pump
RXA0089059 —UN—18MAY06
LN71218,0000B1E -19-24MAR14-2/9
RXA0089063 —UN—18MAY06
RXA0089062 —UN—18MAY06
PN=956
Integrated Hydraulic Pump
RXA0089061 —UN—18MAY06
RXA0089060 —UN—18MAY06
A—Bearing B—Shaft
RXA0089065 —UN—18MAY06
disassembly. Install valve plate to charge pump
housing.
8. Replace charge pump seal (B).
LN71218,0000B1E -19-24MAR14-5/9
A—Seals (2 used)
RXA0089064 —UN—18MAY06
PN=957
Integrated Hydraulic Pump
A—Charge Pump
RXA0089059 —UN—18MAY06
LN71218,0000B1E -19-24MAR14-7/9
RXA0089067 —UN—25MAY06
LN71218,0000B1E -19-24MAR14-8/9
12. Install charge pump cover (C) and end cover socket
head cap screws (B). Tighten to specification.
Specification
End Cover Socket Head
Screws—Torque..........................................................................205 N·m
(150 lb.-ft.)
RXA0089058 —UN—18MAY06
allowed. Replace pump if bearings, shafts, valve
plate, or cylinder show excessive wear.
LN71218,0000B1E -19-24MAR14-9/9
PN=958
Group 15
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
List of References Service Electronic Control Unit
Below is a list of all items within this group. Test Surge Relief Valve
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 70—15 Service Surge Relief Valve
Specifications 70—15 Service Shuttle Valve
Disassemble and Assemble Hitch-SCV Valve Stack Remove and Install Coupler Housing
Service Pressure Compensator Repair Couplers
Service Pressure Compensating Check Valve Remove and Install Motor Return
Service Solenoid Pilot Valve Remove and Install Motor Return with Power Beyond
Service Spool Centering Spring Assembly
LN71218,0000F05 -19-21JUL15-1/1
PN=959
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
Specifications 70—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=960
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0136687 —UN—13NOV13
NOTE: Valve stack configurations vary.
RXA0096876 —UN—07JAN08
LN71218,0000753 -19-06SEP16-2/10
PN=961
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097245 —UN—13FEB08
A—Shims (3 used)
LN71218,0000753 -19-06SEP16-4/10
RXA0136689 —UN—13NOV13
A—Jumper Tubes (2 used per
Coupler Housing)
LN71218,0000753 -19-06SEP16-5/10
RXA0136690 —UN—13NOV13
stone, shims will need to be installed on tie bolts
between surface and adjoining valve section.
A—Housing Machined
Surfaces
PN=962
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0096889 —UN—07JAN08
with other series valves. An improper size
shuttle can cause a malfunction.
Prevent valve malfunction and leaks, ensure
all O-rings are completely seated in grooves
and no paint chips or other contaminates
are on adjoining surfaces.
RXA0153591 —UN—06SEP16
A C
B
RXA0097173 —UN—15FEB08
LN71218,0000753 -19-06SEP16-7/10
Coupler Housing)
PN=963
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
15. Install top cover (B) and tie bolt nuts and washers (A).
RXA0136688 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,0000753 -19-06SEP16-9/10
RXA0136691 —UN—13NOV13
Specification
Valve Stack Tie-Bolt
Nuts—Torque................................................................................26 N·m
(20 lb.-ft.)
RXA0136692 —UN—13NOV13
1. Remove pressure compensator plug (A).
A—Pressure Compensator
Plug
PN=964
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0136693 —UN—14NOV13
5. Install spring (A) and spool (B).
6. Install O-ring (C) on plug (D).
7. Tighten pressure compensator plug (D) to specification.
Specification
Pressure Compensator
Plug—Torque.................................................................................68 N·m
(50 lb.-ft.)
A—Spring C—O-ring
B—Spool D—Pressure Compensator
Plug
LN71218,0000754 -19-28MAR14-2/2
RXA0136694 —UN—13NOV13
1. Remove coupler housing (A). (See Remove and Install
Coupler Housing in this group.)
A—Coupler Housing
LN71218,0000755 -19-26MAR14-1/5
RXA0136695 —UN—13NOV13
PN=965
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0137197 —UN—19NOV13
A—Check Valve Surface B—Valve Seat Surface
LN71218,0000755 -19-26MAR14-3/5
5. Install pins (A), check valves (B), balls (C), and pilot
valves (D).
RXA0136696 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,0000755 -19-26MAR14-4/5
Specification
Pressure Compensating
Check Valve
Plugs—Torque...............................................................................65 N·m
(48 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000755 -19-26MAR14-5/5
PN=966
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0128670 —UN—04OCT12
valve spool section.
RXA0128671 —UN—04OCT12
LN71218,0000F1D -19-21JUL15-1/3
RXA0128358 —UN—25SEP12
5. Remove housing screws (A), electronic cover, and
seal (B).
6. Disconnect wiring connectors from electronic cover.
7. Remove solenoid pilot valve (C) and O-ring (D).
8. Inspect parts and replace as necessary.
9. Install O-ring (D) and solenoid pilot valve (C).
A—Housing Screws (3 used) C—Solenoid Pilot Valve
10. Ensure sealing frame (B) is in groove in electronic B—Sealing Frame D—O-ring
cover and connect wiring connectors.
11. Install electronic cover and housing screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Housing
Screws—Torque...........................................................................6.5 N·m
(58 lb.-in.)
Continued on next page LN71218,0000F1D -19-21JUL15-2/3
PN=967
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0128671 —UN—04OCT12
RXA0128670 —UN—04OCT12
LN71218,0000F1D -19-21JUL15-3/3
RXA0097301 —UN—20FEB08
cover. There is spring force behind cover.
PN=968
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097454 —UN—10MAR08
Tool on valve spool.
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-2/13
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0097455 —UN—10MAR08
RXA0097458 —UN—10MAR08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-3/13
PN=969
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097457 —UN—10MAR08
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-4/13
RXA0097460 —UN—10MAR08
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-5/13
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0097517 —UN—10MAR08
PN=970
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097518 —UN—10MAR08
A—Washer C—Sleeve
B—Spring
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-7/13
A—Washer C—Sleeve
RXA0097518 —UN—10MAR08
B—Spring
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-8/13
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0097517 —UN—10MAR08
PN=971
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097460 —UN—10MAR08
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-10/13
RXA0097457 —UN—10MAR08
Valve Spool—Torque.....................................................................19 N·m
(168 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-11/13
A—Screws (2 used)
RXA0097455 —UN—10MAR08
PN=972
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097309 —UN—10MAR08
Valve Spring Cover
Screws—Torque...........................................................................5.5 N·m
(48 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000756 -19-26MAR14-13/13
RXA0138023 —UN—19DEC13
1. Disconnect SCV connector (A).
2. Remove electronic control unit cap screws (B).
LN71218,0000F06 -19-21JUL15-1/3
RXA0138024 —UN—19DEC13
A—Electronic Control Unit B—Electronic Control Unit
Connectors (2 used) Assembly
PN=973
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0138023 —UN—19DEC13
(62 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000F06 -19-21JUL15-3/3
RXA0136698 —UN—13NOV13
Hitch valve may need to be removed from tractor
if surge relief valve requires adjustment.
RXA0136699 —UN—17DEC13
3. Add or remove shims under surge relief valve spring
cap as necessary or repair valve. (See Service Surge
Relief Valve in this group.)
LN71218,0000758 -19-26MAR14-1/1
PN=974
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
A—Cap
RXA0136700 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,0000759 -19-24MAR14-1/4
RXA0136701 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,0000759 -19-24MAR14-2/4
RXA0136705 —UN—13NOV13
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Surge Relief Valve
Seat—Torque................................................................................24 N·m
(212 lb.-in.)
PN=975
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
A—Poppet D—O-ring
B—Spring E—Cap
C—Shims (6 used)
RXA0136702 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,0000759 -19-24MAR14-4/4
RXA0097301 —UN—20FEB08
1. Remove screws (A) and spring cover (B).
2. Remove spring (C).
RXA0097302 —UN—10MAR08
PN=976
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
A—Plug
RXA0097303 —UN—20FEB08
LN71218,000075A -19-25MAR14-2/6
RXA0097304 —UN—20FEB08
4. Use JDG10667 Shuttle Valve Removal Tool (A) to
remove shuttle valve (C).
RXA0097305 —UN—20FEB08
Continued on next page LN71218,000075A -19-25MAR14-3/6
PN=977
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097306 —UN—20FEB08
NOTE: JDG10667 Shuttle Valve Removal Tool (C)
will need to reach completely to stop (D) to
install shuttle valve. Replace valve section if
valve tool does not reach stop.
RXA0097307 —UN—11JUL12
LN71218,000075A -19-25MAR14-4/6
A—Seal B—Plug
RXA0097308 —UN—20FEB08
Continued on next page LN71218,000075A -19-25MAR14-5/6
PN=978
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097309 —UN—10MAR08
Valve Spring Cover
Screws—Torque...........................................................................5.5 N·m
(48 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000075A -19-25MAR14-6/6
RXA0135296 —UN—19NOV13
NOTE: Take note of orientation of coupler housing
before removal.
LN71218,000075B -19-13MAR14-1/3
RXA0136703 —UN—13NOV13
PN=979
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0135296 —UN—19NOV13
Specification
Coupler Housing-to-Valve
Housing Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................22 N·m
(195 lb.-in.)
LN71218,000075B -19-13MAR14-3/3
Repair Couplers
1. Remove screws (A) and cover (B).
RXA0136704 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,000075C -19-28MAR14-1/7
RXA0097282 —UN—19FEB08
PN=980
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0097281 —UN—19FEB08
3. Insert JDG1579 Coupler Tool (A) into coupler and
move handle (B) down to remove coupler.
NOTE: Couplers are serviced as an assembly.
4. Replace seals.
LN71218,000075C -19-28MAR14-3/7
A—Retaining Ring
RXA0097279 —UN—19FEB08
LN71218,000075C -19-28MAR14-4/7
A—Handle B—O-ring
RXA0097278 —UN—19FEB08
PN=981
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
A—Seals
RXA0097280 —UN—19FEB08
LN71218,000075C -19-28MAR14-6/7
RXA0136704 —UN—13NOV13
LN71218,000075C -19-28MAR14-7/7
RXA0144666 —UN—22AUG14
contamination during installation.
PN=982
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
RXA0114941 —UN—11APR11
coupler. Be sure to avoid hydraulic oil
contamination during installation.
RXA0114942 —UN—20SEP11
Specification
Plug—Torque...................................................................................5 N·m
(44 lb.-in.)
PN=983
Hitch Valve, Selective Control Valves, and Couplers
PN=984
Group 20
Rear Hitch
List of References Remove and Install Lift Cylinder
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Lift Cylinder
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 70—20
Replace Rockshaft Bushings
Other Material 70—20
Repair Draft Sensing
Specifications 70—20
LN71218,0000B36 -19-11JUN13-1/1
LN71218,0000B38 -19-24MAR14-1/1
Specifications 70—20
Item Measurement Specification
PN=985
Rear Hitch
RXA0140304 —UN—18MAR14
hydraulic connection. Avoid injury from
high-pressure leaks by relieving system
pressure before disconnecting any hydraulic
lines, fittings, or connections.
RXA0140305 —UN—18MAR14
6. Remove cylinder pins (A) using JDG11001 Puller
Adapter (B) and slide hammer.
7. Remove cylinder.
8. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
LN71218,0000B3A -19-24MAR14-2/3
A—O-rings (2 used)
LN71218,0000B3A -19-24MAR14-3/3
PN=986
Rear Hitch
RW50283A —UN—06DEC96
LN71218,0000B3B -19-11JUN13-1/1
RXA0140307 —UN—18MAR14
1. Lower hitch and remove lift cylinders and lift links.
(See Remove and Install Lift Cylinder in this group.)
2. Disconnect potentiometer linkage (A).
NOTE: JDG983-2 Special Tips are part of JDG983 A—Potentiometer Linkage C—Snap Ring
Snap Ring Expander Tool. B—JDG983 Snap Ring
Expander Tool
PN=987
Rear Hitch
RW76163 —UN—11JAN99
8. Install new bushing (A) using JDG1272 Bushing-Seal
Installer (bushing side of driver) and JDG537 Driver
Handle. Drive bushing until driver contacts housing
to specification.
Specification
Edge of Housing to Edge
of Bushing —Depth....................................................................... 33 mm
(1.3 in.)
10. Install new seal (B) using seal side of JDG1272 Driver.
RW76164 —UN—11JAN99
11. Drive seal until driver contacts housing or to
specification.
Specification
Edge of Housing to Edge
of Seal—Depth.............................................................................. 20 mm
(0.9 in.)
RXA0140308 —UN—18MAR14
LN71218,0000B3C -19-24MAR14-3/3
PN=988
Rear Hitch
RXA0140039 —UN—11MAR14
A—Cotter Pin D—Retainer
B—Pin E—Draft Link
C—Draft Sleeve
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-1/13
RXA0140026 —UN—11MAR14
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-2/13
RXA0140309 —UN—18MAR14
PN=989
Rear Hitch
RXA0140310 —UN—18MAR14
sensor (F).
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-4/13
RXA0140311 —UN—18MAR14
A—Draft Sensing Shaft C—Seal Retainer
B—Seal
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-5/13
RXA0140312 —UN—18MAR14
PN=990
Rear Hitch
RW76107 —UN—29JUL98
RW76108 —UN—05AUG98
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-7/13
RW25287A —UN—20AUG98
NOTE: Coat all draft shaft seals with grease before
installing into hitch frame.
A—Bushing C—Seal
B—Snap Ring
PN=991
Rear Hitch
RW25288A —UN—30SEP98
RW25289A —UN—30SEP98
install sleeve in bore before bushing can
cause damage to bushing.
RW25290A —UN—30SEP98
bore from bottom side of hitch frame with split (D)
approximately 90° counterclockwise from split in upper
bushing.
20. Drive lower sleeve (B) until bushing flange has
minimum end play (E) between flange and draft
sensing shaft.
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-9/13
RW25283A —UN—30SEP98
Draft Sensing Pin
Retaining Plug—Torque..............................................................650 N·m
(480 lb.-ft.)
A—Pin
PN=992
Rear Hitch
RW25291B —UN—04NOV99
Installer (C). Drive retainer against seal until outer lip
of retainer is within specification.
Specification
Outer Lip-to-Inside
Edge of Shaft
Chamfer—Depth........................................................................0—1 mm
(0—0.04 in.)
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-11/13
RXA0140313 —UN—18MAR14
with slot in shaft.
27. Install clamp (C) starting with bottom hole in shaft,
pressing upward toward top hole.
28. Install draft sensing strap (D). Ensure that ends of
strap are correctly inserted into brackets.
29. Adjust draft sensing sensor using adjustment
screw (E). (See Replace Draft Sensing Sensor in
Section 40, Group 25.)
A—Draft Sensing Strap Clamp D—Draft Sensing Strap
B—Draft Sensing Sensor E—Adjustment Screw
C—Clamp
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-12/13
33. Install draft links and lift cylinders (See Remove and A—Cover Harness Connector B—Draft Sensor Connector
Install Lift Cylinder in this group.)
LN71218,0000B3D -19-24MAR14-13/13
PN=993
Rear Hitch
PN=994
Section 80A
Miscellaneous
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 05
Hood and Side Panels
List of References Remove and Install Hood
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Remove and Install Grille and Headlight Assembly
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 80A—05
Remove and Install Hood Side Panels
Specifications 80A—05
Remove and Install Hood Screens
Position Hood Forward
Remove and Install Hood Latch
Optional Forward Hood Position
LN71218,00001C9 -19-31OCT13-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 80A—05
DFRW234—Hood Support Rod
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,0000B48 -19-12JUN13-1/1
Specifications 80A—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=997
Hood and Side Panels
RXA0136260 —UN—29OCT13
1. Disconnect hood harness connector (A).
2. Remove cap screws (B).
3. Lower front of hood to rest on front weight bracket.
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Rear Hood Arm Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
RXA0136261 —UN—29OCT13
LN71218,0000B4A -19-01NOV13-1/1
RXA0135270 —UN—03SEP13
1. Open hood.
2. Push hood rearward and down to close hood (A)
partially.
3. Install DFRW234—Hood Support Rod (B) into holes
(C).
4. Install clip pins on DFRW234 Hood Support Rod.
A—Hood C—Holes
B—DFRW234 Hood Support
Rod
PN=998
Hood and Side Panels
RXA0136260 —UN—29OCT13
8. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Rear Hood Arm Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................128 N·m
(94 lb.-ft.)
RXA0136262 —UN—29OCT13
LN71218,0000B4B -19-25NOV13-2/2
RXA0136260 —UN—29OCT13
NOTE: Platform step assembly removed for
illustration purposes only.
LN71218,0000B4C -19-14MAY15-1/1
PN=999
Hood and Side Panels
RXA0135262 —UN—30AUG13
2. Remove screws with washers (A).
3. Remove screws (B) and grille.
RXA0135263 —UN—30AUG13
LN71218,0000CD5 -19-01NOV13-1/2
RXA0135264 —UN—30AUG13
IMPORTANT: Washers must be installed with
grill screws (A). Without washers thread
damage may occur.
Grille-to-Hood
Screws—Torque............................................................................17 N·m
(150 lb.-in.)
Grille-to-Side Panel
Screws—Torque..............................................................................5 N·m
(44 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000CD5 -19-01NOV13-2/2
PN=1000
Hood and Side Panels
RXA0135266 —UN—30AUG13
and Install Grille and Headlight Assembly in this group.)
3. Support side panel (A) and remove hood screws (B).
4. Install in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hood Screws—Torque..................................................................17 N·m
(150 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000B4E -19-25NOV13-1/1
PN=1001
Hood and Side Panels
RXA0135267 —UN—30AUG13
3. Remove screws (C) and air duct (D).
4. Remove screws (E) and intake screens (F).
5. Inspect seal (G) and replace as necessary.
NOTE: Right-hand hood screen must be installed first.
Left-hand screen overlaps right-hand screen.
RXA0106189 —UN—12FEB10
Screws—Torque..............................................................................5 N·m
(44 lb.-in.)
RXA0106342 —UN—12FEB10
PN=1002
Hood and Side Panels
RXA0135268 —UN—30AUG13
8. Remove retainers (C) and coolant tank shield cap
screw (D).
9. Remove coolant tank shield (E) and guards (F).
10. Replace parts as necessary.
11. Assemble in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Cooling Screen
A—Cooling Screen Screws (16 D—Coolant Tank Shield Cap
Screws—Torque..............................................................................5 N·m
used) Screw
(44 lb.-in.) B—Cooling Screens (2 used) E—Coolant Tank Shield
C—Retainers (12 used) F— Guards (2 used)
Specification
Coolant Tank Shield Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................5 N·m
(44 lb.-in.)
RXA0135269 —UN—30AUG13
3. Remove release rod (B) from hood latch.
4. Replace parts as necessary.
5. Assemble in reverse order. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Hood Latch Retaining
Cap Screws—Torque......................................................................5 N·m
(44 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000B4F -19-22NOV13-1/1
PN=1003
Hood and Side Panels
PN=1004
Group 10
Platform Step Assembly
List of References Remove and Install Platform Step Assembly
Below is a list of all items within this group.
LN71218,0000B51 -19-21NOV13-1/1
Specifications 80A—10
Item Measurement Specification
RXA0137066 —UN—19NOV13
A—Windshield Washer C—Windshield Washer
Harness Connectors (3 Reservoir
used)
B—Cap Screws (3 used)
LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-1/10
PN=1005
Platform Step Assembly
RXA0137068 —UN—19NOV13
A—Power Mirror Connector B—Power Mirror
LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-3/10
RXA0137069 —UN—20NOV13
(4 used)
B—Rear Handrail Bracket
PN=1006
Platform Step Assembly
RXA0137070 —UN—19NOV13
assembly.
11. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
RXA0137071 —UN—19NOV13
RXA0137072 —UN—21NOV13
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-5/10
PN=1007
Platform Step Assembly
RXA0137072 —UN—21NOV13
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................550 N·m
(405 lb.-ft.)
Specification
Platform-to-Midframe
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................310 N·m
(228 lb.-ft.)
RXA0137071 —UN—19NOV13
(36 lb.-ft.)
RXA0137070 —UN—19NOV13
LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-6/10
PN=1008
Platform Step Assembly
RXA0137068 —UN—19NOV13
A—Power Mirror Connector B—Power Mirror
LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-8/10
19. Install DEF fill bracket (C) and cap screws (B). Tighten
to specification.
Specification
DEF Fill Bracket Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................14 N·m
RXA0137067 —UN—19NOV13
(123 lb.-in.)
LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-9/10
RXA0137066 —UN—19NOV13
Windshield Washer Tank
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................25 N·m
(18 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B53 -19-09DEC13-10/10
PN=1009
Platform Step Assembly
PN=1010
Section 80B
Track Frame and Components
Contents
Page
Page
Group 05—Track
List of References........................................80B-05-1 Essential, Recommended, and
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 80B—20 .......................80B-20-1
Fabricated Tools 80B—05 .......................80B-05-1 Other Material 80B—20...............................80B-20-1
Specifications 80B—05 ...............................80B-05-1 Specifications 80B—20 ...............................80B-20-2
Install Support Stands .................................80B-05-2 Replace Rubber Walking Beam
Track Tensioning and Bumpers ..................................................80B-20-3
De-tensioning ..........................................80B-05-4 Replace Shock Absorber.............................80B-20-4
Remove and Install Track............................80B-05-7 Replace Air Spring.......................................80B-20-5
Check Track Alignment ...............................80B-05-8 Replace Air Compressor .............................80B-20-8
Adjust Track Alignment................................80B-05-8 Remove and Install Walking
Drive Wheel And Walking Beam Beam .....................................................80B-20-10
Settings..................................................80B-05-10 Replace Swing Arm Bushings ...................80B-20-12
Adjust Track Tread Settings ...................... 80B-05-11 Replace Walking Beam Pivot
Bushing and Isolator Bushing................80B-20-13
Group 10—Tension Cylinder and Accumulator Inflate Track Air Suspension
List of References........................................80B-10-1 System...................................................80B-20-15
Essential, Recommended and
Fabricated Tools 80B—10 .......................80B-10-1
Other Material 80B—10...............................80B-10-1
Specifications 80B—10 ...............................80B-10-1
Remove and Install Track Tension
Cylinder ...................................................80B-10-2
Cross-Sectional View—Track
Tension Cylinder ......................................80B-10-3
Disassemble, Inspect, and
Assemble Track Tension
Cylinder ...................................................80B-10-3
Remove and Install Tension
Accumulator.............................................80B-10-5
Charge Tension Accumulator ......................80B-10-6
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 05
Track
List of References Remove and Install Track
Below is a list of all items within this group. Check Track Alignment
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 80B—05 Adjust Track Alignment
Specifications 80B—05 Drive Wheel And Walking Beam Settings
Install Support Stands Adjust Track Tread Settings
Track Tensioning and De-tensioning
LN71218,0000B55 -19-14JUN13-1/1
Below are tools listed in this group. JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench
Specifications 80B—05
Item Measurement Specification
PN=1013
Track
RXA0102834 —UN—10JUN09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B58 -19-29JAN14-1/2
PN=1014
Track
RXA0138347 —UN—15JAN14
for extra stability if desired.
RXA0138348 —UN—15JAN14
RXA0105129 —UN—21OCT09
LN71218,0000B58 -19-29JAN14-2/2
PN=1015
Track
RXA0099595 —UN—21OCT08
penetrate skin causing serious injury.
Avoid hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into skin must be surgically
removed within a few hours or gangrene
may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this type
of injury should reference a knowledgeable
medical source. Such information is available
RXA0099596 —UN—21OCT08
from Deere & Company Medical Department
in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.
PN=1016
Track
RXA0138433 —UN—16JAN14
6. Set SCV I detent flow (B) at 5.
7. Select SCV I time box (C).
8. Press (+) soft key until C, continuous (D) appears.
9. Push SCV I lever (E) forward to retract position.
10. Exit tractor and open valve handle on tension hose.
11. Allow track to de-tension for five minutes.
12. Stop engine.
RXA0138434 —UN—16JAN14
Graph E—SCV I Lever
B—SCV 1 Detent Flow
C—SCV I Box Time
RXA0138435 —UN—16JAN14
PN=1017
Track
Tension:
1. Start engine.
2. Pull SCV I lever (A) back to detent position to extend
tension cylinder. Allow oil to flow into system for at
least 6 minutes.
3. Close tension valve handle (C) on RE164261 Track
Charging Hose.
4. Stop engine and remove tension hose valve end (B)
and tension hose male end (D).
5. Clean up any oil that may have spilled or leaked during
de-tension or tensioning process.
RXA0138436 —UN—16JAN14
A—SCV I Lever C—Tension Valve Handle
B—Tension Hose Valve End D—Tension Hose Male End
RXA0099596 —UN—21OCT08
RXA0099656 —UN—30OCT08
LN71218,0000B59 -19-19FEB14-3/3
PN=1018
Track
RXA0099539 —UN—12DEC08
removing or installing tracks.
RXA0099540 —UN—13OCT08
5. Remove cap screws (B) and outer idler wheel.
6. Remove track (A).
7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
8. Install track (A) onto drive wheel.
NOTE: Use of soapy water on idler wheel greatly
aids in getting track over wheel.
A—Track B—Idler Wheel Cap Screws (12
9. Slide front of track over inside idler wheel. used)
10. Install outer idler wheel and hand tighten idler wheel
cap screws (B).
11. Tension track. (See Track Tensioning and 13. Remove support stands and lower tractor to ground.
De-tensioning in this group.) 14. Tension track a second time, to ensure full track
12. Tighten idler wheel cap screws to specification, and if tension. (See Track Tensioning and De-tensioning in
equipped, install weights. this group.)
Specification
Idler Wheel Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................................1050 N·m
(775 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B5A -19-19FEB14-1/1
PN=1019
Track
RXA0100963 —UN—11MAR09
1. Drive tractor 50 m (150 ft.) in a straight line on level
ground with no steering or braking input.
2. Place tractor in park and turn off ignition.
3. Fabricate a 102 mm (4 in.) x 204 mm (8 in.) x 6.35
mm (1/4 in.) shim (A) to check alignment between
front mid-roller and guide lug (B).
Track Mid-Roller With Shim
4. Slide shim (A) in between mid-roller guide lugs so that
it bridges two guide lugs.
A—Shim B—Guide Lug
5. If shim fits freely on both sides of guide lug, alignment
is correct.
6. If shim does not fit on one side, adjustment is
necessary. (See Adjust Track Alignment in this group.)
LN71218,0000B5B -19-19FEB14-1/1
RXA0100963 —UN—11MAR09
If left track is running to outside edge of
guide lugs (B) causing lugs to get hot,
use following track alignment procedure to
loosen inboard special cap screw and tighten
outboard special cap screw.
Avoid damage to special cap screws
through incorrect installation and torquing
procedures. Use only unpowered hand tools 6.35 mm (1/4 in.) Shim
and ratcheting “click” type or equivalent
torque wrench to tighten properly. A—Fabricated Shim B—Guide Lug
PN=1020
Track
2. Remove lock plate cap screws (B) and lock plates (C)
from inboard and outboard sides of track guide lugs
(A) to be adjusted.
3. Loosen special cap screw (D) one turn on side you
want track to move toward.
RXA0096463 —UN—03JUL12
4. Tighten special cap screw on opposite side to
specification.
Specification
Special Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................300 N·m
(221 lb.-ft.)
RXA0093261 —UN—03APR07
(221 lb.-ft.)
RXA0093263 —UN—03APR07
Tighten lock plate cap screws (B) to specification.
Specification
Lock Plate Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................130 N·m
(95 lb.-ft.)
PN=1021
Track
RXA0149696 —UN—19AUG15
Track Tread Settings (Standard) Track Tread Settings (Wide)
Walking Beam Inner Distance To Rear Tread Setting Distance To Axle End Tread Setting
Hole Axle End
A 609.6 mm (24 in.) 1828.8 mm (72 in.) 609.6 mm (24 in.) 2835 mm (112 in.)
B 558.8 mm (22 in.) 1930.4 mm (76 in.) 558.8 mm (22 in.) 2946 mm (116 in.)
C 508 mm (20 in.) 2032 mm (80 in.) 508 mm (20 in.) 3048 mm (120 in.)
D 457.2 mm (18 in.) 2133.6 mm (84 in.) 457.2 mm (18 in.) 3149 mm (124 in.)
E 406.4 mm (16 in.) 2235.2 mm (88 in.) 406.4 mm (16 in.) 3251 mm (128 in.)
F 355.6 mm (14 in.) 2336.8 mm (92 in.) 355.6 mm (14 in.) 3352 mm (132 in.)
G 304.8 mm (12 in.) 2438.4 mm (96 in.) 304.8 mm (12 in.) 3454 mm (136 in.)
H 254 mm (10 in.) 2540 mm (100 in.) 254 mm (10 in.) 3556 mm (140 in.)
I 203.2 mm (8 in.) 2641.6 mm (104 in.) 203.2 mm (8 in.) 3657 mm (144 in.)
J 152.4 mm (6 in.) 2743.2 mm (108 in.) 152.4 mm (6 in.) 3759 mm (148 in.)
K 101.6 mm (4 in.) 2844.8 mm (112 in.) 101.6 mm (4 in.) 3860 mm (152 in.)
L 50.8 mm (2 in.) 2946.4 mm (116 in.) 50.8 mm (2 in.) 3962 mm (156 in.)
M 0 mm (0 in.) 3048 mm (120 in.) 0 mm (0 in.) 4064 mm (160 in.)
N Inner Walking Beam Cap Screws
O Outer Walking Beam Cap Screws
P End Of Axle
Q Drive Wheel Sleeve Recess
Walking beam holes in table refer to holes used for inside (P). Ensure measurements are within 3 mm (1/8 in.) to
walking beam positioning screws. Allow four unused minimize alignment adjustments.
positioning holes between inside bolt (N) and outside bolt
(O) for each tread setting position.
When measuring rear axle, ensure tape is against drive
wheel sleeve recess (Q) and measure out to end of axle
LN71218,0000B5D -19-20AUG15-1/1
PN=1022
Track
RXA0138371 —UN—15JAN14
1. Park tractor on firm level surface rotating tractor drive
wheels until rear axle sleeve recess (C) is in 12 o'clock
position.
2. Install support stands. (See Install Support Stands in
this group.)
3. Ensure surfaces between walking beam and track
frame are clean and free of debris before adjusting
tread setting.
4. Disconnect track tension pressure sensor harness
connector (B).
5. Remove walking beam cap screws (A).
RXA0099538 —UN—24FEB09
A—Walking Beam Cap Screws C—Axle Sleeve Recess
(4 used)
B—Track Tension Pressure
Sensor Harness Connector
PN=1023
Track
RXA0099693 —UN—03NOV08
7. Loosen, but do not remove cap screws (F).
NOTE: Walking beam cap screws are longer than
drive wheel cap screws, they are more effective
in loosening drive wheel sleeves.
RXA0099603 —UN—12DEC08
proceeding through procedure.
10. Hold swivel adapter (H) against center cap screw (M).
11. Tighten center cap screw (M) until swivel adapter (H)
is held in place against end of axle hole (C).
12. Tighten inner and outer nuts (I and J) to JDG10929
Track Adjustment Tool cross-member. Install JDG10929 Track Adjustment Tool
RXA0099582 —UN—24OCT08
plate adapter (L).
16. Tighten inner nuts (I) against cross-member, leaving
outer nuts (J) loose.
17. Alternate tightening inner nuts (I) until desired position
is achieved.
18. After position is achieved, tighten outer nuts (J) Swivel Adapter—Used To Move Track Out
against cross-member.
PN=1024
Track
RXA0099677 —UN—31OCT08
RXA0099537 —UN—13OCT08
A—End Of Axle C—Walking Beam Cap Screw (4
B—Drive Wheel Sleeve Recess used)
19. Remove walking beam cap screws (C) from sleeve 27. Using a crisscross pattern, tighten drive wheel cap
jacking holes. screws until all cap screws maintain final specification.
20. Install drive wheel cap screws in original drive wheel Specification
holes. Tighten, but do not torque cap screws. Drive Wheel Cap
Screws—Final Torque.................................................................430 N·m
21. Ensure holes in walking beam are correctly aligned to
(320 lb.-ft.)
achieve required tread setting. (See Drive Wheel And
Walking Beam Settings in this group.) 28. Remove JDG10929 Track Adjustment Tool.
22. Install one inner walking beam cap screw (C) and 29. Remove stands and lower tractor to ground.
leave loose.
30. Connect track pressure sensor wiring connector.
23. Before tightening drive wheel cap screws, place tape
measure against drive wheel sleeve recess (B) and 31. Drive tractor approximately 50 m (165 ft.).
verify distance to end of axle (A).
32. Using a crisscross pattern, tighten drive wheel cap
24. After tread setting has been verified, using a crisscross screws until all cap screws maintain final specification.
pattern, tighten drive wheel cap screws to initial Specification
specification. Drive Wheel Cap
Specification Screws—Final Torque.................................................................430 N·m
Drive Wheel Cap (320 lb.-ft.)
Screws—Initial Torque.................................................................330 N·m
33. Torque drive wheels cap screws;
(245 lb.-ft.)
25. Install remaining three walking beam cap screws. • after 3 hours
Tighten to specification. • after 10 hours
• Daily during next week of operation
Specification
Walking Beam Cap 34. Check track alignment. (See Check Track Alignment
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m in this group.)
(320 lb.-ft.)
PN=1025
Track
PN=1026
Group 10
Tension Cylinder and Accumulator
List of References Cross-Sectional View—Track Tension Cylinder
Below is a list of all items within this group. Disassemble, Inspect, and Assemble Track Tension
Essential, Recommended and Fabricated Tools 80B—10 Cylinder
Essential, Recommended and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 80B—10
JT05420 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Kit
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog. JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench
JT05711 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Regulator
LN71218,00006B4 -19-24FEB14-1/1
LN71218,0000B6B -19-14JUN13-1/1
Specifications 80B—10
Item Measurement Specification
PN=1027
Tension Cylinder and Accumulator
RXA0098842 —UN—07AUG08
4. De-tension track. (See Track Tensioning and
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
5. Remove outer idler wheel.
RXA0099905 —UN—02FEB09
9. Recondition cylinder as needed. (See Disassemble,
Inspect, and Assemble Track Tension Cylinder in this
group.)
10. Apply PT569 NEVER-SEEZ ™ anti-seize compound
to anchor pins.
11. Install tension cylinder and anchor pins (D).
NOTE: Ensure retainers are fully seated into
anchor pins (D). A—Idler Wheel Cap Screws (12 C—Retainers (2 used)
used) D—Anchor Pins (2 used)
B—Hose Connections
12. Install retainers (C) and tension cylinder pin cap
screws. Tighten to specification.
Specification
16. Using JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench, tighten idler
Tension Cylinder
wheel cap screws (A) to specification and install idler
Retaining Pin Cap
wheel weights, if equipped.
Screws—Torque..........................................................................130 N·m
(96 lb.-ft.) Specification
Idler Wheel Cap
13. Connect hose (B). Screws—Torque........................................................................1050 N·m
14. Install outer idler wheel and hand tighten idler wheel (775 lb.-ft.)
cap screws (A). 17. Remove tractor from support stands.
15. Tension cylinder. (See Track Tensioning and
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
LN71218,0000B65 -19-03FEB14-1/1
PN=1028
Tension Cylinder and Accumulator
F E C A
RXA0105672 —UN—17DEC09
I D
H G B
RXA0138531 —UN—22JAN14
2. Remove piston rod.
• Use a screwdriver to disengage one end of snap
ring (A) from rod.
• Turn piston rod to remove snap ring.
• Pull piston rod out of cylinder.
A—Snap Ring
RXA0138532 —UN—22JAN14
PN=1029
Tension Cylinder and Accumulator
RXA0138533 —UN—22JAN14
LN71218,0000B67 -19-29JAN14-2/3
RXA0138534 —UN—22JAN14
7. Install cylinder. (See Remove and Install Track
Tension Cylinder in this group.)
LN71218,0000B67 -19-29JAN14-3/3
PN=1030
Tension Cylinder and Accumulator
RXA0099986 —UN—12DEC08
2. Disconnect harness connector from tension sensor (A).
3. Remove hose (B) and hydraulic fitting (C).
4. Remove lock nuts (D), washers, and U-bolt (E).
RXA0138459 —UN—17JAN14
7. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
8. Install accumulator brackets (H), spacer (I), and
bracket-to-frame retaining cap screws (G). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Bracket-to-Frame
Retaining Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................130 N·m
(96 lb.-ft.)
A—Tension Sensor F— Accumulator Retaining Cap
9. Install accumulator and accumulator retaining cap B—Hose Screws (3 used)
C—Hydraulic Fitting G—Bracket-to-Frame Retaining
screws (F). Tighten to specification. D—Accumulator Retaining Cap Screws (4 used)
Specification Lock Nuts (2 used) H—Accumulator Brackets (2
E—U-bolt used)
Accumulator Retaining I— Spacer
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
10. Install U-bolt (E), washers, and accumulator retaining 11. Install hydraulic fitting (C) and hose (B).
lock nuts (D). Tighten to specification.
12. Install harness connector to tension sensor (A).
Specification
Accumulator Retaining 13. Tension track. (See Track Tensioning and
Lock Nuts—Torque........................................................................40 N·m De-tensioning in Group 05.)
(30 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B68 -19-03FEB14-1/1
PN=1031
Tension Cylinder and Accumulator
RXA0138458 —UN—17JAN14
cylinder and regulator valves.
RW25653 —UN—05MAR97
1. Completely de-tension track. (See Track Tensioning
and De-tensioning in Group 05.)
2. Remove piston cap (A) from end of tension
accumulator.
3. Remove any contamination at nitrogen cylinder outlet
valve by opening each cylinder valve for a second.
4. Install valve extension (B) and service valve (C) from A—Piston Cap C—Service Valve
JT05711 Nitrogen Accumulator Charging Regulator. B—Valve Extension
LN71218,0000B69 -19-19FEB14-1/2
PN=1032
Group 15
Track Frame
List of References Replace Alignment Lever Bushings
Below is a list of all items within this group. Replace Tension Link Pivot Bushings
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 80B—15 Repair Front Idler Hubs
Other Material 80B—15 Repair Mid-Roller Assembly
Specifications 80B—15 Remove and Install Drive Hub
Remove and Install Track Frame Repair Drive Hub
Replace Walking Beam-to-Track Frame Bushing
Remove and Install Tension Link and Alignment Lever
LN71218,0000B6C -19-14JUN13-1/1
PM37477 (U.S.) Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium Used to retain cap screws.
PM38621 (Canadian) Strength)
242 Loctite™ (U.S.)
LN71218,0000B7A -19-14JUN13-1/1
PN=1033
Track Frame
Specifications 80B—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=1034
Track Frame
RXA0138349 —UN—15JAN14
1. Park tractor on firm level surface rotating tractor drive
wheels until rear axle sleeve recess (A) is in 12 o'clock
position.
2. Install support stands. (See Install Support Stands in
Group 05.)
LN71218,0000B70 -19-29JAN14-1/2
RXA0099538 —UN—24FEB09
frame are clean and free of debris.
6. Remove cap screws (C). Leave cap screws (D)
partially threaded into hub.
7. Install two previously removed walking beam cap
screws (A) in jacking holes (E). Tighten as required to
loosen sleeves.
8. Remove remaining cap screws (D) and remove
sleeves.
RXA0100686 —UN—24FEB09
equipment for removal.
10. Install track frame on tractor. A—Walking Beam Cap Screws D—Cap Screws (4 used)
(4 used) E—Jacking Holes
11. Move track frame to approximate track spacing. (See B—Pressure Sensor Harness
Drive Wheel And Walking Beam Settings in Group 05.) Connector
C—Cap Screws (8 used)
12. Install axle sleeves and set tread setting. (See Adjust
Track Tread Settings in Group 05.)
LN71218,0000B70 -19-29JAN14-2/2
PN=1035
Track Frame
RXA0100189 —UN—22JAN09
1. Loosen cap screws (A) but do not remove.
2. Install support stands. (See Install Support Stands in
Group 05.)
3. Remove walking beam-to-bushing cap screws (C).
4. Remove cap screws (A) and mid-roller (B).
5. Remove track frame-to-bushing cap screws (D).
6. Remove bushing (E).
7. Inspect and replace as necessary.
8. Install bushing (E).
RXA0100190 —UN—22JAN09
9. Install track frame-to-bushing cap screws (D).
10. Using JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench, tighten track
frame-to-bushing cap screws (D) to specification.
Specification
Track Frame-to-Bushing
Cap Screws—Torque................................................................1050 N·m
(775 lb.-ft.)
11. Install walking beam-to-bushing cap screws (C). A—Mid-Roller Cap Screws (8 D—Track Frame-to-Bushing
Tighten to specification. used) Cap Screws (2 used)
B—Mid-Roller E—Bushing
Specification C—Walking Beam-to-Bushing
Walking Beam- Cap Screws (4 used)
to-Bushing Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................530 N·m
(390 lb.-ft.)
Specification
12. Install mid-roller (B) and hand tighten mid-roller cap Mid-Roller Cap
screws (A). Screws—Torque..........................................................................450 N·m
(332 lb.-ft.)
13. Remove support stands.
14. Tighten mid-roller cap screws (A) to specification.
LN71218,0000B71 -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=1036
Track Frame
RXA0098842 —UN—07AUG08
wheels but do not remove.
4. De-tension track. (See Track Tensioning and
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
5. Remove outside idler wheel.
6. Remove track. (See Remove and Install Track in
Group 05.)
7. Remove inner idler wheel.
8. Remove tension cylinder. (See Remove and Install
Track Tension Cylinder in Group 10.)
9. Install cylinder pin (B), retaining plate (C) and cap
RXA0098510 —UN—18JUL08
screws (D).
LN71218,0000B72 -19-19FEB14-1/7
11. Remove cap screws (A) and lock plates (B) from
inside and outside of track frame.
NOTE: Document number of turns it takes to remove each
special cap screw (C) for use in installation.
PN=1037
Track Frame
RXA0098511 —UN—18JUL08
14. Remove alignment lever pivot pin (D) and O-ring (E).
15. Position a hydraulic service jack under alignment lever
for support.
16. Roll tension link and alignment lever assembly away
from tractor and lower to ground.
RXA0098512 —UN—18JUL08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B72 -19-19FEB14-3/7
PN=1038
Track Frame
RXA0098513 —UN—18JUL08
20. Install thrust washer (A) and seal (C)
21. Install alignment lever (B) into track frame (D).
RXA0098514 —UN—18JUL08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B72 -19-19FEB14-4/7
PN=1039
Track Frame
22. Install O-ring (E) on pivot pin (D) and apply a thin film
of clean hydraulic oil to pivot pin.
23. Install pivot pin (D) through track frame and alignment
lever.
24. Install O-ring (C), retaining plate (B), and retaining
plate cap screws (A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
RXA0098512 —UN—18JUL08
Retaining Plate Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................130 N·m
(96 lb.-ft.)
RXA0098511 —UN—18JUL08
LN71218,0000B72 -19-19FEB14-5/7
RXA0096013 —UN—19SEP07
(221 lb.-ft.)
27. Install lock plates (B) and lock plate cap screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lock Plate Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................130 N·m A—Lock Plate Cap Screws (2 C—Special Cap Screws (2
(96 lb.-ft.) used) used)
B—Lock Plates (2 used)
PN=1040
Track Frame
RXA0098842 —UN—07AUG08
(A).
32. Tension track. (See Track Tensioning and
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
33. Using JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench, tighten idler
wheel cap screws (A) to specification and, if equipped,
install wheel weights.
Specification
Idler Wheel Cap
A—Idler Wheel Cap Screws (12
Screws—Torque........................................................................1050 N·m used)
(775 lb.-ft.)
PN=1041
Track Frame
RXA0098515 —UN—18JUL08
are part of JDG10876 Bushing Installer
RXA0098516 —UN—18JUL08
C—Bushings (2 used)
D—JDG10876P3 Spacer Ring
LN71218,0000B73 -19-22JAN14-1/1
RXA0098517 —UN—18JUL08
CAUTION: Alignment lever weighs approximately
25 kg (57 lb.). Use proper lifting equipment
for removal.
PN=1042
Track Frame
RXA0098518 —UN—18JUL08
A—Face Seals (2 used) D—Bushing Caps (2 used)
B—Sleeves (2 used) E—Bushings (2 used)
C—Alignment Lever
RXA0098519 —UN—18JUL08
LN71218,0000B74 -19-30JAN14-2/8
RXA0138350 —UN—15JAN14
7. Install bushing with split (D) positioned as illustrated.
8. Ensure bushings (A) are installed 1 mm below surface.
PN=1043
Track Frame
RXA0096734 —UN—05DEC07
9. Thoroughly clean face seal outer surface (A) with
50-50 water-alcohol mixture.
LN71218,0000B74 -19-30JAN14-4/8
RXA0103911 —UN—09JUL09
12. Press half of face seal (C) into alignment lever (D) by
hand using clean lint-free shop cloth to avoid touching
sealing surface.
13. Press other half of face seal (C) into bushing cap
(E) by hand using clean lint-free shop cloth to avoid
touching sealing surface.
RXA0098522 —UN—18JUL08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B74 -19-30JAN14-5/8
PN=1044
Track Frame
RXA0098523 —UN—18JUL08
shop cloth and apply a thin film of CLEAN hydraulic oil.
RXA0098524 —UN—18JUL08
LN71218,0000B74 -19-30JAN14-6/8
RXA0098517 —UN—18JUL08
(C).
17. Install bushing caps (B) on both sides of tension link
assembly (C).
18. Clean threads of bushing cap retaining cap screws (A)
and apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer (Medium
Strength) to threads.
19. Install bushing cap retaining cap screws (A). Tighten
to specification. A—Bushing Cap Retaining Cap C—Tension Link Assembly
Screws (8 used) D—Alignment Lever
Specification
B—Bushing Caps (2 used)
Bushing Cap Retaining
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................320 N·m
(236 lb.-ft.)
20. Ensure alignment lever pivots freely and does not bind.
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B74 -19-30JAN14-7/8
PN=1045
Track Frame
RXA0138372 —UN—15JAN14
22. Fill tension link (B) with hydraulic oil until oil is level
with tension link pivot fill plug (A).
23. Install tension link pivot fill plug (A). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Tension Link Pivot Fill
Plug—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
A—Tension Link Pivot Fill Plug B—Tension Link
24. Install tension link and alignment lever. (See Remove
and Install Tension Link and Alignment Lever in this
group.)
LN71218,0000B74 -19-30JAN14-8/8
RXA0098842 —UN—07AUG08
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
5. Remove cap screws (A) and idler wheel.
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-1/12
PN=1046
Track Frame
RXA0096601 —UN—05DEC07
11. Remove hub.
RXA0096602 —UN—05DEC07
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-3/12
12. Remove bearing cone (A) and face seal (B) from
tension link.
RXA0096603 —UN—05DEC07
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-4/12
PN=1047
Track Frame
RXA0096604 —UN—05DEC07
A—Bearing Cups (2 used)
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-5/12
RXA0096605 —UN—05DEC07
A—Sealing Surfaces B—Bearing Cone
RXA0096606 —UN—05DEC07
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-6/12
PN=1048
Track Frame
RW76264 —UN—30JUL99
O-rings and O-ring surfaces are still damp
with water-alcohol mixture.
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-7/12
RXA0096607 —UN—05DEC07
A—JDG10521 Face Seal B—Face Seal
Installer
RXA0096608 —UN—05DEC07
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-8/12
PN=1049
Track Frame
20. Inspect O-rings are not rolled and seal face is parallel
with hub surface.
21. Clean seal contacting surfaces (A) with 50-50
water-alcohol mixture, wipe dry with clean lint-free
shop cloth.
RXA0096609 —UN—05DEC07
22. Apply thin film of CLEAN hydraulic oil to seal
contacting sealing surfaces (A).
A—Sealing Surfaces
RXA0096610 —UN—05DEC07
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-9/12
23. Install hub, bearing cone (E), washer (D), and lock
ring (C).
24. Use the following steps to install hub:
• Tighten idler hub retaining nut (B) to specification
RXA0096602 —UN—05DEC07
using JDG10472 Spanner Socket (A).
• Rotate hub 5 revolutions. Tighten idler hub retaining
nut (B) to specification.
• Repeat process until idler hub retaining nut no longer
moves after rotating hub.
Specification
Idler Hub Retaining
Nut—Torque..................................................................................88 N·m
(65 lb.-ft.)
PN=1050
Track Frame
RXA0096600 —UN—05DEC07
Specification
Idle Wheel Hub Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................37 N·m
(27 lb.-ft.)
28. Fill hub to idler hub fill plug (D) with hydraulic oil.
29. Install idler hub fill plug. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Idler Hub Fill
Plug—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0096611 —UN—05DEC07
A—Idler Wheel Hub Cover Cap C—O-ring
Screws (8 used) D—Idler Hub Fill Plug
B—Cover
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-11/12
30. Install idler wheel and hand tighten idler wheel cap
screws (A).
31. Tension track. (See Track Tensioning and
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
32. Using JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench, tighten idler
wheel cap screws (A) to specification and, if equipped,
install wheel weights.
RXA0098842 —UN—07AUG08
Specification
Idler Wheel Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................................1050 N·m
(775 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B75 -19-18FEB16-12/12
PN=1051
Track Frame
RXA0096612 —UN—05DEC07
3. De-tension track. (See Track Tensioning and
De-tensioning in Group 05.)
4. Remove cap screws (A) and remove mid-roller.
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-1/13
RXA0096613 —UN—05DEC07
5. Remove cap screws (A) cover (B), and O-ring (C).
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-2/13
RXA0096614 —UN—05DEC07
9. Remove hub (F).
RXA0096615 —UN—09JUL09
PN=1052
Track Frame
10. Remove bearing cone (A) and face seal (B) from
mid-roller shaft.
RXA0138373 —UN—15JAN14
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-4/13
RXA0096617 —UN—05DEC07
Specification
U-bolt Nuts—Torque....................................................................450 N·m
(332 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-5/13
RXA0096618 —UN—05DEC07
(3-15/16 in.) driver disk.
PN=1053
Track Frame
RXA0096619 —UN—05DEC07
A—Sealing Surfaces B—Bearing Cone
RXA0096620 —UN—05DEC07
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-7/13
RW76264 —UN—30JUL99
O-rings and O-ring surfaces are still damp
with water-alcohol mixture.
PN=1054
Track Frame
RXA0096621 —UN—05DEC07
A—JDG10522 Face Seal B—Face Seal
Installer
RXA0096622 —UN—05DEC07
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-9/13
20. Inspect O-rings are not rolled and seal face is parallel
with hub surface.
21. Clean seal contacting sealing surfaces (A) with 50-50
water-alcohol mixture, wipe dry with clean lint-free
shop cloth.
RXA0096623 —UN—05DEC07
22. Apply thin film of CLEAN hydraulic oil to seal
contacting sealing surfaces (A).
A—Sealing Surfaces
RXA0095499 —UN—06AUG07
PN=1055
Track Frame
23. Install hub (F), bearing cone (E), washer (D), and lock
ring (C).
24. Use JDG10471 Spanner Socket (A) to tighten
mid-roller hub retaining nut (B) to specification while
rotating hub (F).
RXA0096615 —UN—09JUL09
Specification
Mid-Roller Hub Retaining
Nut—Torque..................................................................................43 N·m
(32 lb.-ft.)
25. Bend tab on lock ring (C) into slot in mid-roller hub
retaining nut (B).
RXA0096614 —UN—05DEC07
A—JDG10471 Spanner Socket D—Washer
B—Mid-Roller Hub Retaining E—Bearing Cone
Nut F— Hub
C—Lock Ring
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-11/13
RXA0096613 —UN—05DEC07
Specification
Mid-Roller Hub Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................15 N·m
(132 lb.-in.)
29. Fill hub to oil level mid-roller oil level plug (D) with
hydraulic oil. Tighten mid-roller oil level plug to
specification.
Specification
Mid-Roller Oil Level
Plug—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
RXA0095501 —UN—06AUG07
PN=1056
Track Frame
RXA0096612 —UN—05DEC07
32. Tighten mid-roller-to-hub cap screws (A) to
specification.
Specification
Mid-Roller-to-Hub Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................450 N·m
(332 lb.-ft.)
A—Mid-Roller-to-Hub Cap
Screws (8 used)
LN71218,0000B76 -19-30JAN14-13/13
RXA0100112 —UN—22JAN09
Frame in this group.)
3. Remove cap screws and washers (A), plates (B), and
drive wheels (C) from both sides of track frame.
RXA0102054 —UN—19MAY09
B—Plates (3 used)
PN=1057
Track Frame
RXA0138351 —UN—15JAN14
ground.
RXA0138352 —UN—15JAN14
LN71218,0000B77 -19-19FEB14-2/5
RXA0100120 —UN—22JAN09
8. Install new bushings (C) using a 75 mm (2-15/16 in.)
driver disk (F) and handle (E).
9. Install bushing with split (G) positioned as illustrated.
10. Ensure bushings are recessed 3.5 mm (0.14 in.) into
driver hub.
11. Install seals (B) and thrust washers (A).
PN=1058
Track Frame
RXA0138353 —UN—15JAN14
position.
14. Install pins (B) and drive hub retaining pin cap screws
(A). Tighten to specification.
Specification
Drive Hub Retaining Pin
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................320 N·m
(236 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138351 —UN—15JAN14
RXA0138352 —UN—15JAN14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B77 -19-19FEB14-4/5
PN=1059
Track Frame
15. Install drive wheels (C), plates (B), washers, and drive
wheel cap screws (A).
16. Using JT05706 Torque Multiplier Wrench, tighten drive
wheel cap screws (A) to specification.
RXA0100112 —UN—22JAN09
Specification
Drive Wheel Cap
Screws—Torque........................................................................1050 N·m
(775 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B77 -19-19FEB14-5/5
RXA0098695 —UN—28JUL08
qt.) of hydraulic oil.
A—Fill Plug
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-1/16
RXA0098572 —UN—18MAR09
4. Remove end plate (C).
PN=1060
Track Frame
5. Remove face seal (B) and O-ring (C) from end plate
(A).
6. Remove face seal (D).
RXA0138354 —UN—15JAN14
A—End Plate C—O-ring
B—Face Seal D—Face Seal
RXA0138355 —UN—15JAN14
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-3/16
PN=1061
Track Frame
RXA0104246 —UN—02SEP09
A—Housing D—Bearing Cone
B—Bearing Cone E—JDG1423 Bearing Puller
C—JDG11091 Two-Jaw Puller Tool Set
F— JDG1413 Bearing Cone
Installer
RXA0104772 —UN—22SEP09
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-4/16
PN=1062
Track Frame
RXA0138356 —UN—15JAN14
RXA0138357 —UN—15JAN14
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-5/16
RXA0098592 —UN—28JUL08
seated.
12. Install bearing cups (D) into housing (C) using
JDG10950 Driver Disk (E) with JDG8092 Driver
Handle (F).
PN=1063
Track Frame
RW76264 —UN—30JUL99
while O-rings and O-ring surfaces are still damp
with water-alcohol mixture.
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-7/16
RXA0098672 —UN—18JUL08
17. Inspect O-rings are not rolled and seal face is parallel
with driver housing (C) and end plate (D) surfaces.
RXA0098671 —UN—18JUL08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-8/16
PN=1064
Track Frame
RXA0098596 —UN—28JUL08
20. Install drive housing (B).
RXA0098720 —UN—28JUL08
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-9/16
A—Sealing Surfaces
RXA0101769 —UN—22MAY09
RXA0098574 —UN—18JUL08
PN=1065
Track Frame
RW76264 —UN—30JUL99
while O-rings and O-ring surfaces are still damp
with water-alcohol mixture.
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-11/16
23. Install half of face seal (B) into drive housing using
JDG10797 Face Seal Installer (A).
24. Install other half of face seal (B) on end plate with
JDG10797 Face Seal Installer.
RXA0101770 —UN—22MAY09
25. Inspect O-rings are not rolled and seal face is parallel
with driver hub housing (C) and end plate (D) surfaces.
RXA0098674 —UN—18JUL08
Continued on next page LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-12/16
PN=1066
Track Frame
RXA0098575 —UN—22MAY09
CAUTION: Allow bearing cone (B) to cool
before cleaning seal surface (A).
RXA0098576 —UN—18JUL08
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-13/16
RXA0138358 —UN—15JAN14
A—O-ring B—O-ring Groove
PN=1067
Track Frame
RXA0098578 —UN—18JUL08
35. Using a crisscross pattern, tighten housing cap screws
to specification.
Specification
Housing Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................450 N·m
(332 lb.-ft.)
RXA0104680 —UN—16SEP09
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-15/16
RXA0101014 —UN—18MAR09
37. Fill hub assembly to drive hub fill plug with hydraulic oil.
38. Install drive hub fill plug. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Housing Fill
Plug—Torque.................................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
39. Install drive hub. (See Remove and Install Drive Hub
in this group.) A—Drive Hub Fill Plug
LN71218,0000B78 -19-31JAN14-16/16
PN=1068
Group 20
Track Suspension
List of References Replace Air Spring
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Replace Air Compressor
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 80B—20
Remove and Install Walking Beam
Other Material 80B—20
Replace Swing Arm Bushings
Specifications 80B—20
Replace Walking Beam Pivot Bushing and Isolator Bushing
Replace Rubber Walking Beam Bumpers Inflate Track Air Suspension System
Replace Shock Absorber
LN71218,0000B7B -19-14JUN13-1/1
LN71218,0000B88 -19-14JUN13-1/1
PN=1069
Track Suspension
Specifications 80B—20
Item Measurement Specification
PN=1070
Track Suspension
RXA0098399 —UN—09JUL09
3. Remove cap screws (B) and swing arm bumper (C).
4. Using a hydraulic service jack, raise left-hand side of
walking beam until walking beam contacts bumper.
5. Remove nuts (D) and right-hand bumper (E).
6. Install new bumper. Tighten right-hand walking beam
bumper nuts to specification.
Specification
Right-Hand Walking
Beam Bumper
Nuts—Torque................................................................................28 N·m
RXA0104166 —UN—30JUL09
(248 lb.-in.)
RXA0104167 —UN—30JUL09
10. Lower walking beam and remove hydraulic service
jack.
11. Install swing arm bumper (C). Tighten swing arm
bumper cap screws (B) to specification.
Specification
Swing Arm Bumper Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
A—Vent Valve E—Right-Hand Bumper
12. Inflate track suspension. (See Inflate Track Air B—Swing Arm Bumper Cap F— Left-Hand Walking Beam
Screws (4 used) Bumper Nuts (2 used)
Suspension System in this group.) C—Swing Arm Bumper G—Left-Hand Bumper
D—Right-Hand Walking Beam
Bumper Nuts (2 used)
LN71218,0000B7F -19-29JAN14-1/1
PN=1071
Track Suspension
RXA0098395 —UN—09JUL09
4. Replace parts as necessary.
5. Install upper support bracket (B). Tighten shock
absorber bracket cap screws to specification.
Specification
Shock Absorber Bracket
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................430 N·m
(317 lb.-ft.)
RXA0098396 —UN—09JUL09
7. Manually compress shock absorber and install lower
shock absorber cap screws (D) underneath tractor.
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Lower Shock Absorber
Cap Screws—Torque..................................................................140 N·m
(105 lb.-ft.)
RXA0098398 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B80 -19-31JAN14-1/1
PN=1072
Track Suspension
RXA0098399 —UN—09JUL09
3. Remove air fitting (G) from air spring (F).
4. Remove cap screws (C and D).
5. Move air spring toward outside of tractor to unseat
hanger cap screw (E).
RXA0138359 —UN—15JAN14
RXA0098331 —UN—09JUL09
PN=1073
Track Suspension
7. Remove cap screws (A) and top plate (C) from air
spring.
8. Install air spring plate (C).
9. Install plate-to-air spring cap screws (A). Tighten to
RXA0102692 —UN—01JUL09
specification.
Specification
Plate-to-Air Spring Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................34 N·m
(25 lb.-ft.)
PN=1074
Track Suspension
11. Lift air spring into position and install hanger cap screw
(E) in hole.
12. Let air spring (F) settle and ensure it is properly seated
on studs (A) in swing arm.
RXA0138359 —UN—15JAN14
13. Install plate-to-frame cap screws (C). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Plate-to-Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................125 N·m
(92 lb.-ft.)
RXA0138360 —UN—15JAN14
16. Install air supply line (B) onto air fitting (G).
17. Inflate track air suspension. (See Inflate Track Air
Suspension System in this group.)
18. Check fittings for air leaks.
RXA0098331 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B81 -19-29JAN14-3/3
PN=1075
Track Suspension
RXA0098477 —UN—09JUL09
3. Remove air line (D).
4. Identify, label, and disconnect wire harnesses from
compressor assembly.
5. Remove air compressor assembly (E).
RXA0098494 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B82 -19-31JAN14-1/5
RXA0098495 —UN—09JUL09
compressor (D).
RXA0098496 —UN—09JUL09
PN=1076
Track Suspension
RXA0098497 —UN—09JUL09
12. Install manifold valve, manifold valve cap screws (C),
and nuts. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Manifold Valve Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B82 -19-31JAN14-3/5
RXA0098495 —UN—09JUL09
A—Air Lines (2 used) C—Cap Screws, Washers, and
B—Air Compressor Inlet Filter Nuts (3 used)
D—Air Compressor
RXA0098496 —UN—09JUL09
PN=1077
Track Suspension
17. Install air compressor assembly (E) and air line (D).
18. Connect harnesses.
19. Install cover (C) and air compressor cover cap screws
(B). Tighten to specification.
RXA0098494 —UN—09JUL09
Specification
Air Compressor Cover
Cap Screws—Torque....................................................................74 N·m
(55 lb.-ft.)
RXA0098477 —UN—09JUL09
LN71218,0000B82 -19-31JAN14-5/5
RXA0126060 —UN—24APR12
Absorber in this group.)
3. Remove air springs. (See Replace Air Spring in this
group.)
4. Remove track position sensor and linkage. (See
Replace Track Position Sensor in Section 40, Group
25.)
Left-Hand Side Shown
5. Remove both track frames from tractor. (See Remove
and Install Track Frame in Group 15.)
A—JDG909 Lifting Eye B—Swing Arm
CAUTION: Use lifting tools with proper rated
lifting capacity when removing walking beam
assembly. Walking beam assembly weighs 7. Position a hydraulic floor jack under swing arm (B).
approximately 544 kg (1200 lb.).
PN=1078
Track Suspension
RXA0126061 —UN—24APR12
left-hand side of tractor making sure swing arm clears
tractor frame.
12. Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
13. Assemble in reverse order.
14. Tighten cap screws (A and C) to specification.
Specification
Right-Hand Bracket-
to-Mid Frame Cap A—Left-Hand Bushing C—Right-Hand Bracket-to-Mid
Mount-to-Mid Frame Cap Frame Cap Screws (4 used)
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m
Screws (8 used) D—Right-Hand Bracket
317 (lb.-ft.) B—Left-Hand Bushing Mount
Left-Hand Bushing
Mount-to-Mid Frame Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m
317 (lb.-ft.)
18. Install shock absorber. (See Replace Shock Absorber
in this group.)
15. Install both track frames on tractor. (See Remove and
Install Track Frame in Group 15.) 19. Remove support stands.
16. Install track position sensor and linkage. (See Replace 20. Inflate track suspension. (See Inflate Track Air
Track Position Sensor in Section 40, Group 25.) Suspension System in this group.
PN=1079
Track Suspension
RXA0098288 —UN—08JUL08
3. Position JDG342 Driver Handle (C) though swing arm
and install JDP-10 Bushing Installer (D) to handle (C).
4. Remove bushing (E) and plate (F) using JDG342
Driver Handle and JDP-10 Bushing Installer.
RXA0098291 —UN—08JUL08
LN71218,0000B84 -19-14JAN14-1/3
RXA0098289 —UN—08JUL08
7. Install spacer on bushing.
8. Press plate onto bushing until plate contacts spacer.
9. Install bushing and plate assembly onto swing arm.
10. Ensure guide pins (F) are started in guide holes (G).
11. Drive bushing and plate assembly into swing arm
using JDG342 Driver Handle (D) and JDP-10 Bushing
Installer (E) until plate (A) is flush with swing arm.
PN=1080
Track Suspension
12. Install washers (B) and plate retaining cap screws (A).
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Plate Retaining Cap
Screws—Torque..........................................................................430 N·m
RXA0098288 —UN—08JUL08
(317 lb.-ft.)
LN71218,0000B84 -19-14JAN14-3/3
RXA0098297 —UN—08JUL08
2. Remove snap rings (A), washers (B), foam seals (C),
and lip seals (D) from both sides of walking beam.
LN71218,0000B85 -19-20JAN14-1/6
RXA0098300 —UN—08JUL08
4. Support bottom of isolator bushing in press using a
108 mm (4-1/4 in.) driver disk.
5. Press in new pivot bushing (C) using JDG1427
Driver (A) and JDG537 Driver Handle (B) until driver
contacts isolator bushing.
PN=1081
Track Suspension
RXA0098301 —UN—08JUL08
a 108 mm (4-1/4 in.) driver disk (A) and handle (B).
LN71218,0000B85 -19-20JAN14-3/6
RXA0098302 —UN—08JUL08
B—Pivot Bushing D—JDG537 Driver Handle
LN71218,0000B85 -19-20JAN14-4/6
RXA0098303 —UN—08JUL08
and handle (C).
Specification
Walking Beam Isolator
Bushing—Depth............................................................................ 34 mm
(1.34 in.)
PN=1082
Track Suspension
RXA0098304 —UN—08JUL08
on both sides of walking beam.
11. Install walking beam.
RXA0098305 —UN—08JUL08
LN71218,0000B85 -19-20JAN14-6/6
Inflate Track Air Suspension System 2. Shift transmission into neutral, air compressor will
begin to inflate suspension. Remain in neutral for a
IMPORTANT: Do not drive tractor before first minimum of 3 minutes.
pumping up air suspension system or a
diagnostic code will appear if driven when 3. After 3 minutes, tractor can be driven normally.
air system is bled down.
PN=1083
Track Suspension
PN=1084
Section 90
Cab and Open Operator’s Station
Contents
Page
Page
Group 00—Component Removal and Installation
List of References.......................................... 90-00-1 Essential, Recommended, and
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 90—10............................ 90-10-1
Fabricated Tools 90—00............................ 90-00-1 Other Material 90—10 ................................... 90-10-1
Other Material 90—00 ................................... 90-00-1 Specifications 90—10.................................... 90-10-1
Specifications 90—00.................................... 90-00-1 Remove and Install
Remove Cab.................................................. 90-00-2 Seat—ComfortCommand™....................... 90-10-2
Install Cab...................................................... 90-00-8 Repair Seat Air System—Comfort-
Repair Cab .................................................. 90-00-12 Command™ .............................................. 90-10-2
Remove Inner Roof ..................................... 90-00-13 Repair Seat Suspension—Com-
Install Inner Roof ......................................... 90-00-20 fortCommand™ ......................................... 90-10-4
Remove and Install Left Hand Repair Seat Back—ComfortCom-
Armrest .................................................... 90-00-26 mand™ ...................................................... 90-10-8
Repair Seat Control
Group 05—Heating, Ventilating, and Air Knobs—ComfortCommand™.................. 90-10-10
Conditioning (HVAC)
List of References.......................................... 90-05-1 Group 15—Cab Door and Windshield
Essential, Recommended, and List of References.......................................... 90-15-1
Fabricated Tools 90—05............................ 90-05-1 Specifications 90—15.................................... 90-15-1
Other Material 90—05 ................................... 90-05-1 Repair Cab Door Latch.................................. 90-15-2
Specifications 90—05.................................... 90-05-2 Cab Door Adjustment—Step 1 ...................... 90-15-4
Repair Air Conditioning Cab Door Adjustment—Step 2 ...................... 90-15-4
System—Use CTM.................................... 90-05-2 Cab Door Adjustment—Step 3 ...................... 90-15-5
Hose and Tubing O-ring Cab Door Adjustment—Step 4 ...................... 90-15-6
Connection Torques................................... 90-05-3 Preparing Windshield Glass or Side
Discharge Air Conditioning Window For Replacement ......................... 90-15-7
System....................................................... 90-05-3
Flushing, Purging, and Evacuating
Information................................................. 90-05-4
Purge Air Conditioning System...................... 90-05-5
Evacuate Air Conditioning
System....................................................... 90-05-5
Charge Air Conditioning System ................... 90-05-6
Refrigerant Oil Information ............................ 90-05-6
Check Compressor Oil Charge...................... 90-05-7
Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil
Charge....................................................... 90-05-8
Add Refrigerant Oil to System ....................... 90-05-9
Add Refrigerant Oil to Pressurized
System..................................................... 90-05-10
Remove and Install Compressor ................. 90-05-11
Replace Receiver-Dryer .............................. 90-05-13
Remove and Install Compressor
Relief Valve.............................................. 90-05-13
Remove and Install Expansion
Valve ........................................................ 90-05-14
Remove HVAC Module................................ 90-05-14
Install HVAC Module.................................... 90-05-16
Remove and Install Heater Control
Valve ........................................................ 90-05-18
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 00
Component Removal and Installation
List of References
Install Cab
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Repair Cab
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 90—00
Remove Inner Roof
Other Material 90—00
Install Inner Roof
Specifications 90—00
Remove and Install Left Hand Armrest
Remove Cab
LN71218,0000BB7 -19-14JUN13-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 90—00
JDG19 Lifting Eyes
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog. JT07336 Lift Sling
LN71218,0000B8A -19-14JUN13-1/1
DF76825,000040F -19-11OCT13-1/1
Specifications 90—00
Item Measurement Specification
1
Cab Mount Cap Screws Torque 300 N·m
(221 lb.-ft.)
Inner Roof Retaining Nuts Torque 40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
Ground Wire Cap Screw Torque 40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
DF76825,000070B -19-14NOV13-1/1
PN=1087
Component Removal and Installation
Remove Cab
1. Remove shield cap screws (A).
2. Remove shield (B).
RXA0138915 —UN—31JAN14
3. Disconnect battery ground cable (C) from transmission.
4. Disconnect cab power cable (D) and route cable
rearward.
RXA0138951 —UN—03FEB14
RXA0138916 —UN—31JAN14
Continued on next page LN71218,00006B0 -19-21FEB14-1/9
PN=1088
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117619 —UN—26MAY11
7. Remove cap screw and clamp (C).
8. Disconnect and plug air conditioner lines (D).
RXA0117620 —UN—27MAY11
Continued on next page LN71218,00006B0 -19-21FEB14-2/9
PN=1089
Component Removal and Installation
T6642EK —UN—01NOV88
10. Disconnect and plug heater hoses (B).
RXA0117618 —UN—26MAY11
RXA0138952 —UN—03FEB14
PN=1090
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0136956 —UN—14NOV13
A—Windshield Washer Tank
LN71218,00006B0 -19-21FEB14-4/9
RXA0117617 —UN—26MAY11
A—Return Line D—Brake Function Line
B—Inlet Line E—Steering Control Unit
C—Load-Sense Lines (2 used) Connector
PN=1091
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0115177 —UN—25APR11
19. Remove harness connectors (D) and leave at rear
hitch area.
20. Remove screws (E), control boxes (F), and leave at
rear hitch area.
21. Disconnect cab wall connectors (G).
22. Route harnesses to be raised with cab through rear
window.
RXA0136957 —UN—14NOV13
RXA0136958 —UN—14NOV13
PN=1092
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0080239 —UN—14APR05
under hitch frame and into cab through back window.
LN71218,00006B0 -19-21FEB14-7/9
RXA0115192 —UN—25APR11
A—JDG19 Lifting Eyes (2 used) B—JT07336 Lift Sling
LN71218,00006B0 -19-21FEB14-8/9
30. Remove cab mount cap screws (A) from both sides
of tractor.
31. Carefully remove cab and ensure all lines and
harnesses are loose from bottom of cab.
RXA0104632 —UN—10SEP09
A—Cab Mount Cap Screws (4
used)
LN71218,00006B0 -19-21FEB14-9/9
PN=1093
Component Removal and Installation
Install Cab
1. Carefully install cab and ensure no lines or harnesses
are pinched.
NOTE: All cab mounts are installed the same.
RXA0103054 —UN—30JUN09
Cab Mount Cap Screws
1
—Torque....................................................................................300 N·m
(221 lb.-ft.)
1
Zinc-Flake Coated
LN71218,00006B1 -19-21FEB14-1/8
RXA0115192 —UN—25APR11
LN71218,00006B1 -19-21FEB14-2/8
PN=1094
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0136958 —UN—14NOV13
used)
RXA0136957 —UN—14NOV13
RXA0115177 —UN—25APR11
PN=1095
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117617 —UN—26MAY11
A—Return Line D—Brake Function Line
B—Inlet Line E—Steering Control Unit
C—Load-Sense Lines (2 used) Connector
LN71218,00006B1 -19-21FEB14-5/8
RXA0136956 —UN—14NOV13
Continued on next page LN71218,00006B1 -19-21FEB14-6/8
PN=1096
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117620 —UN—27MAY11
A—Cab Riser Panel C—Cap Screw and Clamp
B—Cab Riser Panel Cap D—Air Conditioner Lines (2
Screws (2 used) used)
RXA0117619 —UN—26MAY11
Continued on next page LN71218,00006B1 -19-21FEB14-7/8
PN=1097
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0138916 —UN—31JAN14
27. Install shield cap screws (A).
28. Charge air conditioning system. (See Charge Air
Conditioning System in Group 05.)
29. Bleed brakes. (See Bleed Brakes in Section 60,
Group 05.)
RXA0138951 —UN—03FEB14
RXA0138915 —UN—31JAN14
LN71218,00006B1 -19-21FEB14-8/8
Repair Cab
CAUTION: Make certain all parts are installed Do not weld, grind, drill or cut on cab structural
correctly to maintain rollover protection (ROPS) members when making repairs on body frame.
if cab is loosened or removed for any reason. Doing so weakens members sufficiently to
Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque. limit effectiveness in protecting operator if
rollover or upset occurs.
Tractor rollover creates severe stress on cab
structure. Therefore, reuse of cab is not
recommended if structural members have
been bent, buckled, or stretched.
DF76825,0000830 -19-09JAN14-1/1
PN=1098
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123051 —UN—17JAN12
3. Remove cap screws (A) and roof handrail (B).
4. Turn knob to remove fresh air filter cover (C).
RXA0123179 —UN—26JAN12
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-1/14
RXA0123050 —UN—17JAN12
8. Remove blower motor assembly from tractor.
A—Harness C—Seal
B—Screws (9 used)
PN=1099
Component Removal and Installation
A—Connector D—Shield
B—Screw E—Nut
C—Mounting Screws (3 used) F— Wiper Motor
RW20868 —UN—07MAY92
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-3/14
RXA0117270 —UN—13MAY11
15. Remove bezel.
16. Disconnect radio connectors (B).
17. Remove nut (C).
18. Disconnect antenna (D).
PN=1100
Component Removal and Installation
19. Install radio removal tools (A) into radio and remove
radio.
RXA0105460 —UN—19NOV09
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-5/14
RXA0117288 —UN—13MAY11
if equipped.
24. Remove dome light assembly (D), disconnect light,
and remove coat hook (E).
25. Remove resonator port bezels (F) and filter cover (G).
26. Remove headliner-to-inner roof screws (H) and
headliner (I).
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-6/14
Radio Speakers
PN=1101
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123052 —UN—17JAN12
31. Remove screws (E) and climate control unit (F).
32. Remove drain hoses (G) and ground wire (H).
RXA0123054 —UN—17JAN12
RXA0123058 —UN—18JAN12
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-8/14
PN=1102
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123056 —UN—17JAN12
harness into cab.
A—Boot C—Clamp
B—Plugs (2 used) D—Wiring Harness Connector
RXA0133861 —UN—22JUL13
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-10/14
RXA0133862 —UN—22JUL13
PN=1103
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123059 —UN—17JAN12
front cab support.
RXA0123060 —UN—17JAN12
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-12/14
RXA0123061 —UN—17JAN12
PN=1104
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123065 —UN—19JAN12
A—Lifting Straps (2 used) C—Inner Roof Retaining Nuts
B—Inner Roof (4 used)
RXA0123062 —UN—17JAN12
LN71218,00006B2 -19-21FEB14-14/14
PN=1105
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123065 —UN—19JAN12
3. Install inner roof retaining nuts (C). Tighten to
specification.
Specification
Inner Roof Retaining
Nuts—Torque................................................................................40 N·m
(30 lb.-ft.)
RXA0123062 —UN—17JAN12
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-1/13
RXA0123061 —UN—17JAN12
PN=1106
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123060 —UN—17JAN12
A—Screws (3 used) C—Clamp
B—A/C Hoses (2 used) D—Heater Hoses (2 used)
RXA0123059 —UN—17JAN12
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-3/13
RXA0133862 —UN—22JUL13
PN=1107
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0133861 —UN—22JUL13
and install in clips.
A—Boot C—Clamp
B—Plugs (2 used) D—Wiring Harness Connector
RXA0123056 —UN—17JAN12
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-5/13
12. Install cab recirculation filter (A), cover (C), and screws
(B).
RXA0123055 —UN—17JAN12
Continued on next page LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-6/13
PN=1108
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123052 —UN—17JAN12
16. Install drain hoses (G) and ground wire (H), and
ground wire cap screw. Tighten to specification.
Specification
Ground Wire Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................70 N·m
(51 lb.-ft.)
RXA0123054 —UN—17JAN12
RXA0123058 —UN—18JAN12
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-7/13
Radio Speakers
PN=1109
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0117288 —UN—13MAY11
24. Install right-hand sunshade and rear sunshade, if
equipped.
NOTE: Bezel assembly is held in place with clips.
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-9/13
RXA0117267 —UN—13MAY11
29. Connect antenna (D).
30. Install nut (C).
31. Connect radio connectors (B).
32. Install bezel assembly (A).
RXA0117270 —UN—13MAY11
PN=1110
Component Removal and Installation
33. Install wiper motor (F), nut (E), and shield (D).
34. Install wiper assembly through opening in headliner.
Install mounting screws (C).
35. Connect connector (A).
36. Install ground wire and screw (B).
A—Connector D—Shield
B—Ground Wire and Screw E—Nut
C—Mounting Screws (3 used) F— Wiper Motor
RW20868 —UN—07MAY92
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-11/13
RXA0123050 —UN—17JAN12
40. Install seal (C).
PN=1111
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0123179 —UN—26JAN12
44. Install beacon lights, if equipped.
RXA0123051 —UN—17JAN12
LN71218,00006B3 -19-21FEB14-13/13
RXA0136339 —UN—25OCT13
• Remove cap screws (B) and washers.
• Remove armrest (A).
A—Armrest B—Cap Screws (2 used)
ActiveSeat™ Shown
PN=1112
Component Removal and Installation
RXA0136325 —UN—25OCT13
• Drill out rivet (C) and remove bushing (D) and
armrest (E).
3. Recondition armrest. (See Replace Seat Raise-Lower
Switch, or Replace Heated Seat Switch in Section 40,
Group 25.)
4. Install in reverse order.
RXA0136326 —UN—25OCT13
RXA0136327 —UN—25OCT13
DF76825,000092A -19-17APR14-2/2
PN=1113
Component Removal and Installation
PN=1114
Group 05
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
List of References Check Compressor Oil Charge
Below is a list of all items within this group. Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil Charge
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 90—05 Add Refrigerant Oil to System
Other Material 90—05 Add Refrigerant Oil to Pressurized System
Specifications 90—05 Remove and Install Compressor
Repair Air Conditioning System—Use CTM Remove and Install Compressor Relief Valve
Hose and Tubing O-ring Connection Torques Replace Receiver-Dryer
Discharge Air Conditioning System Remove and Install Expansion Valve
Flushing, Purging, and Evacuating Information Remove HVAC Module
Purge Air Conditioning System Install HVAC Module
Evacuate Air Conditioning System Remove and Install Heater Control Valve
Charge Air Conditioning System
Refrigerant Oil Information
LN71218,000031F -19-29MAY14-1/1
TY22101 (8.5 oz.) (U.S.) R134a Compressor Oil Lubricate the system
LN71218,0000D84 -19-03SEP13-1/1
PN=1115
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Specifications 90—05
Item Measurement Specification
LN71218,0000320 -19-29MAY14-1/1
PN=1116
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
LN71218,0000D86 -19-03SEP13-1/1
RXA0136959 —UN—14NOV13
circulate through system and indicates quantity of oil
in compressor.
3. Stop engine and use following procedure to discharge
system:
IMPORTANT: Use only R-134a Refrigerant Recovery,
Recycling, and Charging machines. Do
not mix R-134a equipment, refrigerant, and
refrigerant oils with R-12 systems.
A—Suction Fitting B—Discharge Fitting
4. Connect gauges to JDG10974 Recovery/Recycling,
and Charging Station.
NOTE: JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station may be 6. Follow manufacturer's instructions and discharge
substituted for JT02050 and Manifold Gauges. system.
JDG10974 Recovery/Recycling Station can 7. Cap fittings and lines to prevent contamination.
be used in Europe.
PN=1117
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
• Compressor has internal failure. Use 0.5 L (0.5 qt.) of clean solvent for flushing serviceable
• No oil remains in used compressor. compressor that will be reinstalled on machine.
• Oil drained from compressor appears or smells
overheated. Purging:
• System was contaminated with mixture of refrigerant
Purging system or component is cleaning process using
oils.
gas to force liquid from system. Purging alone will not
• System was left open to atmosphere long enough for
remove refrigerant oil from system.
dirt, moisture, or debris to enter tubing or components.
• System has internal blockage. When to purge air conditioning system:
R-134a system requires two-step process as follows: • After flushing system with solvent to prevent oil dilution.
Primary Flush:
• System was contaminated with nitrogen or two
refrigerants.
IMPORTANT: Use only fresh solvent for primary flush. • System was left open to atmosphere and flushing could
not be performed.
Automotive parts cleaning solvents used according to • Installation of new lines, condenser, or evaporator was
applicable guidelines can be utilized for system primary required.
flush. Evacuating:
IMPORTANT: Do Not Use diesel fuel, gasoline, fuel oil,
Evacuating system is process to remove air and moisture
water, alcohol, or any cleaning fluids formulated
from system by creating a vacuum.
for dissolving oils, grease, and antifreeze.
Solvents
Final Flush:
The following solvent is recommended for flushing air
• Use 2 L (1/2 gal.) TY16134 Flushing Solvent or conditioning systems. Use only solvents with equivalent
equivalent. MSDS.
• Review applicable MSDS data for hazard identification
rating. TY16134 Air Conditioning System Flushing Solvent
• Separate air conditioning system into two circuits and NOTE: New solvent used in parts cleaning tank can be
follow flushing procedure listed in this group. used for PRIMARY flush, providing FINAL flush
• Recover all used solvents with appropriate flushing with TY16134 Solvent is performed. Parts tank
equipment. solvents will not evaporate below 60 °C (140 °F).
• Purge air conditioning system with compressed air for Therefore TY16134 Solvent must be used for final
recommended amount of time specified in flushing flush, since evaporation temperature is much lower,
procedure. and is easily removed when evacuating system.
IMPORTANT: Failure to use recommended final
flushing solvent after using parts cleaning
DF76825,00007B6 -19-04DEC13-1/1
PN=1118
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RXA0136959 —UN—14NOV13
1. Connect JDG10974 Recovery/Recycling, Charging
Station, and Manifold Gauges.
NOTE: JDG10555 Recovery/Recycling Station can be
substituted for JT02050 or JT02045.
Pump must be capable of pulling at least 28.6 in. Hg
vacuum (sea level). Deduct 1 in. Hg from 29.9 in.
for each 300 m (1000 ft.) elevation above sea level.
JDG10974 Recovery/Recycling Station can
A—Suction Fitting B—Discharge Fitting
be used in Europe.
PN=1119
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
CAUTION: New compressors are charged Typically 21 mL (0.7 fl. oz.) of oil covers internal surfaces
with a mixture of nitrogen, R-134a refrigerant, of compressor exposed to refrigerant gas and cannot
and TY22101 (R-134a) Refrigerant Oil. Wear be drained.
safety goggles and discharge compressor
Oil level will be above drive shaft when 255 mL (8.5 fl.
slowly to avoid injury.
oz.) is put in dry compressor.
New compressors contain 230—255 mL (7.7—8.5 fl. oz.) Normal operating oil level of used compressor is 30—45
of new oil. Oil level visible through suction port is normally mL (1.0—1.5 fl. oz.) and cannot be seen through suction
below drive shaft. Amount of trapped oil is 81 mL (2.7 port.
fl. oz.). Approximately 60 mL (2 fl. oz.) will seep into
cylinders during shipping and storage.
DF76825,00007BA -19-04DEC13-1/1
PN=1120
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
NOTE: Save oil if compressor is new. e. Flush complete system. (See Flushing, Purging,
and Evacuating Information in this group.)
3. If more than 6 mL (0.2 fl. oz.) of oil was drained and f. Install required oil. (See Determine Correct
oil appears normal, or any other components were Refrigerant Oil Charge in this group.)
replaced or flushed, check if refrigerant oil charge
is correct. (See Determine Correct Refrigerant Oil g. Connect all components.
Charge in this group.)
h. Purge, evacuate, and charge system. (See Purge
If less than 6 mL (0.2 fl. oz.) of oil was drained or oil Air Conditioning System, Evacuate Air Conditioning
appears black, perform the following: System, and Charge Air Conditioning System in
this group.)
a. Flush with solvent to internally wash out oil if
compressor is serviceable.
b. Remove and clean expansion valve. DO NOT
disassemble valve.
DF76825,00007BB -19-04DEC13-1/1
PN=1121
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
PN=1122
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
PN=1123
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RW78177 —UN—30OCT98
A—Needle Valve C—Injector Hose End F— High Pressure Valve I— Refrigerant Container
B—JT02129 Air Conditioning Oil D—Injector G—Low Pressure Quick
Injector E—Low Pressure Valve Connector
H—High Pressure Quick
Connector
PN=1124
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RXA0137130 —UN—20NOV13
Continued on next page LN71218,0000321 -19-29MAY14-1/2
PN=1125
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RXA0137131 —UN—20NOV13
6. Cap lines and fittings to prevent contamination.
7. Remove cap screws (D), ground wires (E), and
compressor.
IMPORTANT: If replacing Compressor, Receiver-Dryer
will also need replaced. (See Replace
Receiver-Dryer in this group.)
RXA0081183 —UN—22JUN05
of air conditioning system.
PN=1126
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
Replace Receiver-Dryer
NOTE: Receiver-dryer is not serviceable. Install new
receiver dryer if malfunction is suspected.
Replace receiver-dryer if system was contaminated,
RXA0137210 —UN—19NOV13
flushed, open to atmosphere for more than
24 hours, or if older than two years and
system was discharged.
RXA0136961 —UN—27NOV13
1. Discharge system. (See Discharge Air Conditioning
System in this Group.)
2. Slowly remove relief valve (A) from compressor.
NOTE: Relief valve is not serviceable. Replace
valve as required.
PN=1127
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RXA0100480 —UN—17MAR09
3. Remove screws (A) from top of green cab roof (B).
4. Disconnect antenna cable (C).
5. Remove green cab roof (B).
DF76825,00007C0 -19-04DEC13-1/2
RXA0104345 —UN—14AUG09
retainer plate (C).
8. Disconnect expansion valve (D).
9. Cap lines to prevent contamination.
Install in reverse order.
DF76825,00007C0 -19-04DEC13-2/2
RXA0100480 —UN—17MAR09
3. Remove screws (A) from green cab roof (B).
4. Disconnect antenna cable (C).
5. Remove green cab roof (B).
PN=1128
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RXA0100481 —UN—09APR09
9. Remove cover (D) with blower motor.
10. Disconnect expansion valve (E). Cap lines to prevent
contamination.
11. Identify and disconnect air temperature sensor (F) and
blower speed resistor connector (G) for reassembly.
RXA0100483 —UN—17MAR09
DF76825,00007C1 -19-04DEC13-2/3
12. Clamp off heater inlet hose (A) and heater outlet hose
(B). Disconnect from module.
13. Disconnect evaporator temperature sensor and duct
air temperature sensor.
14. Remove socket head cap screws (C).
15. Remove HVAC module (D) from roof.
RXA0100484 —UN—17MAR09
A—Heater Inlet Hose C—Socket Head Cap Screws (4
B—Heater Outlet Hose Used)
D—HVAC Module
DF76825,00007C1 -19-04DEC13-3/3
PN=1129
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
PN=1130
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
PN=1131
Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC)
RXA0098217 —UN—28MAY08
1. Remove green cab roof.
2. Locate heater control valve (A).
3. Drain or clamp off coolant lines.
4. Remove inlet hose clamp (B) and outlet hose clamp
(C).
5. Disconnect connector (D) from valve.
6. Pull valve from hoses. Replace as necessary.
7. Check for leakage from valve outlet. Replace as
necessary.
RXA0098213 —UN—28MAY08
8. Perform Climate Control Calibration Procedure. (See
Diagnostic Technical Manual—Section 245, Group
ATC.)
DF76825,00007C3 -19-04DEC13-1/1
PN=1132
Group 10
ComfortCommand™ Seat
List of References Remove and Install Seat—ComfortCommand™
Below is a list of all items within this group.
Repair Seat Air System—ComfortCommand™
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Tools 90—10
Repair Seat Suspension—ComfortCommand™
Other Material 90—10
Repair Seat Back—ComfortCommand™
Specifications 90—10
Repair Seat Control Knobs—ComfortCommand™
LN71218,0000041 -19-30SEP13-1/1
Essential, Recommended, and Fabricated Below are tools listed in this group.
Tools 90—10
JDG1424 Support Block
NOTE: For further information, see SERVICEGARD™
online tool catalog.
LN71218,0000042 -19-30SEP13-1/1
LN71218,0000043 -19-30SEP13-1/1
Specifications 90—10
Item Measurement Specification
PN=1133
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0114813 —UN—03MAR11
NOTE: Seat can remain in cab for all repairs.
Seat must be in UP position to remove
cap screws (B).
RXA0114815 —UN—03MAR11
Remove and Install CommandARM™ Assembly in
Section 40, Group 30).
5. Remove left-hand armrest from seat. (See Remove
and Install Left Hand Armrest in Group 00.)
6. Remove cap screws (B) and disconnect operator
presence switch connector from rear seat cushion.
NOTE: It may be necessary to disconnect gas 7. Remove seat through cab door.
operated cylinder from door to allow clearance
for seat removal. 8. Assemble in reverse order.
DF76825,00006DF -19-11NOV13-1/1
RXA0114821 —UN—19APR11
from sudden collapse of scissors suspension.
PN=1134
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0114657 —UN—19APR11
• Remove air lines (B) from air spring (A) to bleed.
• Remove T-fitting (E).
• Remove cap screw (C).
• Remove screw (D) from bottom of air spring by
removing seat.
• Inspect and replace air lines as necessary.
• Install in reverse order using following special
instructions:
• Clean and apply PM37477 Thread Lock and Sealer A—Air Spring D—Screw
(Medium Strength) to threads of air spring cap screw
B—Air Lines (2 used) E—T-Fitting
(C). Tighten cap screw to specification. C—Cap Screw
Specification
Air Spring Cap
Screw—Torque................................................................................4 N·m • Tighten screw (D) carefully, but DO NOT overtighten.
(35 lb.-in.)
DF76825,00006E0 -19-11NOV13-2/3
RXA0114680 —UN—03MAR11
• Remove air line (A) from compressor valve.
• Cut tie bands (C) and disconnect compressor
harness connector (B) from seat harness.
• Remove screws (D) and remove compressor.
• Install in reverse order using the following special
instructions:
- Slide compressor up against cross-member before
tightening screws.
A—Air Line C—Tie Bands (2 used)
B—Harness Connector D—Screws (2 used)
DF76825,00006E0 -19-11NOV13-3/3
PN=1135
ComfortCommand™ Seat
Repair Seat
Suspension—ComfortCommand™
IMPORTANT: Plastic rivets from boot will be ruined
when removed and cannot be reused.
RXA0114821 —UN—19APR11
NOTE: The following instructions are for repair of
suspension assembly in order of removal. Do ONLY
procedures that pertain to seat failure. Complete
seat removal is not required or recommended.
RXA0133850 —UN—03DEC13
• Pull down boot and install JDG1424 Support Block
into lower rail and tighten set screw.
• Loosen lower cable nut (A). Remove snap ring (B).
Remove cable nut (A) and pull cable from bracket.
• Remove E-clips (D).
• Note location of plastic washer and bushing (E).
Remove top pin (G).
• Note location of bushing (F) (Bottom). Remove
shock absorber from scissor suspension.
• Install in reverse order. A—Lower Cable Nut E—Plastic Washer and
B—Snap Ring Bushing (Top)
C—Shock Absorber Clamp F— Bushing (Bottom)
D—E-Clips (2 used) G—Top Pin
DF76825,00006E1 -19-11NOV13-2/9
PN=1136
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0114679 —UN—03MAR11
A—Pins (2 used) B—E-Clips (2 used)
DF76825,00006E1 -19-11NOV13-4/9
RXA0133863 —UN—22JUL13
absorber.
• Slide lateral frame from side-to-side to release and
remove lateral springs (C).
• Remove fore-and-aft lockout arm (D).
IMPORTANT: Use of heat is permissible to loosen
retaining compound. Use only butane
torch. DO NOT exceed 93 °C (200 °F). DO
NOT use cutting torch.
A—Lateral Shock D—Fore-and-Aft Lockout Arm
• Remove roller pins (E) from front of housing. Roller B—Ride Stabilizer Cable E—Roller Pins (2 used)
pins are installed using retaining compound. Use C—Lateral Springs (2 used) F— Tie Band
heat to aid removal if necessary.
• Slide housing sideways to align rear rollers with
notches in frame. Pull up on front of frame and push (E) through frame and into rollers. Ensure rollers
back to remove. are properly aligned with roller pins.
• Install in reverse order using the following special - Install tie band (F) to prevent ride stabilizer cable
instructions: damage when seat is moved.
- Clean retaining compound from roller pins and - Tighten roller pins until resistance can be felt
threaded holes. Apply new PM37477 Thread Lock when sliding frame. Back off roller pins until frame
and Sealer (Medium Strength). Install roller pins moves easily.
Continued on next page DF76825,00006E1 -19-11NOV13-5/9
PN=1137
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0133872 —UN—23JUL13
• Remove nut (A) from fore-and-aft shock absorber.
• Using locking pliers, unscrew shaft (B) from shock.
• Remove plastic bushing, spring, washer, and rubber
isolator (C).
• Remove fore-and-aft lockout arm (D) from seat
frame.
• Pull up on front of shock absorber while pushing back
on frame to release support from frame arm. Remove
E-clip (E) from frame pin and shock absorber.
• Inspect all parts and replace as necessary.
A—Nut D—Fore-and-Aft Lock Arm
• Install in reverse order. B—Shaft E—E-Clip
C—Plastic Bushing, Spring,
Washer, Rubber Isolator
DF76825,00006E1 -19-11NOV13-6/9
RXA0114761 —UN—03MAR11
frame up and pull forward to clear front rollers.
• Install in reverse order.
DF76825,00006E1 -19-11NOV13-7/9
PN=1138
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0116568 —UN—19APR11
and Install Left Hand Armrest in Group 00.)
• Remove seat cushion by removing screws (F).
NOTE: Top seat assembly rotates on bearings,
use care to remove top seat assembly so
bearings are not displaced.
RXA0114756 —UN—03MAR11
• Remove screws (E) and seat base plate (D).
• Inspect and replace parts as necessary.
• Assemble in reverse order.
A—Cap Screws (3 used) D—Seat Base Plate
B—Bearing Retainer E—Screws (4 used)
C—Ball Bearings (24 used) F— Screws (2 used)
RXA0114759 —UN—03MAR11
DF76825,00006E1 -19-11NOV13-9/9
PN=1139
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0114739 —UN—03MAR11
• Disconnect cable (G) from lumbar support (I) to
remove lumbar adjusting knob.
• Remove pin (H) and lumbar support.
• Remove bracket lock nuts (D).
• Remove pivot lock nuts (E) and spring (F) to remove
seat back.
RXA0133864 —UN—22JUL13
backrest extension bushings will need located
and pierced prior to installation.
DF76825,00006E2 -19-11NOV13-1/3
RXA0117081 —UN—17MAY11
PN=1140
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0114746 —UN—03MAR11
• Install in reverse order.
A—Latch Assembly D—Spring
B—Lock Nuts (2 used) E—Knob
C—Pivot Lock Nut
DF76825,00006E2 -19-11NOV13-3/3
PN=1141
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0116617 —UN—19APR11
4. Remove E-clip (F) and pin (G).
RXA0116662 —UN—19APR11
Continued on next page DF76825,00006E3 -19-11NOV13-1/4
PN=1142
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0112122 —UN—15NOV10
A—Plastic Rivets (4 used) C—Screws (4 used)
B—Rubber Seat Boot D—Cover Plate
RXA0108281 —UN—22JUN10
RXA0108283 —UN—22JUN10
DF76825,00006E3 -19-11NOV13-2/4
PN=1143
ComfortCommand™ Seat
RXA0112097 —UN—17NOV10
A—Damper Knob E—Ball Bearings (2 used) A C
B—Lateral Isolator Knob F— Compression Springs (4 G
C—Fore and Aft Isolator Knob used)
D—Knob Retaining Rod G—Retaining Ring E B
RXA0108288 —UN—22JUN10
RXA0112099 —UN—16NOV10
DF76825,00006E3 -19-11NOV13-4/4
PN=1144
Group 15
Cab Door and Windshield
List of References Cab Door Adjustment—Step 2
Below is a list of all items within this group. Cab Door Adjustment—Step 3
Specifications 90—15 Cab Door Adjustment—Step 4
Repair Cab Door Latch Preparing Windshield Glass or Side Window For
Cab Door Adjustment—Step 1 Replacement
LN71218,0000DA2 -19-03SEP13-1/1
Specifications 90—15
Item Measurement Specification
PN=1145
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0088381 —UN—12APR06
Specification
Outer Handle
Nut—Torque..................................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
Outer Handle Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................10 N·m
(96 lb.-in.)
RXA0088384 —UN—12APR06
Cab Door Latch assembly
DF76825,00007C8 -19-12DEC13-1/4
nut (C).
• Adjust cab door. (See Cab Door Adjustment—Step
3 in this group.)
PN=1146
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0088402 —UN—13APR06
latch assembly retaining cap screws and nuts (B)
with head of cap screw toward rear of tractor.
Tighten to specification.
Specification
Latch Retaining Cap
Screw—Torque..............................................................................20 N·m
(15 lb.-in.)
DF76825,00007C8 -19-12DEC13-3/4
RXA0088430 —UN—12APR06
PN=1147
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0111355 —UN—25OCT10
1. Visually verify that door is not sagging. Measure from
bottom edge of door seal (A) to top of lower cab frame
(B). Distance must be within specification.
Specification
Door Seal-to-Top of
Lower Cab Frame-
Distance—Distance..................................................................6—12 mm Adjust Cab Door Bottom Edge
(0.25—0.50 in.)
A—Door Seal B—Lower Cab Frame
2. Measure door gap at lower corner farthest away from
door hinges.
3. If measurement is incorrect or door is sagging, loosen 6. Tighten door hinge cap screws to specification and
door hinge cap screws. recheck measurement.
4. Slide large piece of cardboard between open door and Specification
opening of cab. Cab Door Hinge Cap
Screws—Torque............................................................................35 N·m
5. Slowly close door using cardboard as an aid to obtain (26 lb.-ft.)
measurement specified in Step 1.
DF76825,00006FD -19-12NOV13-1/1
RXA0088403 —UN—12APR06
Specification
Door Latch
Striker—Torque.............................................................................35 N·m
(26 lb.-ft.)
PN=1148
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0111361 —UN—25OCT10
A—Cap Screws (2 used) E—Jaw Top Lobe
B—Latch Assembly F— Latch Jaw
C—Striker G—Striker Plate Cap Screws (2
D—Striker Center Line used)
Door Striker
RXA0111363 —UN—25OCT10
Latch Assembly
DF76825,00006FF -19-12NOV13-1/1
PN=1149
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0073630 —UN—20FEB04
Latch becomes more difficult to open as seal
compression increases.
RXA0073623 —UN—19FEB04
NOTE: If gap measurement is excessive, a whistling sound
may develop when blower speed turned to HIGH. E
PN=1150
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0137234 —UN—21NOV13
3. Remove line clamps (A) and cap screws (D).
4. Remove Barrier (B).
5. Remove mirrors and beacon light bracket if equipped.
6. Remove lights (C) and corner post covers (E).
RXA0137235 —UN—21NOV13
Corner Post Trim
Continued on next page DF76825,00007AC -19-03DEC13-1/3
PN=1151
Cab Door and Windshield
RXA0137237 —UN—21NOV13
below cab roof. This will require assistant.
A—Adhesive Surface
Front Cab
DF76825,00007AC -19-03DEC13-2/3
A—Adhesive Surface
RXA0137238 —UN—21NOV13
Side Window
DF76825,00007AC -19-03DEC13-3/3
PN=1152
Section 300
Dealer Tools
Contents
Page
PN=1
Contents
PN=2
Group 05
Dealer Fabricated Tools
Fabricated Tools Use the information in this section to fabricate the tools
Fabricated tools are tools identified by the factory as required to perform service correctly.
necessary for proper servicing that can be made at the
dealership.
LN71218,0000BCE -19-14JUN13-1/1
List of References
This list contains dealer fabricated tools used this TM.
DFRW144—European Narrow Rear Axle Lift Tool
DFRW2—Needle Valve Test Hose Assembly
DFRW168—Park Brake Solenoid Harness
DFRW7—Differential Lifting Tool
DFRW210—Hole Drilled in JT07201
DFRW63 - DFRW64 - DFRW65 - DFRW66 -
DFRW81—Tap-Out Harnesses DFRW211—Transmission Support Plate
PN=1155
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW30281 —UN—20AUG96
A—29H668 Nipple, 3/8 NPT x 150 F— JT03348 Tee, (F) 1/2 NPT K—JT03218 Coupler, 3/8 NPT x O—JT03036 Fitting, 9/16-18 (M)
mm (6 in.) G—15H625 Bushing, 1/2 (M) x 1/4 9/16-18 (F) JIC, (2 used) JIC x 9/16-18 M JIC, (2 used)
B—15H199 Street Elbow, 3/8 NPT (F) NPT L— JT03341 Elbow, 9/16-18 JIC P—JT03023 Cap Nut, 9/16-18 (F),
C—JT03402 Shut-Off Valve, H—JT03265 Gauge Coupler, (M) SW 90° (2 used)
3/8 NPT 1/4 NPT M—JT03445 Connector, 9/16-18
D—29H659 Nipple, (M) 3/8 NPT x I— R38016 Adapter, 3/8 NPT (M) JIC x 14-1.5 (M) (Metric), (2
64 mm (2-1/2 in.) x 3/4-16 (F) used)
E—15H586 Bushing, 1/2 (M) NPT J— AA20991 Hose, 3 m (10-ft) N—JT03421 Adapter, 9/16-18 JIC
x 3/8 (F) NPT x 11/16-16 ORFS
PN=1156
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW18920 —UN—15OCT91
A—13 mm (0.5 in.) Round E—9/16 in. Drill Through K—114 mm (4.5 in.) Q—51 mm (2 in.)
B—1/2 in. x 13 UNC Threaded F— 140 mm (5.5 in.) L— 114 mm (4.5 in.) R—25 mm (1 in.)
Rod G—19 mm (0.75 in.) M—102 mm (4 in.) S—6 mm (0.25 in.)
C—1/2 in. x 13 UNC H—51 mm (2 in.) N—38 mm (1.5 in.) T— Weld
D—9/16 in. Drill 6 mm (0.25 in.) I— 38 mm (1.5 in.) O—76 mm (3 in.) U—No Weld
Deep Max J— 13 mm (0.5 in.) P—152 mm (6 in.)
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own • (1) 305 mm (12 in.) of 13 mm (0.5 in.) Round
purposes might also require a CE marking and • (1) 241 mm (9.5 in.) of 1/2 in. x 13 UNC Threaded
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Round
you are responsible for complying with the • (1) 6 x 51 x 25 mm (0.25 x 2 x 1 in.) Flat Steel
applicable laws and regulations. • (1) 3 mm (11.5 in.) of 13 x 51 mm (0.5 x 2 in.) Flat Steel
Material Required: The differential lifting tool is used to remove and install the
differential housing from the differential case.
• (2) 1/2 in. x 13 UNC Nuts
LN71218,0000BD1 -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1157
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW25443 —UN—19JUN96
A—DFRW63 Tap-Out Harness C—DFRW66 Tap-Out Harness
B—DFRW64 Tap-Out Harness DFRW81 Tap-Out Harness
DFRW65 Tap-Out Harness
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own • Four 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to match
purposes might also require a CE marking and colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer • Four AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
you are responsible for complying with the
applicable laws and regulations. DFRW64—Tap-Out Harness (B)
B1=R78054 3-Way WEATHER PACK™ Shroud with three
NOTE: Alphanumeric keys are for reference during R78060 Sleeve Terminals
harness fabrication procedure.
B2 and B3=RE12364 3-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower
A 35-Pin CPC™ bulkhead connector (R77456— (with seal) with three R78061 Pin Terminals
Amp No. 206151-1) can be substituted for A3,
B3, and C3 WEATHER PACK™ connectors, with Also required:
the appropriate terminals (R77464 Pin), for use
with JT02016 Combine Receptacle Kit. • Nine R78063 Seals
• Three 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
different colors
DFRW63—Tap-Out Harness (A)
• Three 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to
A1=R78055 4-Way WEATHER PACK™ Shroud with four match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
R78061 Pin Terminals • Three AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
A2=RE12333 4-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with DFRW65—Tap-Out Harness (B)
seal) with four R78060 Sleeve Terminals
B1=R78054 3-Way WEATHER PACK™ Shroud with three
A3=RE12333 4-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with R78061 Pin Terminals
seal) with four R78061 Pin Terminals
B2=RE12364 3-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with
Also required: seal) with three R78060 Sleeve Terminals
PN=1158
Dealer Fabricated Tools
• Three 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of • Two AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
different colors DFRW81—Tap-Out Harness (C)
• Three 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to
match colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires A1=R78053 2-Way WEATHER PACK™ Shroud with two
• Three AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors R78060 Sleeve Terminals
DFRW66—Tap-Out Harness (C) A2=RE12363 2-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with
seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals
C1=R78053 2-Way WEATHER PACK™ Shroud with two
R78061 Pin Terminals A3=RE12363 2-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with
seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals
C2=RE12331 2-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with
seal) with two R78060 Sleeve Terminals Also required:
C3=RE12331 2-Way WEATHER PACK™ Tower (with • Six R78063 Seals
seal) with two R78061 Pin Terminals • Two 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
different colors
Also required: • Two 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to match
colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
• Two 200 mm (8 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) of
• Two AR67855 Wire Tap Connectors
different colors
• Two 150 mm (6 in.) lengths of wire (14 gauge) to match
colors of 200 mm (8 in.) wires
CPC is a trademark of AMP Incorporated
WEATHER PACK is a trademark of Packard Electric
LN71218,0000BD2 -19-20JUN17-2/2
PN=1159
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW25102A —UN—09JAN98
PN=1160
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RXA0105020 —UN—13OCT09
A—51 mm (2 in.) Square Tubing, C—Pivot Stops, 13 x 6 mm (1/4 x F— Weld (4 Places) K—Output Shaft
4.8 mm (0.19 in.) Wall 1/2 in.) Flat Steel G—Weld (6 Places) L— Weld
Thickness D—Nylon Thumb Screws (3 used) H—Hex Nut (3/4-10 UNC) (4 used)
B—Pivot Plate, 6 x 152 x 305 mm E—Drill Through One Wall I— Input Shaft
(1/4 x 6 x 12 in.) J— Countershaft
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own • (3) 51 x 51 x 406 mm (2 x 2 x 16 in.) Square Steel Tubing
purposes might also require a CE marking and • (4) Hex Nuts (3/4-10 UNC)
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer • (3) 3/8-16 UNC x 1 in. Thumb Screws
you are responsible for complying with the • (1) 76 mm (3 in.) Bar Stock, 458 mm (18 in.)
applicable laws and regulations. • (1) 6 x 152 x 305 mm (1/4 x 6 x 12 in.) Steel Plate
Material Required: Assemble as illustrated.
• (2) 51 x 51 x 603 mm (2 x 2 x 23.75 in.) Square Steel Used for holding transmission shafts during disassembly
Tubing and assembly.
LN71218,0000BD3 -19-20JUN17-2/2
PN=1161
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW25269 —UN—20MAR96
A—Drill
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own 25 x 300 x 512 mm (1 x 11.7 x 20.2 in.) Steel Plate
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Fabricate tool as illustrated. Flame cutting plate is
you are responsible for complying with the permissible.
applicable laws and regulations.
Tool is used to mount transmission in a rollover stand.
Material Required:
LN71218,0000BD4 -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1162
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFRW91—Guide Pins
NOTE: Tool may be purchased from SERVICEGARD™.
Order JDG857.
RW25270 —UN—14JUL94
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own M12 x 180 (7 in.) Cap Screw
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Remove head from cap screw and fabricate tool as
you are responsible for complying with the illustrated.
applicable laws and regulations.
Tool used to install transmission rear cover and manifold.
Material Required:
LN71218,0000BD5 -19-20JUN17-1/1
RW25100 —UN—14APR94
A—19M7996 Cap Screw B—14M7042 or 14M7275 Nuts
PN=1163
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFRW117—Transmission-Hydraulic Flusher
RW25993 —UN—09SEP98
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own H—Adapter [1 in. (M) NPT x 1-5/16-12(M) JIC]. Obtain
purposes might also require a CE marking and from: Parker 16 F6X or Weatherhead 9100 x 16 x 16
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer
you are responsible for complying with the I—AT33917 90° Elbow [1-5/16-12 (F-Sw. x M)]
applicable laws and regulations.
J—T26767 Connector [1-5/16-12 (M, O-ring x M, JIC)]
Material Required: K—38H5006 Connector [M33 x 2.0 (M) O-ring x (M)
A—120-volt AC Motor -1 hp (1725 rpm), 5/8 in. Shaft, ORFS]
3/16 in. Keyway, 4-Bolt Mounting Plate L—RE60870 Hydraulic Pump (23 cm3) -9 spline 10.5
B—Electric Plug -3-prong gpm at 1725 rpm (SAE "A" Mount)
PN=1164
Dealer Fabricated Tools
O—90° Elbow 1/2 in. (M) NPT x 1/2(F) Sw. NPT. Obtain T—Alternate— (For Hoses with 3/4 (M) NPT Ends).
from: Parker 2107-8-8 or Weatherhead 9405 x 8 x 8 Obtain from SERVICEGARD™ or locally
P—Adapter (2 used) M22 x 2 (M) O-ring x 1/2(F) NPT. —Base—1-1/2 in. x 9 in. x 22 in. board with 1-1/2 in. x
Obtain from: Parker M22 x 1.5-1/2 F80HG-S 3-1/2 in. boarder on underside
Q—RE68996 Filter Housing and RE69054 Filter —Hardware—Determine bolts, screw, and flat washer
10 Micron Filter—Flow Rating 15-20 gpm sizes
R—Adapter [1/2 in. (M) NPT x 1-1/16-12(M) JIC] (For Assemble the above material on the base with correct
hoses with (F) JIC ends). Obtain from: Parker 12-8 FTX, hardware. Use large flat washers on bottom side of base.
Weatherhead C5205 x 12 x 8 or Aeroquip 2021-8-12S
Weld connector (J) and (K).
R—Alternate— (for hoses with NPT (M) ends) 3/4(F)
NPT Sw. x 1/2"(M) NPT. Obtain from: Parker 0107-8-12 Align the drive coupler to within 1° from straight. Maximum
or Weatherhead 9205 x 12 x 8 misalignment of pump to motor shaft centers is 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.).
S—FM200 Foot Mounting Bracket A2 bolt—SAE "A"
aluminum. Obtain from: LHA Products 1801-B West Oak Fabricate a mounting bracket from 3/16 in. x 3 in. flat
Parkway N.E., Marietta, GA 30062 (Call 1-404-410-3950) iron for the filter housing which can also be a shield for
covering the drive coupling.
T—JT05679 Hose (2 used) 12 foot with 1-1/16-12 (F)
JIC ends Fabricate a brace to support the suction side of the strainer.
LN71218,0000BD7 -19-20JUN17-2/2
PN=1165
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW30538 —UN—09AUG97
A—JT03032 or R39783 Cap, B—JT03036 or R27095 Union C—JT03005 Swivel Adapter E—R36659 Hose
9/16-18 JIC Connector D—JT03041 or R30816 Adapter
CAUTION: Use all components listed to Use this hose to relieve pressure in the steering circuit
ensure proper ID to relieve pressure for during towing. Remove both DRs from ports "A & B" at
steering motor bypass hose. the rear of the steering motor.
DRs from steering motor ports "A & B" must Install JT03036 or R27095 Adapters (B), 9/16-18 (M) JIC
be removed and fittings installed in steering (Use R26448 O-ring) in ports "A & B".
motor ports to relieve pressure to prevent
Connect R36659 Hose (SAE-R2, 1/2 in. ID x 36 in. length)
the tractor from moving.
with JT03041 or R30816 Adapters {1/2-14 (M) NPT x
3/4-16 (F) O-ring} and JT03005 Swivel Adapters {9/16-18
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own
(F) JIC x 1/2-14 (F) NPT}, to adapters (B) in ports "A & B".
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer This hose is also used for troubleshooting the steering
you are responsible for complying with the system.
applicable laws and regulations.
LN71218,0000BD8 -19-14JUN13-1/1
PN=1166
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RW71262 —UN—10NOV99
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own 10 x 114 x 356 mm (3/8 x 4.5 x 14 in.) Steel Plate
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Cut steel plate to size and drill four holes as illustrated.
you are responsible for complying with the
applicable laws and regulations. Tool is used along with JTO7056 Transmission Jack to
hold steering pump for removal and installation.
Material Required:
LN71218,0000BD9 -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1167
Dealer Fabricated Tools
A
B
RW77414 —UN—16OCT00
A—269 mm (10.60 in.) B—78 mm (3.08 in.) C—14 mm (0.56 in.) Drilled Holes
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own Fabricate as shown using existing JDG1119 Rear Axle
purposes might also require a CE marking and Lift Tool.
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer
you are responsible for complying with the Tool is used to remove European narrow rear axle.
applicable laws and regulations.
LN71218,0000BDA -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1168
Dealer Fabricated Tools
RXA0066760 —UN—05MAY03
A
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own • (2) R104919 pin terminal Packard No. 12045773.
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Harness Assembly
you are responsible for complying with the NOTE: Red wires must terminate in ”A” sockets and black
applicable laws and regulations. wires must terminate in ”B” sockets of all connectors.
Materials 1. Assemble 57M7256 connector body, 57M7289 lock,
• (1) 12 ft. length 14 gauge red wire. 57M7258 seal, R104919 pin terminals and 7 in.
• (1) 12 ft. length 14 gauge black wire. lengths of wire.
• (3) 7 in. length 16 gauge red wire. 2. Assemble 57M7278 connector bodies, R104701
• (3) 7 in. length 16 gauge black wire. terminals and 7 in. lengths of wire.
3. Solder FH-ATO fuse holder to one end of red 12 foot
• (3) 2 in. sections R77503 (3/16 inch) heat shrink tube. length of wire. Place heat shrink over solder.
• (1) FH-ATO fuse holder (14 gauge) w/10 amp ATO fuse. 4. Solder end of all red 7 inch lengths and red 12 foot
• (2) R32027 No. 10 eyelet terminals (14-16 gauge). length of wire together. Place heat shrink over solder.
• (2) 50 amp alligator clips. Repeat with black wires.
• (2) 57M7278 connector body, Packard No. MP-150, 5. Crimp R32027 No. 10 eyelet terminals to end of black
12162193.
wire and fuse holder.
• (4) R104701 terminal, Packard No. 12103881. 6. Connect 50 amp alligator clips to eyelets.
• (1) 57M7256 connector body Packard No. 12052647. 7. Insert 10 amp fuse into fuse holder.
• (1) 57M7289 lock Packard No. 12052634.
• (1) 57M7258 seal Packard No. 12048086.
LN71218,0000BDB -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1169
Dealer Fabricated Tools
B
C
A E D
RXA0078560 —UN—20APR05
A—JT07201 Lifting Fixture C—51 mm (2 in.) E—356 mm (14 in.)
B—13.5 mm (0.535 in.) Drilled D—127 mm (5 in.)
Hole
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own Drill Hole in JT07201 using dimensions provided.
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Hole is needed to attach JDG1883 lift bracket.
you are responsible for complying with the
applicable laws and regulations.
LN71218,0000BDC -19-14JUN13-1/1
PN=1170
Dealer Fabricated Tools
46 mm
(1.75 in.)
208 mm A
(8.19 in.)
RXA0096578 —UN—13NOV07
95 mm
(3.75 in.)
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own This will also modify DFRW90—Transmission
purposes might also require a CE marking and
Support Plate.
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer
you are responsible for complying with the
Drill two 22 mm (7/8 in.) diameter holes (A).
applicable laws and regulations.
PN=1171
Dealer Fabricated Tools
D
K
E
H
L F
N M
I
G
160
120 40
80
RXA0084616 —UN—21DEC05
O
F P
PN=1172
Dealer Fabricated Tools
1 3
A—PLE18-207 Blow Gun D—JT03001 Tee, 7/16-20 (M x F) I— JT03034 Cap , 1/2-20 (F) JIC O—1/4 in. NPT x 2 in. Nipple
B—JT05487 Adapter, 1/8 in. (M) JIC swivel J— R31147 Cap, 7/16-20 (F) JIC P—JT03018 Adapter, 1/4 in. (F)
1
NPT x 7/16-20 (M) JIC E—JT05483, 90° Elbow, 7/16-20 K—JT03114 Elbow 45°, 7/16-20 NPT x 7/16-20 (M) JIC
C—STD67 Test Hose, 1/8 in. ID x (M x F) JIC swivel (M x F) JIC swivel
30 in. with 7/16-20 (F) swivel F— JT03013 Coupler, 1/4 in. (F) L— JT05486 Adapter, 1/4 (M) NPT
1
ends NPT x 7/16-20 (F) JIC x 7/16-20 (M) JIC
G—JT07036 Guage, 1000 Kpa M—JT03234 Bushing 1/2 in. (M)
(150 psi) NPT x 1/4 (F) NPT
H—JT03101 Adapter, 1/2-20 (M) N—JT05491 Adapter, M14 (M)
2
JIC x 7/16-20 (M) JIC SAE x 7/16-20 (M) JIC
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own you are responsible for complying with the
purposes might also require a CE marking and applicable laws and regulations.
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer
1
Part of D05361ST Rubber Stopper/Leak Detector Kit
2
Optional, T20989 Connector, 7/16 in.-20 (M) JIC
3
Purchase Locally
LN71218,0000BDE -19-20JUN17-2/2
PN=1173
Dealer Fabricated Tools
A
D
RXA0082656 —UN—09AUG05
A—Hydraulic Quick Connect B—Rubber Packing D—Diagnostic Receptacle
Female Coupler C—Straight Fitting (-8 (m) ORFS (13/16-16 (f) ORFS)
x M18 x 1.5 (m))
PN=1174
Dealer Fabricated Tools
C
F
B
G 120
120
D
RXA0089691 —UN—22SEP06
A A
A—250 mm (9.843 in.) D—82 mm (3.25 in.) G—Threaded M12 X 1.75 Holes (3
B—12 mm ( 0.50 in.) E—106 mm (4.17 in.) used)
C—Center Line F— 12 mm (0.50 in) dia. Holes (3
used)
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own Fabricate plate as illustrated.
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer
you are responsible for complying with the
applicable laws and regulations.
LN71218,0000BE0 -19-14JUN13-1/1
PN=1175
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFRW231—Guide Pins
280.00
(11.0")
3.00
(.12")
30
RXA0104257 —UN—05AUG09
9.53
(.375")
(.12")
3.00
M20 X 2.50
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own M20 x 280 (11 in.) Cap Screw
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Remove head from cap screw and fabricate tool as
you are responsible for complying with the illustrated.
applicable laws and regulations.
Tool used to install transmission.
Material Required:
LN71218,0000BE1 -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1176
Dealer Fabricated Tools
DFRW233—Support Bar
774.90 mm
(30.508 in.)
25.80 mm
50.80 mm (1.016 in.)
(2.000 in.)
50.00mm
(1.969 in.)
RXA0105376 —UN—06NOV09
507.60 mm
(19.984 in.)
2058.40 mm
2056.40 mm
(81.039 in.
80.961 in.)
NOTE: Please note that tools manufactured for own Cut tubing to length.
purposes might also require a CE marking and
a self-certification process. As a manufacturer Drill eight 22.23 mm (0.8750 in.) through holes as
you are responsible for complying with the illustrated.
applicable laws and regulations.
Tool is used with JDG1076A Cone Stand Upright Adapters
Material Required: and JT07211 Cone bases to help stabilize front of tractor
during repair.
101.60 x 101.60 x 6.35 mm (4.00 x 4.00 x .250 in.) Tubing
LN71218,0000BE2 -19-20JUN17-1/1
PN=1177
Dealer Fabricated Tools
B
D
RXA0083410 —UN—18AUG05
A—314 mm (12.375 in) B—60 mm (2.4 in.) D—Clips (2 used)
C—13 mm (.5 in.)
PN=1178
Index
Page
Page
A
Aftertreatment indicators overview ....................10-05B-23 P
Avoid static electricity risk when fueling ..............10-05A-3
Precautions for vehicles equipped with
computer controlled systems
B Safety.............................................................10-05B-16
Prevent hydraulic system contamination
Basic electrical component handling
Safety.............................................................10-05B-15
Safety.............................................................10-05B-16
Battery Handling, Safety
Safety, Battery Handling ..................................10-05A-9 R
Bolt and screw torque values
Metric ...............................................................10-05B-6 Refueling, avoid static electricity risk...................10-05A-3
Unified inch ......................................................10-05B-7 Repair wire assembly (RWA),
installation............................................................ 40-05-2
D
S
DEF
Dosing unit filter, changing.............................10-05B-24 Safety
Tank, cleaning ................................................10-05B-25 Basic electrical component handling..............10-05B-16
DEF dosing unit filter Check oil lines and fittings .............................10-05B-15
Changing........................................................10-05B-24 Precautions for vehicles equipped with
DEF tank computer controlled systems .......................10-05B-16
Cleaning.........................................................10-05B-25 Prevent hydraulic system contamina-
tion ...............................................................10-05B-15
Safe maintenance, practice ...........................10-05A-17
E Safety, Avoid High-Pressure Fluids
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ........................... 10-05A-11
Exhaust Filter, Safety
Safety, ROPS
Safety, Exhaust Filter .......................................10-05A-6
ROPS, Keep Installed Propertly.....................10-05A-13
Safety, Steps and Handholds
H Use Steps and Handholds Correctly..............10-05A-16
Service
Hardware torque values 1500 Hours/36 Months
Metric ...............................................................10-05B-6 Changing DEF dosing unit filter..................10-05B-24
Unified inch ......................................................10-05B-7 As required
Cleaning DEF tank .....................................10-05B-25
I Signal words, understand ....................................10-05A-1
Indicators overview............................................10-05B-23 T
L Torque chart
Four bolt flange
Lubrication and maintenance SAE
1500 Hours/36 Months High pressure .........................................10-05B-14
Changing DEF dosing unit filter..................10-05B-24 Standard pressure ..................................10-05B-13
As required Torque charts
Cleaning DEF tank .....................................10-05B-25 Metric ...............................................................10-05B-6
Unified inch ......................................................10-05B-7
M
U
Metric bolt and screw torque values ....................10-05B-6
Metric O-Ring Torque Chart Unified inch bolt and screw torque
Torque Chart O-Ring Metric .............................10-05B-9 values ................................................................10-05B-7
PN=1
Index
PN=2